dedicated to our seminary students - firstlove publications · romanticism,5 originated with johann...

Dedicated to our Seminary Students who, over the years,

have Proven themselves Faithful in the Ministry of the Word

The Minister’s Library An evaluation and listing of various works

suitable for the library and the studies of the Gospel Minister

Compiled with Comments

by W. R. Downing, Director

Pacific Institute for Religious Studies and

Sovereign Grace Baptist Theological Seminary

a=ra, ge ginw,skeij a] avnaginw,skeijÈ Acts 8:30

P.I.R.S. Publications

271 West Edmundson Avenue Morgan Hill, CA www.sgbcsv.org

© 2011 by W. R. Downing. Version 2.0 2017 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced without the permission of the publisher P.I.R.S. Publications is a ministry of the Sovereign Grace Baptist Church of Silicon Valley, 271 West Edmundson Avenue, Morgan Hill, CA 95037. The ministries of Sovereign Grace Baptist Church include:

The Pacific Institute for Religious Studies Sovereign Grace Baptist Theological Seminary

P.I.R.S. Publications The PIRSpective, a theological quarterly publication which addresses doctrinal, historical, denominational and practical

issues. This publication may be downloaded from the website: www.sgbcsv.org

Other books by the author: Survey of the English Bible: Old Testament Vols. I & II A Syllabus for an Introductory Study in Biblical Hebrew Historiography and Early Church History to 325 AD A Catechism on Bible Doctrine with Commentary Introductory Lessons in New Testament Greek The Bible and the Problem of Knowledge Exegetical Handbook for Biblical Studies A Biblical and Ecclesiastical Chronology Lectures on Calvinism and Arminianism Lectures on Revivals of Religion A Church Membership Manual The New Testament Church A Theological Propaedeutic Selected Shorter Writings How to Study the Bible Biblical Hermeneutics

Preface

A book such as this is immediately out of date. New books are always coming from the press—some very good, some average and some to be avoided. But, as our Lord said in another context, “The Old is Better,” and this is often true regarding religious books!

This second edition brings with it many changes. Some works have been omitted; many others have been added. I have also added some annotations which, I trust, will be advantageous to the reader. These are the opinion of one man, but one who has studied, taught in Bible College, Graduate School and Seminary, and labored as a pastor for over fifty–three years.

I am a conservative as to my biblical approach, holding to the Scriptures as the very Word of God inscripturated, inspired and inerrant. Theologically, I am an evangelical Calvinist. Denominationally and ecclesiastically, I am a Baptist by biblical conviction. Biblically, I am a lover of God’s Word. My presuppositions are explained in this book.

Your personal presuppositions will largely determine what you read and how you will build your personal library. I would advise you to always stretch yourself, to strive to educate yourself and make both academic and spiritual progress. Never make these mutually exclusive. If you remain balanced with the academic and spiritual, you will have a living ministry which will reflect your knowledge of and increasing conformity to the Living Oracles of God. Your hearers will be educated and edified, and will grow spiritually. Sinners will be converted. Open the Scriptures and your ministry will produce life by the grace of God.

May this volume prove to be helpful and beneficial. This is my prayer. Let us open the text, preach the Gospel and feed God’s sheep and lambs.

—W. R. Downing

1

Table of Contents

Introduction ................................................................................. 7 The Necessity for and Importance of One’s Presuppositions ........ 7 The Importance of Reading ........................................................... 13 Observations on Reading ............................................................... 17 Building an Adequate Library ........................................................ 21

Quantity and Quality .................................................................. 21 Building According to a Plan ..................................................... 23 Books about Books .................................................................... 25 Note ............................................................................................ 27

I. General Reference Works ................................................... 27 Theological Dictionaries and Encyclopedias ................................. 28

II. Language Tools .................................................................... 31 Latin ................................................................................................ 31 Hebrew ........................................................................................... 32

Hebrew Grammars ..................................................................... 32 Hebrew Lexicons ........................................................................ 33 Hebrew Concordances ............................................................... 34 Miscellaneous Hebrew Helps ..................................................... 34 Septuagint .................................................................................... 35 Greek New Testament ................................................................ 36

Greek Grammars ................................................................... 36 Greek Lexicons ..................................................................... 36 Greek Concordances ............................................................. 38 Miscellaneous Greek Helps .................................................. 38 Computer Software Bible Programs ...................................... 39

III. Biblical Works ..................................................................... 41 Bible Backgrounds ........................................................................ 41 Bible Atlases .................................................................................. 41 Bible Archeology ........................................................................... 41 Bible Customs ............................................................................... 42 Bible Surveys ................................................................................. 42 Bible Handbooks .......................................................................... 43 Bible History .................................................................................. 44

IV. Isagogics ............................................................................... 45 General Isagogics ........................................................................... 45

2

Special Isagogics ......................................................................... 45 Old Testament introduction ................................................. 45 New Testament Introduction ................................................ 46

Biblical Criticism ........................................................................ 48 Note: Radical Biblical criticism ............................................. 49 Books on Biblical Criticism .................................................. 49

V. Hermeneutics ....................................................................... 53 General Hermeneutics .................................................................. 53 The History of Interpretation ....................................................... 54

VI. Bible Commentaries ............................................................ 55 Commentaries on the Whole Bible .............................................. 56 Old Testament Commentaries ..................................................... 60 New Testament Commentaries .................................................... 60 Bible Commentaries Book–By–Book ........................................... 62 Old Testament Commentaries ...................................................... 63

The Pentateuch .......................................................................... 63 Historical Literature ................................................................... 66 Wisdom and Poetic Literature .................................................. 70 Major Prophets .......................................................................... 73 Minor Prophets .......................................................................... 75

New Testament Commentaries ..................................................... 78 Gospels ...................................................................................... 78 The Life of Christ ...................................................................... 79 The Pauline Epistles .................................................................. 83 The General Epistles ................................................................. 92 Revelation .................................................................................. 95

VII. Doctrinal Works ................................................................ 97 General Theological Works .......................................................... 98 Theological Encyclopedia .............................................................. 98 The Nature and History of Theology ............................................ 99

Exegetical Theology ............................................................... 100 Biblical Theology ................................................................... 100 Historical Theology ............................................................... 101

Systematic Theology .................................................................... 102 Systematic Theologies ............................................................. 102 Bibliology ................................................................................. 106 General Bible and Christian Doctrine .................................... 106 Apologetics .............................................................................. 107

3

Specialized Doctrinal Works ....................................................... 109 Theology Proper ...................................................................... 109 Christology ............................................................................... 111 Pneumatology ........................................................................... 111 Demonology ............................................................................. 112 Deontology ............................................................................... 112 General Deontology ................................................................. 112 The Decalogue ......................................................................... 113 Hamartiology ............................................................................ 116 Anthropology ........................................................................... 116 General Soteriology ................................................................. 117 Sovereign Grace ....................................................................... 118 The Atonement or Redemption Wrought by Christ ............. 119 Regeneration and Conversion .................................................. 120 Justification ............................................................................... 120 Sanctification ............................................................................ 120 Assurance and Perseverance .................................................... 122 The New Perspectives on Paul and the Federal Vision ......... 122 Ecclesiology .............................................................................. 123 Eschatology .............................................................................. 124

Individual Eschatology ......................................................... 124 General Eschatology ............................................................ 125

Baptist Confessions and church polity ..................................... 127 Baptist Confessions of faith ................................................. 127 Baptist Church Polity ........................................................... 127

Cults ......................................................................................... 128 Practical theology .......................................................................... 129

Pastoral Theology and the Christian Ministry ......................... 129 Homiletics ................................................................................ 132 The History of Preaching ........................................................ 133 The Preparation and Delivery of Sermons ............................. 133 Liturgics .................................................................................... 134 Evangelistics ............................................................................. 135 Evangelism ............................................................................... 135 Missions .................................................................................... 137 Catechetics ............................................................................... 137

VIII. Historical Works ............................................................ 143 General History ........................................................................... 145

Dictionaries of Church History ............................................... 146

4

General Church History ............................................................... 146 Early Church History ............................................................... 149 Medieval Church History ........................................................ 151 Reformation History ................................................................ 151 Modern Church History .......................................................... 153 American Church History ....................................................... 154 Pre–Reformation Evangelical History ..................................... 156 Baptist History ......................................................................... 157 History of Revival .................................................................... 163

Books on Revival ................................................................. 163 Biographies and Revival ...................................................... 169 Book Sections on Revival .................................................... 171 Articles on Revival ............................................................... 173 Sermons and Revival ........................................................... 173

IX. Philosophical Works ......................................................... 175 Why study philosophy? ............................................................... 175

Christian Philosophical Works ............................................... 176 Philosophical Theology ........................................................... 178 Christian Ethics ........................................................................ 179 Epistemology ............................................................................ 179 Logic ........................................................................................ 180 A World–and–Life View ......................................................... 180

X. Practical Works ................................................................. 183 Devotional Books .................................................................... 183 Martyrology .............................................................................. 183 Biographies .............................................................................. 184 Christian Experience ............................................................... 189 Prayer ....................................................................................... 190 Printed Sermons and Practical Works .................................... 191 Sermon Outlines and Illustrations ........................................... 193

Appendix I: Daily Determinations ..................................... 195

Appendix II: Keep to the Work of God ............................ 197

Appendix III: Faithfulness and Failure in the Ministry ...... 199

Appendix IV: Opening the Text ......................................... 203

Appendix V: Why Study The Original Languages of Scripture? ......................................................................... 209

5

The Prejudice of Modern Religion ........................................ 209 The Original Languages and Divine Inspiration ................... 210 The Necessity of and Basis for an Accurate Study of The Bible ......................................................................... 211 Reasons for a Study of the Original Languages ..................... 211 Examples of Inadequate Translation ..................................... 216 Examples of Mistranslation and Misinterpretation Based on the Latin Language ...................................................... 231 Examples of Mistranslation and Misinterpretation Based on the English Language .................................................. 234 Testimonies from the past concerning the importance of studying the original languages ......................................... 248

Martin Luther ................................................................... 249 Ulrich Zwingli ................................................................... 252 Herman Witsius ............................................................... 253 John Owen ....................................................................... 253 C. H. Spurgeon ................................................................ 254 J. M. Reu .......................................................................... 254 Thomas Murphy .............................................................. 255 B. B. Warfield .................................................................. 257 Kenneth Wuest ................................................................ 258 A. T. Robertson ............................................................... 258 Bernard Ramm ................................................................ 259 Concluding Note .............................................................. 259

7

Introduction “Study to shew thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.” 2 Timothy 2:15

This compilation of books and materials for the Minister’s Library will provide a general guide for the purchase and acquiring of suitable books for a lifetime of study and progress in the gospel ministry.

The minister’s library is not only for his sermon preparation and Bible teaching, but also for his own spiritual and academic growth and progress. The goal is for balance between the academic and the spiritual.

New books are constantly being published. Newer, however, is not necessarily better. What our Lord said about aged wine is also often true of books, “The old is better”1

The Necessity for and Importance of One’s Presuppositions

Some things must be settled at the outset. Your presuppositions will determine your approach to the Scriptures and therefore what books you will acquire. Invest in the best. Keep the best. Read the best—and beware of those authors who would seek to undermine your faith!2

Some biblical scholars hold that we must approach the New Testament Scriptures with an “open mind” and without any presuppositions.3 First, we must understand that not all biblical scholars are regenerate, or true believers. Some approach the Scriptures with secular presuppositions which are counter to the self–authenticating nature of Scripture. Old

1 Lk. 5:39. 2 See the section on “Biblical Criticism.” 3 One’s presuppositions are his undisputed assumptions, axioms;

first truths which are so ingrained as part of one’s world–and–life view that they are never questioned.

8

Testament studies have suffered from the influence of the “higher” or rationalistic critics and such theories as the Documentary Hypothesis of the Pentateuch. These sought to undermine the veracity of the biblical documents by positing either a later date or sought to impugn the authorship, holding to various unknown authors or later redactors–––an evolutionary view of the God and writings of the Old Testament.

New Testament studies have likewise had to deal with various forms of radical biblical criticism. Some alleged evangelical scholars have embraced such ideas as “salvific inerrancy,”4 theistic evolution and annihilation. It is also true that some alleged evangelical scholars have modified their views to be acceptable to the scholarly community.

Note: There are various defective and radical approaches to the New Testament: first, the historical school of religious Rationalism, a strange admixture of Rationalism, Pietism and Romanticism,5 originated with Johann Salomo Semler (1725–1791), who denied Divine inspiration, held that the biblical record was historically conditioned to localized situations, and that our Lord and the Apostles accommodated themselves to the contemporary religious thinking of their day. He thus held that the Scriptures were fallible records, mixed with error, and that historical investigation had no bearing on faith.

Second, Heinrich Eberhard Gottlob Paulus (1761–1851), professor at Jena, Würtzburg and Heidelberg, Naturalistic commentator and author of a Life of Jesus (1828), explained away the miracles as natural events. “Of all the rationalistic theories the Naturalistic is the most violent and radical.”6

4 Salvific inerrancy is the notion that the Scriptures are inerrant

concerning redemptive or salvific issues, but contain historical and scientific errors.

5 From Rationalism, they adopted their critical spirit, from Pietism, a subjectivism that separated objective truth from faith, and from Romanticism, the idea that the Bible was a literary monument to be interpreted in literary categories.

6 Milton S. Terry, Op. cit., p. 167–168.

9

Strauss’s Life of Jesus (1835) in the mythical tradition was an answer to Paulus’s work.

Third, Hermann Samuel Reimarus (1694–1768) wrote an extensive critique of Christianity from a Deistic standpoint, later published by G. E. Lessing as the Wolfenbüttel Fragments (1774–1778). Reimarus thought our Lord to be a mere man, a political agitator who was executed by the Romans for treason.

Fourth, Reacting against the Naturalism of Paulus and others, Johann Gottfried Herder (1744–1803) and Christian Gottlieb Heyne (1729–1812) developed the idea of biblical mythology as a legitimate factor in historical criticism and as a literary category. They sought to separate religious feeling from both myth and history. Heyne was the first to define myth as a literary category, a device commonly and universally used by primitive peoples before the development of rational thought.7

Fifth, Friedrich Daniel Ernst Schliermacher (1768–1834), professor at Halle and Berlin, was the father of liberal German theology in the nineteenth century. He combined a critical approach (ignoring inspiration) to textual and historical issues with a religious tone he had inherited from Pietism. According to Kantian Idealism, he sought to make a distinction between what he considered essentials and non–essentials and separated the rational from the irrational, relegating religion to the realm of feeling. He viewed Christianity as the highest form of religious evolution.

Sixth, Ferdinand Christian Baur (1792–1860), professor at Tübingen was one the greatest and most influential critical New Testament scholars of the nineteenth century. His Hegelian philosophy led him to consider early Christianity as a synthesis created from the conflict of opposing forces.

Seventh, Rudolf Sohm (1841–1917), a jurist, who argued that Church History must be pursued theologically. Hermann Usener (1834–1905) was a leading scholar in the field of Comparative Religions and led in the “History of Religions”

7 The Radical critics have held alleged “biblical myths” to be

important vehicles for the expression of philosophical and religious ideas in an essentially poetic or epic form. Story–telling was used by primitive peoples as philosophy or rational thought would be used by more advanced peoples.

10

approach to New Testament criticism. Otto Pfleiderer (1839–1908) held that there was a radical difference between our Lord and Paul which resulted in the Hellenization of Christianity. Others of this school included Albert Eichhorn (1856–1926), who applied the Comparative Religions approach to the Old Testament, and Adolf von Harnack (1851–1930), the author of the multi–volume History of Dogma (1886–1889).

Eighth, Hermann Gunkel (1862–1932) pioneered the path in Form Criticism, which sought to examine the genre [Gattung] and “setting in life” [Sitz im Leben] of biblical construction. This theory holds that behind the documents were oral traditions, sagas, legends and myths, which may be discovered under the layers of the text.

Finally, Gerhard von Rad (1901–1971) pioneered the development of Redaction Criticism. He argued, in opposition to Form Criticism, that the development of religious traditions was more important than their origin, and thus the focus moved to the alleged various redactions within the layers of the text, to the theology of the redactors, and to a study of the concept of covenants in the religious history of Israel. Note: These are noted in order that the reader might be see the divergent, defective and radical views of some scholars and be familiar with the names and ideas of radical critics whose views are expressed or referred to in some biblical commentaries.

Second, such a notion as an “open mind” or being non–presuppositional is necessarily false. The Scriptures themselves are presuppositional and absolutely authoritative in their declaration. The Bible begins with a presuppositional statement (Gen. 1:1); it never seeks to prove the existence of God. Further this very first statement sets forth the self–existence of God, the truth that every fact in this universe is a created fact, a declarative statement concerning the absolute power and sovereignty of God and the Creator–creature distinction––truths which are maintained throughout Scripture (Gen. 1:1).

Man, as the image–bearer of God, is by nature a presuppositionalist. In his primeval or prelapsarian state, he was created to “think God’s thoughts after him,” i.e., to give

11

the same meaning to everything which God had given by creative and definitive fiat. Every fact in this created universe is a created fact defined by God (Gen. 1:1). In his present fallen, sinful state, man is biased against both general and special revelation, habitually suppresses the truth,8 worships the god of his own imagination and side–steps the Creator to worship creation,9 and thus interprets everything according to his own faulty presuppositions (Rom. 1:18–25). The issue is, then, to have the correct or self–consistent presuppositions which are necessary for the cogent study of Scripture.

The first and primary presupposition is the Divine inspiration of the Scriptures themselves, constituting them, as Divine revelation, inspired and inerrant (2 Tim. 3:16; 2 Pet. 1:20–21). Thus, the Scriptures are fully and finally authoritative for both faith and life. A Theistic World–and–Life View is necessarily grounded in a revelational epistemology [i.e., the Scriptures as Divine revelation and the basis for knowledge], i.e., the Scriptures as Divine, self–attesting revelation form the basis of one’s consummate knowledge and view of God, himself and the world about him.

The second presupposition is the self–attesting or self–authenticating nature of Scripture. It is fallacious to seek to credential or try to prove the trustworthiness of Scripture by external evidences such as history, science, archeology, cosmology, philosophy, psychology, comparative religions,

8 Rom. 1:18, “hold” [kateco,ntwn] pres. ptc., denotes “habitually

suppressing.” Rom. 1:20 summarizes fallen, sinful man’s culpability by stating that he before natural revelation, without an apologetic [avnapologh,touj].

9 Rom. 1:21–22 describe man’s intellectual futility [evmataiw,qhsan evn toi/j dialogismoi/j auvtw/n] and incapacitated spiritual blindness [evskoti,sqh h avsu,netoj auvtw/n kardi,a]. V. 23–24 describe his attempt to drag God down to his level through idolatry, and V. 25 reveals that he has exchanged the truth of God for the lie [tw/| yeu,dei], i.e., the prevailing principle of falsehood existing among fallen, sinful mankind, side–stepping [para.] the Creator in order to worship creation.

12

etc. The undeniable and inescapable reality is that whatever one uses to credential or prove the trustworthiness of a given entity must always possess more authority than the entity itself. To state that the Bible is self–attesting or self–authenticating is to presuppose its highest and ultimate authority. We reason from the Scriptures, not to the Scriptures! This is not to be decried as circular reasoning. When dealing with ultimate issues and realities, all human reasoning is presuppositional and therefore broadly circular.

The third presupposition is that the inspired canon of Scripture is comprised of those books historically contained in the thirty–nine books of the Old and twenty–seven books of the New Testament. No other writings among the hundreds of religious works, including the Old Testament and New Testament Apocryphal or Jewish and alleged Christian and Gnostic Pseudopigrapha are inspired, authoritative or within the canon of Divine revelation. The biblical canon of sixty–six books form a coherent whole, a unity of anticipation and realization which is unique as Divine inscripturated revelation.

The fourth presupposition is that there is a necessary intertextual, historical, prophetical and redemptive relationship between the Old and New Testaments. In broad terms, “Scripture interprets Scripture.” All Scripture is to be interpreted according to “the Analogy of Faith” [Analogia Fidei], i.e., the coherent or non–contradictory character of the whole of Scripture as it bears upon any one given point.

Note: The terminology “analogy of faith” was originally based on a misunderstanding of Rom. 12:6, “...according to the proportion of faith” (kata. th.n avnalogi,an th/j pi,stewj, i.e., the measure of personal faith—not going beyond what God has given by way of personal gifts of ministry and faith personally or individually received. The term “faith” was taken by the Church Fathers in an objective sense as the doctrinal teaching of Scripture rather than a subjective sense of personal, experimental faith, belief or trust. They spoke of the Analogia or Regula Fidei as pertaining to the general principles of the Christian faith. Thus, the term entered into Christian Theology.

13

The Old Testament and Old Covenant anticipate and find fulfillment in the New Testament and New or Gospel Covenant (Gen. 3:15; Matt. 5:17–18; 26:56; Lk. 24: 25–27, 44–48; Acts 3:18; 13:26–30). The redemptive promises to the Patriarchs and nation of Israel anticipate the coming of the Messiah, the true “Seed of Abraham,” the Lord Jesus Christ (Gen. 3:14–15; 12:1–3; Gal. 3:16). The Levitical priesthood, offerings and Monarchical institutions of the Old Testament find their fulfillment in our Lord as the ultimate Prophet, Priest and King. All prophecy in the Old Testament points ahead to the first and second comings of the Lord Jesus Christ, the consummation of the age and ultimately the consummation of world history.

The fifth presupposition is that because of the coherent nature of Scripture and the interrelationship between the Old and New Testaments, a consistent Biblical Theology may be gathered from the various books of the Bible, consistent with the Bible’s principle of progressive revelation and its unfolding drama of redemption. Old Testament Biblical Theology and New Testament Biblical Theology will have their necessary distinctives.

These are essential presuppositions. Others might be added concerning the distinctives of the New or Gospel covenant, the presence and power of the Holy Spirit, the emphasis upon conversion and personal faith, the realities of Christian experience, the nature of the New Testament Church and the essential eschatological nature of the New Testament and the Kingdom of God.

The Importance of Reading10 “Bring the books, but especially the parchments...” Paul

Christianity is preeminently a religion—not only of One Book—the Bible—but of books. What do we know about the Bible, except through books that delve into the original

10 The materials in this introduction are abbreviated from the

author’s Theological Propaedeutic, pp. 523–533.

14

languages, into the consistent principles of exposition and interpretation? The Scriptures were given in another era, another culture, and in other languages. In order to adequately comprehend the inscripturated Word of God, we must cross such barriers—and we do so through books.

What do we know about the truth and belief of biblical Christianity except through books about doctrine and theology? What do we know about the history of Christianity, its Controversies, Creeds, Confessions, martyrs, heroes and victories, except through books?11 Books help open to us a consistent understanding of the Scriptures, their doctrinal truth, their practical application to our lives and the history of biblical religion. With reference to 2 Timothy 4:13, a friend and fellow Baptist pastor has stated:

Even an apostle wants books to read!….If such a leading light in the early church, the apostle to the Gentiles, requires books to read, what about those lesser lights of today, ordinary gospel ministers in our churches? How can they do without them?

While Paul’s remark in v. 13 appears almost trivial and out of place in that Book which records the splendor of our salvation, it must be kept in mind that this too is the word of God, given for our instruction and obedience. Whatever the books and parchments were they were precious to Paul, as well as indispensable to his present circumstances. Paul is lonely, aware of the church’s enemy, considers his own mortality, and sends for books.12

Mark the following words from C. H. Spurgeon, who well knew the value of good books:

Even an apostle must read....Paul is inspired, and yet he wants books! He has been preaching for at least thirty years, and yet he wants books! He had seen the Lord, and yet he wants books! He had had a wider experience than most men,

11 Throughout the Qu’ran, Mohammed constantly refers to

Christians as “the People of the Book.” O that this were always true! 12 Pastor Don Linblad, “The Minister and His Study: The Place of

Reading in Pastoral Ministry,” ARBCA Circular Letter, April 5, 2007

15

and yet he wants books! He had been caught up into the third heaven, and had heard things which it was unlawful for a man to utter. yet he wants books! He had written the major part of the New Testament, and yet he wants books! The apostle says to Timothy and so he says to every preacher, “Give thyself unto reading”.

The man who never reads will never be read; he who never quotes will never be quoted. He who will not use the thoughts of other men’s brains. proves that he has no brains of his own. Brethren, what is true of ministers is true of all our people. You need to read. Renounce as much as you will all light literature, but study as much as possible sound theological works, especially the Puritanic writers, and expositions of the Bible. We are quite persuaded that the best way for you to be spending your leisure, is to be either reading or praying. You may get much instruction from books which afterwards you may use as a true weapon in your Lord and Master’s service. Paul cries. “Bring the Books”—join in the cry.

Paul herein is a picture of industry. He is in prison; he cannot preach: What will he do? As he cannot preach, he will read. So it was with the fishermen of old and their boats: the fishermen were gone out of them. What were they doing? Mending their nets. So if providence has laid you upon a sick bed, and you cannot teach your class–if you cannot be working for God in public, mend your nets by reading. If one occupation is taken from you, take another, and let the books of the apostle read you a lesson of industry.

He says, “especially the parchments.” I think the books were Latin and Greek works, but that the parchments were Oriental; and possibly they were the parchments of Holy Scripture; or as likely, they were his own parchments, on which were written the originals of his letters which stand in our Bible...Now, it must be “especially the parchments” with all our reading; let it be especially the Bible....Read the books, by all manner of means, but especially the parchments. Search human literature, if you will, but especially stand fast by that Book which is infallible, the revelation of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.13

13 C. H. Spurgeon, Metropolitan Tabernacle Pulpit, Vol. 9, pp.

668–669.

16

A good library should be looked upon as an indispensable part of church furniture….If a man can purchase but very few books, my first advice to him would be, let him purchase the very best. If he cannot spend much, let him spend well….Don’t buy thin soup; purchase the essence of meat….You require accurate, condensed, reliable standard books, and should make sure that you get them….The next rule I shall lay down is, master those books that you have. Read them thoroughly….A student will find that his mental constitution is more affected by one book thoroughly mastered than by twenty books which he merely skimmed….In reading, let your motto be, ‘Much, but not many.’14

Maurice Roberts, a classical scholar, minister and Editor of The Banner of Truth Magazine, wrote:

According to an oft–quoted saying of Francis Bacon, reading makes a full man, writing an exact man and conversation a ready man. Experience shows the observant Christian that he was right. There is no ordinary way for a person to attain to fullness of knowledge in the things of God apart from a diligent application to good books. Not that Bacon’s saying applies only to religious subjects. But that is our interest and concern here since we believe that God’s summons to us to worship Him ‘with all the mind’ involves us as believers in the duty of developing and enlarging our knowledge of spiritual subjects all the days of our life. That means we must read books. ….books are the time–honored way in which Christians

have bettered themselves and, in some cases, have attained to a remarkedly high level of that ‘fullness’ which Bacon refers to. It is not too much to say that books are to minds what food is to the stomach or air to the lungs. ….it is a lamentable fact that in our generation very few—

even of Christians—are reading regularly and profitably. It is an index, very probably, of the small measure of grace which we as modern Christians possess. It is also a scandal for which we have need to be ashamed.15

14 C. H. Spurgeon, Lectures to My Students, pp. 175–178. 15 Quoted from The Banner of Truth Magazine in the author’s The

Believer & His Books, pp. 179–180.

17

Observations on Reading The following reasons for reading may prove helpful: first,

the ultimate purpose of reading is to change the entire person, not merely to educate the mind. The reading of the Scriptures and sound literature is to educate, edify and ultimately transform the personality. Some need to learn to read. Others need to develop sound study habits. We all need to fill our minds and hearts with the truth intelligently comprehended and progressively applied. Thank God for those spiritual writers of the past who brought doctrine to light practically and merged it into Christian experience!

Second, everyone needs some help in understanding the meaning of Scripture. The Bible was written in Hebrew, Aramaic and Greek. Further, although fully inspired, infallible and inerrant, it is a progressive revelation from God that is linguistically, historically and culturally conditioned. Every Christian, if possible, and as opportunity permits, should certainly have some understanding of the Greek, and even of the Hebrew. These are necessary for the minister. Any skill in the use of the most basic language tools will prove immensely profitable.16

Every believer must also have some understanding of sound hermeneutical principles and the cultures and geography of the lands of the Bible. At times, the interpretation hinges on a knowledge of animals, plants, food, customs, geography, etc. Remember, the context may be geographical, cultural or psychological as well as contextual.

Third, everyone needs help to think consistently in alignment with the Scripture. Language and hermeneutical helps, doctrinal and theological works, and exegetical and expository commentaries—all have their proper and often necessary place in aiding our understanding of the Scriptures.

16 See Appendix V: Why Study the Original Languages of

Scripture?

18

Fourth, reading other works may help deliver us from a subjectivism that would lead us into error and contradiction. The reading of good commentaries will help form an objective perimeter of interpretation. The reading of doctrinal and theological works will sharpen the thinking and expand the knowledge of doctrinal truth.

Fifth, we need the truth of the Scriptures applied to our lives objectively, i.e., the reading of sermons and practical works. This will give us encouragement and admonition, and prompt us to live consistent and godly lives. God has ordained preaching as the primary means of proclaiming, instilling and applying his truth. Printed preaching is second only to audible preaching—and preachers need to be preached to!

Sixth, we need to educate ourselves in all areas of Christian truth: the Bible as the progressive revelation of God, some knowledge of the sense of the original languages, the content and meaning of the text of Scripture, doctrine and theology, and both Biblical and ecclesiastical history. The more comprehensive our knowledge, the greater our potential for being consistent and useful servants in the Kingdom of God.

Seventh, we will profit much from understanding and evaluating the past, i.e., the reading of historical works. Our understanding will suffer and we may be prone to error unless we possess an historical perspective to our faith. We must often surmount the obstacles of twenty centuries of tradition and error! Most modern errors and heresies were thoroughly discussed, debated and condemned by the third to fifth century AD Remember that Church History is, in reality, a study of the continued departure from the inspired, New Testament pattern.17 Further, history often provides the best illustrations of truth as worked out in Christian experience, suffering and courage.

17 Church history is not self–interpreting. The New Testament,

properly understood, is the inspired pattern.

19

Eighth, we need to grow spiritually. Spiritual growth and intellectual growth are not mutually exclusive; they are necessarily related. It is the human tendency for even the best of students to become “dated” or stunted in their comprehension of the faith. This is true, even of preachers and teachers! It is, in part, the natural process of aging—so we must continue to study.

Ninth, we need to be able to defend what we believe to the best of our ability. This means a reasonable knowledge of both Scripture and doctrine, i.e., a systematic and working knowledge of Biblical truth i.e., apologetics.18

Tenth, since the advent of printing, Christians have made good use of books to complement the Scriptures. Before the Western invention of printing c. 1436, hand–written books were few and unaffordable, except for the very wealthy. Most religious works were written in Latin and kept in the libraries of religious orders. They were utterly unattainable and unreadable by the common man.

Some ancient works did exist among the Waldenses and other Pre–Reformation groups. With the advent of printing came the Northern Renaissance and the Protestant Reformation. The Sixteenth Century Protestant Reformation came forth with Erasmus’ printed Greek New Testament in its hands.19 The Reformers and the Puritans were all men of books. Pamphlets, tracts and books carried the Sixteenth Century Reformation. Commentaries and doctrinal works have bequeathed to subsequent generations the richness of the Puritans.

18 Cf. Acts 17:18, 22–34; Rom. 1:18–32; 2 Cor. 10:3–5; 1 Pet.

3:15 and Jude 3. 19 The Scriptures existed in Jerome’s Latin Vulgate c. 406 AD,

which was limited to handwritten copies, and only to those versed in Latin. The first vulgar version i.e., written in the language of the people, of the Bible in Western Civilization was the Romaunt Version [translated from the Latin Vulgate], c. 1180, made and distributed by the Waldenses in France and the valleys of the Piedmont. William Tyndale gave us the first English New Testament translated from the Greek.

20

For the very first time, the common people were able to have religious works in their own language and homes. For some two–three centuries [c.1650–1900], the family or home library consisted mainly of The English Bible, the Shorter Catechism, Pilgrim’s Progress and Foxe’s Book of Martyrs. This covered the major areas in a practical way—biblically, doctrinally, historically and practically. Generation after generation was reared upon truth from a biblical perspective—and these generations changed Western Civilization. Most of the greatest and most practical biblical works have come from the Reformation and Puritan eras.

We are Baptists, not merely because we baptize by immersion upon a credible profession of faith, but because we hold to the Scriptures alone as our rule of both faith [what we believe] and practice [how we live]. Historically, Baptists, although mostly found among the common people, have strived for scriptural and educated ministries—and many of the greatest were self–taught because they were excluded from the institutions of learning by the State Church.

Eleventh, education is largely a self–effort, even with formal training and the best of teachers. The student must personally put forth the effort. Formal schooling only gives one an exposure to the basics and possibilities, the influence of more experienced and learned minds, an outward and imposed discipline, the development of personal study habits, and a system of evaluation i.e., testing, grading and a certificate or diploma.

Formal schooling then provides only a basis for a lifetime of personal discipline, learning and progression. Personal perseverance in reading and studying has ever been the key to becoming a truly spiritual and educated Christian. This is certainly true of the Gospel minister, who must continue to educate and edify himself through his own books and reading.

Twelfth, study or research is comprised of two basic issues: first, knowing what information you need, and second, knowing where to obtain it. The first issue is raised by the nature of study, the latter finds its solution in an adequate library. The retention of

21

information in the mind and on paper or in an electronic form is essential. The student constantly adds to his sphere of knowledge, and such may be sanctified for the use of Christian service.

Thirteenth, as preachers and pastors, we need to open the text from which we preach. Our congregation and hearers need to learn the Scriptures as they sit under preaching—and exegetical and expository preaching will always fill this need and fulfill their spiritual appetite.20

Finally, the relative impossibility of possessing the exhaustive [complete] or ideal library. Very few individuals will ever possess or have access to a library that is completely adequate for any and every situation. The goal should be to build a library that is adequate, with each volume being both necessary and worthwhile.

Building an Adequate Library Quantity and Quality

An adequate library is not necessarily a large one, but rather one that is concise and well–organized, with few or no useless volumes and few gaps in areas of biblical knowledge. The following suggestions and quotations may serve as a help: first, the library should be a selection, not a collection. Many books are simply not a worthy investment. They may be good, but they may lack either depth or comprehensiveness. Borrow, read and return them—do not necessarily buy them.

Ordinarily do not buy a book that you may as well borrow, and which you do not need as a permanent possession. There is vanity in accumulating a large library, but it is often a snare. There are comparatively few books that you will ever examine after you have once carefully read them. Those few you want to keep, and keep at hand.

Encyclopedias, for instance, are permanent accessions to a library, always in use...Seek first–class books not only in point of authorship but in point of accuracy, fullness of

20 See Appendix IV: Opening the Text.

22

information, and complete classification, so that you may save all the time possible, and avoid all the error possible, when you consult their contents.21 Note: Something should be stated concerning the return of another’s books. It is slothful and uncaring to keep a book beyond a reasonable time. It does no good sitting unused in your library or home and you also deprive the owner or another borrower of its use, or assume that he will not use it himself—an assumption that might either be wrong or a judgment upon your lender as to his own reading. A long–time friend, now in glory, served with a military officer who was a serious reader and kept a personal library. On the flyleaf of each of his volumes was an inscription with his name. Below this were the following lines:

My books seem to fly away in droves but only return in smidgins I wish some Burbankian guy

Would cross my books with homing pigeons! Second, money is invested—never merely spent on a good

book. One book cannot only educate and edify the initial reader, but may outlive several owners and influence three or four generations. Desiderius Erasmus is reputed to have said, “When I get a little money, I buy books, and if there is any left, I buy food and clothes.”

Third, books should be purchased for reading and studying—not merely for collecting. “To buy books would be a good thing if we also could buy the time to read them. As it is, the act of purchasing them is often mistaken for the assimilation and mastering of their content.” 22 “Books are to a student what tools are to a mechanic, what furniture is to a housekeeper, what arms are to a soldier. Every student ought to acquire a library of standard works for constant use...” 23

A library is the student’s working tool and armory. Books are his best friends, always on hand to give instruction…and encouragement…The value of a library depends on its quality

21 Arthur T. Pierson, The Divine Art of Preaching. 22 Arthur Schopenhauer. 23 Philip Schaff, Theological Propaedeutic, p. 10.

23

rather than its quantity. A selection is better than a collection…Books, like friends, should be few and well chosen.24

There is little real value in having an immense library. The rule is “not many, but good books.” Often we get enthusiastic to collect great numbers of books, but, seriously now, what is the reason for collecting the biggest library? When a man is said to have the biggest library in a particular section or city, we have in reality said little about the man.

The size of the library does not always indicate the scholarship or intellectual capacity of the man but may reflect only an insatiable thirst in book buying completely detached from the sane use of books, or it may reflect the sort of vanity which seeks to impress with a scholarship that exists only in the ego….We should never aim to have the biggest collection, but the best one, the one most carefully built, most used, and most valuable from the standpoint of efficiency and reliability.25

“The truth is...It is not the reading of many books which is necessary to make a man wise or good; but the well reading of a few, could he be sure to have the best.”26

Building According to a Plan The purpose of building a suitable working library is to have

the sources immediately at hand which contain at least some basic and pertinent information on every major biblical, linguistic, doctrinal and historical subject. From this reservoir of materials, the student is to be both educated and edified. Many ministers and most Christians are by necessity limited to their own books.

A suitable library, therefore, should be built according to a plan that will enable the reader or student to find the essential information associated with any given area of biblical truth or knowledge. Further, a truly Christian library is not only an academic reference source, but necessarily a source for

24 Ibid, p. 91. 25 Jay Smith, Minister’s Library Handbook, Boston: W. A. Wilde

Company, 1958, pp. 46–47. 26 Richard Baxter, A Christian Directory.

24

edification and spiritual development. Thus, it should contain various works that can be read, not only for information, but for personal edification and spiritual growth.

To ensure a degree of balance and comprehensiveness, together with an economy of books and space, the following principles are suggested: first, arrange the areas of knowledge or study into several major sections, such as: (1) General Reference Works—Encyclopedias, Dictionaries, Concordances. (2) Language Helps—Word Studies, Lexicons, Grammars, Concordances, specialized language tools. (3) Biblical Works—Bible Handbooks, Bible Geography and Archeology, Biblical Introductions and Surveys, (4) Biblical Commentaries—Critical,27 Expository, Doctrinal and Devotional (5) Doctrinal Works—Bible doctrine, Biblical, Historical, Systematic and Practical Theologies. (6) Historical Works—General Church Histories, Baptist Histories, History of Doctrine. (7) Philosophical Works—Dictionaries of Philosophy, the History of Philosophy, various works on Christian Philosophy.28 (8) Practical Works—Printed Sermons, Devotional Works, Records of Revival and Biographies.29 One should possess a standard work in every area, as he will often be limited to his own library and this will be his only source for self–education and edification.

Second, a library is an investment that will outlive you, and will continue to affect, perhaps, many generations. Buy the best. Read the best. Preserve the best.

Third, purchase at least one or two standard works in each area as a basis, then seek to supplement this with more

27 “Critical” does not necessary mean radical biblical criticism, but

rather those commentaries which deal with the original languages. 28 For the importance of philosophy, see the section on

Philosophical works. 29 This general arrangement is followed in this book, and is the

approach which the author has used in his own library. It has served him well for close to fifty–five years.

25

specialized works in critical areas. This will help ensure a comprehensiveness that is essential.

Fourth, there are certain classics which should be obtained if possible. A library would be poor, indeed, if it lacked Calvin’s Institutes of the Christian Religion, John Bunyan’s Pilgrim’s Progress, Foxe’s Book of Martyrs, Bishop Hall’s Contemplations or Matthew Henry’s Commentary.

Fifth, strive for a balance in both buying and reading. It is said that “We are what we eat.” In much the same way, “We are what we read.” An unbalanced library will result in unbalanced reading. Unbalanced reading will result in an unbalanced outlook and ministry. Strong meat should be mixed with sweet dainties, and solid, simple food with rich desserts. Reading good books ought to be a religious and spiritual pleasure!

Sixth, be familiar with all your books. Peruse them when they are purchased, learn to know where to find any given information. Know which of your volumes have topical and Scriptural indices and tables.

Seventh, make notes in the flyleaf of a book. Underscoring the text may prejudice or rob any future reader of the entire text, and will interfere with modern computerized scanning.

Books about Books The Following works may be consulted with some degree

of reliance for the acquisition of sound works: Barber, Cyril, The Minister’s Library. Grand Rapids: Baker

Book House, 1972— 2 Vols. (with 4 periodic supplements).

Bauer, David, An Annotated Guide to Biblical Resources for Ministry. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 2003. 327 pp.

Carson, D. A., New Testament Commentary Survey. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1993. 92 pp.

Danker, Frederick W., Multipurpose Tools for Bible Study. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1993.

26

Downing, W. R., Theological Propaedeutic. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2010. 461 pp.

Glynn, John, Commentary & Reference Survey. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 2003. 311 pp.

Grier, W. J., The Best Books: A Guide to Christian Literature. London: The Banner of Truth, 1968. 175 pp.

Longman, Tremper III, Old Testament Commentary Survey. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1995. 184 pp.

*Masters, Peter M., The Preacher’s Library. London: Wakeman Publishers, 1979. 112 pp.

Roberts, Richard Owen, An Annotated Bibliography of Revival Literature. Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts Publishers, 1987. 575 pp.

*Rosscup, James, Commentaries for Biblical Expositors. The Woodlands, TX: Kress Publications, 2004. 351 pp.

Schaff, Philip, Theological Propaedeutic. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1904. pp. 539–596.

Smith, Wilbur M., Profitable Bible Study. Boston: W. A. Wilde Company, 1939. 214 pp.

*_______, Treasury of Books for Bible Study. Natick, MA: W A. Wilde Company, 1960. 289 pp.

**Spurgeon, Charles Haddon, Commenting and Commentaries. London: Banner of Truth, 1969 [reprint of 1876 edition]. 224 pp. May this short, introductory work help in the pursuit of

excellence in biblical, linguistic, theological and historical studies for the glory of God.

27

Note The system of evaluating books in the following pages: Almost every work listed is a worthwhile volume, and can

be perused with profit. Those which are the very best, a “must have” work, are

designated with a double asterisk [**]. Those which are outstanding and ought to be purchased and perused, if possible, are designated with a single asterisk [*]. Uneven works, while profitable in some areas, but suspect in others are designated with a question mark [?].30

I General Reference Works

General reference works are a very necessary source of information, and form the foundation of one’s library. Time should be taken when possible to research words, terms, customs, clothing, geography, plants, animals, and political and historical data when studying the Scriptures. Never be afraid to stop reading any book—even the Bible—and consult a dictionary or other help for understanding.

Note: Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him. (Acts 8:29–31). Philip’s question and the Ethiopian’s answer are of the greatest importance. Unless we read with understanding, we will not profit from reading the

30 Some commentaries are characterized by careful exegesis, but

may contain extreme doctrinal errors. Doctrinal differences due to paedobaptism or contrary views on ecclesiology in commentaries and theological works should be understood by the discerning student. No one man possesses all the truth; each has his own biases and limitations. Some of our best, most useful commentaries have been written by paedobaptists. The Puritans were unexcelled in both doctrinal consistency and practicality.

28

Scriptures. Scripture reading is not a superstitious or irrational act. Books are available to help us understand, and a person is irrational indeed who does not seek to read with understanding!

One should seek to build up a reservoir of knowledge and information that will serve as a foundation for a comprehensive understanding of the Bible. Often the interpretation of a given passage hinges upon information possessed and presupposed by the people of that long ago society which remains hidden to the present–day casual reader.31

Theological Dictionaries and Encyclopedias **Cairns, Alan, Dictionary of Theological Terms. Greenville,

SC: Ambassador Emerald International, 2002. 538 pp. This is a superb dictionary with some definitive articles.

*Elwell, Walter, A., Ed., Evangelical Dictionary of Theology. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1990. 1204 pp.

Erickson, Millard J., Concise Dictionary of Christian Theology. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1990. 187 pp.

31 Biblical ignorance is at times passed down from the pulpit. The

author recalls hearing a preacher, referring to Acts 16:6–10, state that had not the Holy Spirit forbidden Paul to preach the Word in Asia, the Chinese would probably be missionaries to us, rather than the reverse. “Asia” in Acts 16:6, however, referred to the Roman Province of Asia Minor, the area known in modern times as Turkey, not to the Far East. Paul later evangelized throughout “Asia” (Cf. Acts 19:10, 22, 26). Note that in the Parable of the “Lost Sheep” in Lk. 15:1–7, our Lord was in Perea, east of the Jordan River, the premier sheep–grazing area of the entire region. His parable was eminently suited to both the place and the situation. Also note that after Joseph was taken into captivity and sold into slavery by his brethren, that the Ishmaelites went down to Egypt—and the trade route went right through Hebron. Joseph was no doubt within sight of his father’s encampment as he was led into Egypt. Bible geography is important. How far did Na’aman travel to return to the house of Elisha? About a two–day journey (2 Kgs . 5:14–15). What a mark of grace and thankfulness!

29

*Ferguson, Sinclair B., Wright, David F. and Packer, J. I. New Dictionary of Theology. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1988. 738 pp. One of the best Dictionaries, although some articles are written by theologians with defective views.

*Harrison, Everett F., Baker’s Dictionary of Theology. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1966. 566 pp. Older, but the articles are very conservative and by astute scholars.

Manton, M. E., A Dictionary of Theological Terms. London: Grace Publications Trust, 1996. 125 pp.

**McClintock, John and Strong, James, Cyclopedia of Biblical, Theological and Ecclesiastical Literature. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1981. 12 Vols. An old set, and in places outdated, but massive and exhaustive. Available on CD.

**Orr, James, Gen. Ed., The International Standard Bible Encyclopedia. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1939. 5 Vols. The old edition, edited by Orr is the best, with the most conservative scholarship. Extremely useful.

Turnbull, Ralph G., Baker's Dictionary of Practical Theology. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1967. 469 pp.

31

II Language Tools

The argument for a working knowledge of the original languages of Scripture is simple: the Scriptures were written in languages other than our own. No translation or version can ever equal the original language of Scripture. The syntax, grammar, nuances and idioms are forever lost to the reader limited to a version of a translation. Every believer needs to know and experience the full force of the truth that the original readers experienced, as the Scriptures are not only to inform him, but to transform his life and bring him into intelligent obedience to the truth. Those limited to the English Bible possess only a second–hand knowledge of the Word of God.

The minister should never be dissuaded by inadequate schooling. Every minute spent in exploring the text in the originals will pay great dividends. Man of our greatest forefathers have been self–educated and have become proficient in both Greek and Hebrew.

Note: A computer Bible program which adequately deals with the original languages will replace many of these language tools.

Latin Latin was once the language of scholarship. It is important

for some older theological terms and, at times for deciphering notes in old biblical and doctrinal works. Greenough, J. B., Ed., Allen and Greenough’s New Latin

Grammar. New York: Aristide D. Caratzas, Publisher, 1992 reprint of 1931 ed. 490 pp.

*Lewis, C. T., Elementary Latin Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992 reprint of 1891 ed. 952 pp.

Moore, Bob, and Moore, Maxine, Dictionary of Latin and Greek Origins. New York: Barnes & Noble, 1997. 382 pp.

32

**Muller, Richard A., Dictionary of Greek and Latin Theological Terms. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1989. 340 pp.

Stelten, Leo F., Dictionary of Ecclesiastical Latin. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1995. 330 pp.

Hebrew Hebrew Grammars

**Cowley, A. E., Transl., Gesenius’ Hebrew Grammar. Oxford University Press, 1976. 598 pp. Gesenius is the most complete manual Grammar of Old Testament Hebrew available. It is a rich mine of information, although the author held to radical views of biblical criticism.

*Kelley, Page H., Biblical Hebrew: An Introductory Grammar. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1992. 453 pp.

*Mansoor, Menahem, Biblical Hebrew Step by Step. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1980. 2 Vols. A very basic self–study textbook which will enable the student to get the basics and progress in his studies.

*Pratico, Gary D., and Van Velt, Miles V., Basics of Biblical Hebrew. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 2001. 476 pp. Pratico and Van Velt’s textbook is accompanied by a CD–ROM which contains several helps, a link to Heb. flashcards, and various charts. This is a very helpful tool.

Ross, Allen P., Introducing Biblical Hebrew. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 2001. 565 pp.

*Waltke, Bruce K. and O’Connor, M., An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew Syntax. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns, 1990. 765 pp. An advanced work for serious students.

Weingreen, J., A Practical Grammar for Classical Hebrew. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1959 (second ed.). 316 pp. The old standard, classic introduction to the study of Hebrew.

33

Hebrew Lexicons **Botterweck, Johannes G., Ringgern, Helmer, Eds.,

Theological Dictionary of the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1974— 15 Vols. The most massive and complete set for Hebrew roots and word studies.

**Brown, Francis, Driver, S. R., and Briggs, C. A., Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament. Oxford University Press, 1962, 1127 pp. The standard Hebrew lexicon.

*Davidson, B., The Analytical Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon. London: Samuel Bagster & Sons, 1966. 784 pp. This standard work parses [analyzes] every Hebrew word.

**VanGemeren, Willem A., Ed., New International Dictionary of Old Testament Theology and Exegesis. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1997. 5 Vols. Perhaps the most complete and useful Hebrew tool for word studies by the English reader.

Gesenius, William, (with notes and editing by Samuel P. Tregelles), Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon to the Old Testament Scriptures. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 919 pp. A helpful volume. Tregelles corrects Gesenius’ radical views.

*Harris, R. Laird, Ed., Theological Wordbook of the Old Testament Chicago: Moody Press, 1980. 2 Vols. Very helpful for the English reader with some little knowleldge of trhe Hebrew.

*Holladay, W. L., A Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1988. 425 pp. The standard shorter or abbreviated Hebrew lexicon.

Köhler, L., and Baumgartner, W., and Stamm, J., The Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon of the Old Testament. New York: E. J. Brill, 1994–2000. 2 Vols.

34

An exhaustive work for the more advanced student.

Hebrew Concordances Kohlenberger, John R., III, and Swanson, James A., The

Hebrew–English Concordance to the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1998. 1600 pp.

*Lisowsky, Gerhard, Konkordanz zum Hebraischen Alten Testament. Stuttgart: Württembergische Bibelanstalt, 1958. 1672 pp. A handwritten masterpiece by Jewish Rabbi and scholar. For advanced students.

**______, The Englishman’s Hebrew and Chaldee Concordance to the Old Testament. London: Samuel Bagster & Sons, 1890. 1682 pp. A good volume for the English reader.

Miscellaneous Hebrew Helps Girdlestone, Robert B., Synonyms of the Old Testament. Grand

Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, reprint of 1897 ed. 346 pp.

Kelley, Page H., Mynatt, D. S., and Crawford, T. G., The Masorah of the Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia. Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1998.

*Kittel, Rudolf, Biblia Hebraica. Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft. The standard critical Hebrew text is the Biblia Hebraica Stuttgartensia [BHS], an exact reproduction of the MT. Until 1936, all printed editions of the MT were based on twelfth century and later mss. edited by Jacob ben Chayim. The third [and current] edition of BHS is a reproduction of the Codex Leningradensis, an early medieval ms. (c. 1008 AD) in the Tiberian tradition by Samuel ben Jacob, which represents the Ben Asher tradition. This text is deemed to be superior to the former editions.

Mitchell, Larry A., A Student’s Vocabulary for Biblical Hebrew and Aramaic. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1983. 88 pp.

35

Putnam, Frederick Clarke, Hebrew Bible Insert. A Student’s Guide to the Syntax of Biblical Hebrew. Ridley Park, PA: Stylus Printing, 1996. 63 pp.

**Scott, William R., A Simplified Guide to BHS. N. Richland Hills, TX: BIBAL Press, 1995. 88 pp. A very practical guide to the Hebrew text and its attendant markings and accents for the serious student.

Stuart, D., Old Testament Exegesis: A Primer for Students and Pastors. Philadelphia: Westminster Press, 2001.

*Unger, Merrill F., and White, William, Eds., Nelson’s Expository Dictionary of the Old Testament. Nashville: Thomas Nelson Publishers, 1980. 509 pp. An abbreviated but practical work. Often included with Vine’s Expository Dictionary of the New Testament as one volume.

*Wilson, William, Old Testament Word Studies. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1978. 566 pp. Intended for the English reader. Practical.

Septuagint The Hebrew Old Testament was translated into Greek c.

246 BC. It is abbreviated as LXX in language works. The LXX was the “Bible” ofd our Lord’s day when Koine Greek was the lingua franca. **Hatch, Edwin, and Redpath, Henry A., A Concordance to the

Septuagint. Akademische Druck–u. Verlagsanstalt, Graz–Austria, 1975. 3 Vols. A massive and exhaustive concordance on the LXX [Septuagint, or Greek version of the Old Testament]. The standard work.

Taylor, Bernard A., The Analytical Lexicon to the Septuagint. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1994. 460 pp. A concise analytical lexicon which parses [analyzes] the words.

**Rahlfs, Alfred, Ed., Septuaginta. Deutsch Bibelgesellschaft, Stuttgart, 1979. 2 Vols–in–1.

36

The standard version of the LXX.

Greek New Testament Greek Grammars

Chamberlain, W. D., An Exegetical Grammar of the Greek New Testament New York: Macmillan, 1954. 233 pp.

**Dana, H. E. and Mantey, Julius R., A Manual Grammar of the Greek New Testament. New York: Macmillan, 1957. 368 pp. The old, standard manual grammar, simple to use, informative and thorough.

*Funk, Robert W., Transl., Blass–DeBrunner’s A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature Chicago: University Press, 1961. 325 pp.

Metzger, Bruce M., Lexical Aids for Students of New Testament Greek. Princeton, NJ: Theological Book Agency, 1971. 100 pp.

*Moulton, J. H., A Grammar of New Testament Greek. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1967. 4 Vols.

*Robertson, A. T., A Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research. Nashville: Broadman Press. 1934. 1454 pp. The most exhaustive Greek grammar ever written. readable.

*Summers, Ray, Essentials of New Testament Greek. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1950. 171 pp. A very readable, beginning grammar. Suitable for self–study.

**Wallace, Daniel B., Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing Company, 1996. 827 pp. The newer manual grammar which has replaced Dana & Mantey in some ways

Greek Lexicons *Abbott–Smith, G., Manual Greek Lexicon of the New

Testament. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1964. 512 pp. An abbreviated lexicon for easy reference.

37

*Amdt, W. F., and Gingrich, F. W., A Greek–English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature. Cambridge University Press. 1967, 909 pp. The standard Greek lexicon.

**Bromiley, Geoffrey W., Transl. and Ed., Gerhard Kittel, Theological Dictionary of the New Testament Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1968. 10 Vols.32 The most exhaustive Greek dictionary for word studies and Greek stems. Arranged with a historical development of each term. Available in a one–volume, abbreviated edition.

Cremer, Hermann, Biblico–Theological Lexicon of New Testament Greek. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1962. 943 pp.

*Liddell, H. G., and Scott, R., A Greek–English Lexicon. Oxford at the Clarendon Press, 1966. 2,111 pp. The exhaustive Greek lexicon for Koinē Greek, giving words both in the New Testament and in secular Greek.

Silva, Moisés, New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology and Exegesis. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 2014. 5 Vols. A revision of the earlier work by Colin Brown. Useful and complete. Useable by the English reader with little Greek.

*Souter, Alexander, A Pocket Lexicon to the Greek New Testament. London: Oxford University Press, 1966. 290 pp. A very handy tool for quick reference.

**Thayer, J. H., Greek–English Lexicon of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1965, 726 pp. The old standard work, useful for most studies.

32 Kittel’s work is also available in an abbreviated, one vol. ed.,

known informally as “Little Kittel.” Although it lacks many of the critical and more technical notes, it is fairly complete in essence. Unhappily, all Greek characters have been transliterated into English.

38

*Wigram, J., The Analytical Greek Lexicon. London: Samuel Bagster & Sons, n.d., 444 pp. The standard work which parses [analyzes] every word of the Greek Testament.

Greek Concordances **Moulton, W. F. and Geden, A. S., A Concordance to the

Greek Testament. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1967, 1033 pp. This concordance uses the Greek text. Useful to the student with some Greek.

**Smith, J. B., Greek–English Concordance to the New Testament. Scottdale, PA: Herald Press, 1965, 430 pp. Based upon the Englishman’s Greek Concordance, Smith charts every Greek term. Excellent and eminently useful!

*______, The Englishman’s Greek Concordance. London: Samuel Bagster & Sons, n.d., 1020 pp. The old, standard work for the English reader. Smith charted and organized this older work. See previous entry.

Miscellaneous Greek Helps *Black, David Alan, Linguistics for Students of New

Testament Greek: A survey of Basic Concepts and Applications. Grand Rapids: Baker Books, 1995. 216 pp.

*Brooks, James A., and Winbery, Carlton L., Syntax of New Testament Greek. Lanham, MD: University Press of America, 1979. 204 pp.

**Burton, E. D., Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of New Testament Greek. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1966. 215 pp. An indispensable tool for the serious student.

Deissmann, Adolf, Light from the Ancient East. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1995 reprint of 1927 original. 535 pp. A standard sourcebook for Greek studies.

**Moule, C. F. D., An Idiom–Book of New Testament Greek. Cambridge: University Press, 1968. 246 pp.

39

A valuable tool for doing exegesis. Moulton, James Hope, and Milligan, George, The Vocabulary

of the Greek Testament. Grand Rapids: W. B. Eerdmans Publishers, 1963. 705 pp. An older, standard work which illustrates the Greek vocabulary from the papyri, giving much light upon the New Testament usage of words.

*Perschbacher, Wesley J., New Testament Greek Syntax. Chicago: Moody Press, 1995. 449 pp. A useful, basic work.

*Porter, Stanley E., Idioms of the Greek New Testament. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1992. 339 pp. The newer, standard work on Greek idioms. We would personally prefer Moulton.

**Vine, W. E., Expository Dictionary of New Testament Words. Westwood, NJ: Fleming H. Revell, 1962. 3 Vols–in–1. Indispensable for the English reader and for the serious student, as well. One of the most useful Greek tools.

Computer Software Bible Programs There are a variety of Bible software programs available:

Logos, Sword, BibleWorks, etc. One should be obtained which thoroughly treats the original languages and is simple to use. In the author’s experience, the best Bible program, giving complete access to the English and also to the Greek and Hebrew is BibleWorks. The current versions have become more inclusive. BW 6.0 is sufficient for most studies. Parsing and even basic exegesis in the Hebrew or Greek text may be done by moving the cursor along the text in either language. The additional features make this an indispensable tool. 33

33 Bible Works, Version 6.0. Released in 2003. Current version is

10.0 Licensed by BibleWorks, P.O. Box 6158, Norfolk, VA 23508 (888–747–8200; wwwbibleworks.com).

41

III Biblical Works

Bible Backgrounds Bonar, Horatius, Light and Truth: Bible Thoughts and Themes.

Muskegon, MI: Dust and Ashes Publications, 2002. 5 Vols. Devotional readings from Scripture.

Kitto, John, Daily Bible Illustrations. Edinburgh: Oliphant, Anderson & Ferrier, 1881. 8 Vols. In the form of daily readings, illustrations taken from manners, customs, geography, etc. Informative.

Bible Atlases A detailed Bible Atlas is an absolute necessity to gain a

correct perspective of distances and locations. Most maps in Bibles are insufficient for detailed study. **Aharoni, Yohanan and Avi–Yonah, Michael, The Macmillan

Bible Atlas. New York: The Macmillan Company. *Pfeiffer, Charles F., Baker’s Bible Atlas. Grand Rapids: Baker

Book House, 1961. 333 pp. Dowley, Tim, Atlas of the Bible and Christianity. Grand

Rapids: Baker Book House, 1997. 160 pp. May, Herbert G., Oxford Bible Atlas. London: Oxford

University Press, 1974. 144 pp. *Wright, George E., and Filson, Floyd V., The Westminster

Historical Atlas To The Bible. Philadelphia: The Westminster Press, 1974. 130 pp.

Bible Archeology Biblical archeology often helps in opening a text, revealing

information otherwise hidden or omitted in other works. Burroughs, Millar, The Dead Sea Scrolls. New York: The

Viking Press, 1960. 435 pp. Schoville, Keith N., Biblical Archeology in Focus. Grand

Rapids: Baker Book House, 1978. 511 pp.

42

*Unger, Merrill F., Archeology and the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1966. 353 pp.

*_______, Archeology and the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1967. 339 pp.

Bible Customs **Bailey, Kenneth E., Jesus Through Middle Eastern Eyes.

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2008. 443 pp. Bailey’s works are revealing and thought–provoking. By a modern scholar who lived and taught in Bible lands and was proficient in Greek, Hebrew and Arabic.

**_______, Paul Through Mediterranean Eyes. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 2011. 560 pp.

**Edersheim, Alfred E., Sketches of Jewish Social Life in the Days of Christ. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1967. 342 pp. The best life of Christ. Written by a converted Jew who was a great scholar and well–versed in Jewish traditions and customs.

*_______, The Temple: Its Ministry and Services. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1969. 414 pp.

Freeman, James M., Manners and Customs of The Bible. Plainfield, NJ: Logos International, 1972. 515 pp.

**Thomson, William M., The Land and The Book. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1966. 718 pp. Thompson was a missionary to Palestine in the 1800s. Well–written, lively and descriptive.

*Wright, Fred H., Manners and Customs of Bible Lands. Chicago: Moody Press, 1966. 336 pp.

Bible Surveys *Baxter, J. Sidlow, Explore the Book. Grand Rapids:

Zondervan Publishing House, 1965. 6 Vols. Easy–to–read and suitable for beginners. Dispensational, but usually good, thoughtful material.

43

*Dumbrell, William J., The Faith of Israel. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1988. 286 pp.

*Geisler, Norman L., A Popular Survey of the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1990. 299 pp. Very basic, very readable.

*Henry, Carl F. H., Ed., The Biblical Expositor. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1994. 3 vols. A running commentary on the Bible with insights and good summarizations.

*Hill, Andrew E., and Walton, John H., A Survey of the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1991. 461 pp.

Machen, J. Gresham, The New Testament: An Introduction to its Literature and History. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1976. 386 pp.

(N.A.), Nelson’s Complete Book of Bible Maps and Charts. Nashville: Thomas Nelson Publishers, 1993. 504 pp. A helpful summary of each book, some pertinent notes and an outline.

*Phillips, John, Exploring the Scriptures. Chicago: Moody Press, 1967. 288 pp. A good, brief, very basic summarization and outline of each book.

**Scroggie, W. Graham, Know Your Bible. London: Pickering & Inglis, 1965. 380 pp. An old, standard work which deserves the highest praise. A compendium of information and an outline of each book.

*_______, The Unfolding Drama of Redemption: The Bible as a Whole. London: Pickering & Inglis, 1963. 3 Vols.

Bible Handbooks **Halley, Henry H., Halley’s Bible Handbook. Grand Rapids:

Zondervan Publishing House, 1965. 860 pp. The older, standard Bible Handbook. Eminently useful and filled with helpful information.

44

*Unger, Merrill F., Unger’s Bible Handbook. Chicago: Moody Press, 1966. 930 pp.

Alexander, David, Eerdman’s Handbook to the Bible. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1973. 680 pp.

Bible History *Bruce, F. F., New Testament History. New York: Doubleday,

1972. 462 pp. *Edersheim, Alfred E., Bible History: Old Testament. Peabody,

MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1995. 1006 pp.

45

IV Isagogics

Isagogics, derived from the Gk eis, “into” and ago, “lead, bring,” means an introduction. General Isagogics denotes a general biblical introduction; special Isagogics denotes an introduction to a specific book of the Bible or a specific type of biblical literature.

General Isagogics **Geisler, Norman L. and Nix, William E., A General

Introduction to the Bible. Chicago: Moody Press, 1971. 480 pp. The standard general introduction. Filled with essential information concerning inspiration, history, canonicity, etc.

Horne, Thomas Hartwell, An Introduction to the Critical Study and Knowledge of the Holy Scriptures. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1970 reprint. 5 Vols. An older work, but very thorough.

*Miller, H. S., General Biblical Introduction. Houghton, NY: Word–Bearer Press, 1960. 422 pp. A older, brief but concise approach. Filled with good information, and a good sourcebook for quotations and definitions.

Special Isagogics Old Testament introduction

*Archer, Gleason L., A Survey of Old Testament Introduction. Chicago: Moody Press, 1974. 528 pp.

Benware, Paul N., Survey of the Old Testament. Chicago: Moody Press, 1993. 318 pp.

*Crossley, Gareth, The Old Testament Explained and Applied. Darlington, ENG: Evangelical Press, 2002. 866 pp. A practical and readable approach.

*Dillard, Raymond B., and Longman, Tremper III, An Introduction to the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1994. 473 pp.

46

The modern standard work. Downing, W. R., An Introductory and Explanatory Survey of

the Bible. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2015. 2 Vols. on the Old Testament.

*Dumbrell, William J., The Faith of Israel. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1988. 286 pp.

*Geisler, Norman L., A Popular Survey of the Old Testament. Peabody, MA: Prince Press/Hendrickson, 2003. 299 pp. Very basic and easy to read.

*Hamilton, Victor P., Handbook to the Pentateuch, Historical Books. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House. v.d., 2 Vols.

**Harrison, Roland Kenneth, Introduction to the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1971. 1325 pp. The older, standard work.

*Hill, Andrew, and Walton, John H., A Survey of the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1991. 461 pp.

Wolf, Herbert, An Introduction to the Old Testament. Chicago: Moody Press, 1991. 3 Vols.

Unger, Merrill F., Introductory Guide to the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1967, 410 pp.

**Young, E. J., An Introduction to the Old Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1965. 431 pp. The older, standard work. Readable.

New Testament Introduction Benware, Paul N., Survey of the New Testament. Chicago:

Moody Press, 1990. 340 pp. Brown, Raymond E., An Introduction to the New Testament.

New York: Double Day, 878 pp. A standard work by a Jesuit Scholar.

47

*Carson, D. A., Moo, Douglas J., and Morris, Leon, An Introduction to the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1992. 537 pp. A helpful work. Good summaries. Conservative.

Elwell, Walter A., Encountering the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2013. 430 pp.

*Gromacki, Robert G., New Testament Survey. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1974. 433 pp. A solid work, with excellent outlines and summaries.

Gundry, Robert H., New Testament Survey. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1974. 432 pp. Concise outlines and good surveys.

*Guthrie, Donald, New Testament Introduction. Chicago: InterVarsity Press, 1966. 3 Vols–in–1. A standard work. Thorough.

Hagner, Donald A., The New Testament: A historical and Theological Introduction. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2012. 871 pp. Very complete. Slightly tainted with critical views and in some comments.

Harrison, Everett F., Introduction to the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1968. 480 pp. An older Introduction. Brief, but informative.

**Hiebert, D. Edmond, An Introduction to the New Testament. Chicago: Moody Press, 1975. 3 Vols. One of the most conservative, Dispensational introductions, with the most extensive outlines of each book.

*Jensen, Irving L., Jensen’s Survey of the New Testament. Chicago: Moody Press, 1981. 535 pp. A Bible survey which teaches how to do a survey as it progresses. Very practical.

*Kostenberger, Andreas J., Kellum, L. Scott and Quarles, Charles L., The Cradle, the Cross and the Crown: An

48

Introduction to the New Testament. Nashville: B & H Academic, 2016. 1130 pp. Up–to–date and conservative. Good discussion of issues.

Kruger, Michael J., Ed., A Biblical–Theological Introduction to the New Testament. Wheaton: Crossway Books, 2016. 655 pp.

Machen, J. Gresham, The New Testament: An Introduction to its Literature and History. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1976. 386 pp. A very brief overview of the New Testament.

Powell, Mark Allan, Introducing the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2009. 560 pp.

*Tenney, Merrill C., New Testament Survey. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1970. 465 pp. A concise work with good outlines and concise survey of each book.

_______, New Testament Times. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 2001. 396 pp. A historical and chronological survey, not a book–by–book survey.

Thiessen, H. C., Introduction to the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1966. 347 pp. A conservative, older standard work.

Zahn, Theodor, Introduction to the New Testament. Minneapolis: Klock & Klock, 1977 reprint. 3 Vols. The old, standard, conservative, critical work on the New Testament.

Biblical Criticism Biblical Criticism is a necessary science, comprised of

both Textual Criticism and Historical Criticism. Textual Criticism [often called lower criticism] seeks to establish the text of Scripture. Historical [often termed “higher” criticism] Criticism seeks through both internal and external evidence to

49

establish the authorship, circumstances of writing, recipients, the historical context, etc.

Note: Radical Biblical criticism The foregoing are legitimate sciences. The warning is

against radical or “destructive higher criticism,” which approaches the Scriptures with an anti–supernatural bias, denying Divine inspiration and often holding to the idea of either natural or cultural evolution.

The names of the radical critics and their various schools of thought have been previously considered under one’s presuppositions.

Books on Biblical Criticism *Aland, Kurt, and Barbara, The Text of the New Testament: An

Introduction to the Critical Editions and to the Theory and Practice of Modern Textual Criticism. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1995. 366 pp.

Broomall, Wick, Biblical Criticism. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1957. 320 pp. An older, conservative, readable work discussing the issues of Biblical Criticism.

Clark, Gordon H., Logical Criticism of Textual Criticism. Jefferson, Maryland: The Trinity Foundation. 1986. 54 pp.34

*Harris, R. Laird, Inspiration and Canonicity of the Bible. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1957. 304 pp. A very readable survey of the issues.

*Kenyon, Frederic G., Handbook to the Textual Criticism of the New Testament. New York: Macmillan, 1912. 381 pp.

34 Note: The Trinity Foundation, which publishes the works of

Gordon H. Clark, has recently removed to Unicoi, TN. The mailing address is P. O. Box 68, Unicoi, TN 37692.

50

Sir F. Kenyon was keeper of the manuscripts in the British Museum—an astute scholar. His works are still worth perusing.

_______, Our Bible and the Ancient Manuscripts. New York: Harper & Row. 1965. 352 pp.

______, The Text of the Greek Bible. London: Duckworth. 1949. 264 pp.

**Metzger, Bruce M., A Textual Commentary on the Greek New Testament. London: United Bible Societies, 1971. 775 pp. Metzger was the outstanding Greek scholar of the 20th century. This is a companion volume to the Greek Testament, giving a commentary on every variant reading of importance. Invaluable to the Greek student.

_______, The Canon of the New Testament: Its Origin, Development and Significance. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1987. 326 pp. A critical–historical study of the text and canon of the New Testament.

_______, Manuscripts of the Greek Bible: An Introduction to Palaeography. Oxford University Press, 1981. 150 pp.

_______The Text of the New Testament. Oxford University Press, 1968. 284 pp.

Nestle, Eberhard, Introduction to the Textual Criticism of the Greek New Testament. Edinburgh: Williams & Norgate, 1901. 351 pp. An old work by a conservative German theologian and New Testament scholar.

*Robertson, A. T., An Introduction to the Textual Criticism of the New Testament. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1925. 300 pp. The works by Robertson and Warfield are older, but the principles remain the same. Both were conservative scholars.

*Warfield, Benjamin B., Textual Criticism of the New Testament. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1890. 225 pp.

51

A standard work by a conservative Presbyterian scholar and Prof. at Princeton Seminary.

53

V Hermeneutics

Hermeneutics is the science of interpretation. Sacred Hermeneutics is the science of biblical interpretation. The term derives from the ancient Greek, Hermes, who was the spokesman for the gods. Hermeneutics is an absolute essential for biblical study! The Scriptures are to be interpreted according to their Divine, self–attesting or self–authenticating nature. The several rules or principles are determining for all subsequent and consistent study.

General Hermeneutics *Berkhof, Louis, Principles of Biblical Interpretation. Grand

Rapids: Baker Book House, 1969. 169 pp. A basic approach to the study of Hermeneutics.

Downing, W. R., An Introduction to Biblical Hermeneutics. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2001. 221 pp.

Fairbairn, Patrick, Opening Scripture. Birmingham, AL: Solid Ground Christian Books, 2004 (reprint of 1858 ed.). 480 pp. An old work, conservative and still of value.

Klein, William W., Blomberg, Craig L., and Hubbard, Robert L., Introduction to Biblical Interpretation. Dallas: Word Publishing, 1993. 518 pp. A standard work.

Maier, Gerhard, Biblical Hermeneutics. Wheaton: Crossway Books, 1994. 526 pp. A standard work. Gives emphasis to the work of the Holy Spirit in interpretation.

Masters, Peter, Not Like Any Other Book: Interpreting the Bible. London: The Wakeman Trust, 2004. 161 pp. A very practical, pastoral approach.

*Mickelsen, A. Berkeley, Interpreting the Bible. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1963. 425 pp. A standard work.

54

Osborne, Grant R., The Hermeneutical Spiral. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1991. 499 pp.

**Ramm, Bernard, Protestant Biblical Interpretation. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1969. 274 pp. A readable, introductory work of great value.

**Terry, Milton S., Biblical Hermeneutics. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1964. 782 pp. An encyclopedic approach to Hermeneutics. Filled with good things.

The History of Interpretation Bray, Gerald, Biblical Interpretation. Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1996. 608 pp. *Elwell, Walter A. and Weaver, J. D., Eds., Bible Interpreters

of the 20th Century. Grand Rapids: Baker Books, 199. 445 pp. A biographical sketch of the most important biblical authors of the twentieth century, often with both positive and negative aspects of their personalities and work. Interesting and often encouraging.

**Farrar, F. W., The History of Interpretation. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1961. 553 pp. Farrar was defective in his view of Scripture. His value lies in his historical research, which is always of the highest order. Invaluable for a study of hermeneutical history.

McKim, Donald K., Historical Handbook of Major Biblical Interpreters. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1998. 643 pp.

55

VI Bible Commentaries

Biblical commentaries are helps. Such volumes are often the products of years or life–times of study in given areas of biblical knowledge. There are critical commentaries which work from the original languages, expository commentaries which deal with the text and all important matters and devotional commentaries whose value lies in the application and illustration of truth.

These can open the text as to its historical and geographical setting, linguistic nuances, psychological atmosphere, theological significance and practical application. Yet, remember that these are servants, not masters.

There is a right way and a wrong way to use a commentary. Actually, there are two wrong ways. The first is to ignore completely the use of commentaries. Some people do not consult commentaries because they believe that, since all Christians are equal as they approach the Scriptures, scholars have no privileged insight into the biblical text. The second error is to become overly dependent on commentaries. “These people have devoted their whole lives to the study of the Bible. How can my opinion measure up to theirs?”

Those holding the first position are wrong because they forget that God gives different gifts to different people in the church. Not all people are equally adept at understanding the Bible and teaching it to others (I Cor. 12:12–31). Those holding the second position err in the opposite direction. They forget that God has given believers the Spirit by which they can discern spiritual things (I Cor. 2:14–16).

The right way to use a commentary is as a help. We should first of all study a passage without reference to any helps. Only after coming to an initial understanding of the passage should we consult commentaries.

56

Neither should we let commentaries bully us. Many times they will be of great help, but sometimes the reader will be right and they will be wrong.35 Note: If a set of commentaries is designated with either a double asterisk [**] or a single asterisk [*], the individual volumes may or may not be listed under the various biblical books.

Note: Some pastors and preachers have their favorite commentaries, but often without a true, historical perspective. An old commentary may be doctrinally sound, but lack in modern discoveries, new material and insights which will leave the reader unacquainted with much he needs to fully expound the Scriptures.

Commentaries on the Whole Bible ?Albright, William Foxwell and Freedman, David Noel, Gen.

Eds. The Anchor Bible Commentary. New York: Doubleday, v.d. 44 Vols. This massive work is uneven. Many authors espouse radical views of Scripture. Any volume should be subjected to close scrutiny and discernment.

*Barnes, Albert, Notes and the Old and New Testaments. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, reprint of 1847 ed. 14 Vols. Barnes was a “New School” Presbyterian, but his commentaries are very readable and provide and opening to exegesis. A basic commentary suited for pastors.

**Calvin, John, Commentaries on the Holy Scripture. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1948. 22 Vols. John Calvin, though one of the first true biblical commentators, still ranks as one of the most perceptive. Well–worth studying.

**Carroll, B. H., Interpretation of the English Bible. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1943. 17 Vols. [also in a 6 Vol. Edition].

35 Tremper Longman III, Old Testament Commentary Survey.

Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1995, p. 18.

57

This work is between a survey and a commentary. Valuable for its insights, illustrations and historical and ministerial observations by “The Baptist Colossus.”

**Dockery, David S., Gen. Ed., The New American Commentary. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1991. 38 + Vols. The epitome of conservative Southern Baptist Biblical scholarship. Informative and useful.

*Ellicott, Charles John, Ed., Ellicott’s Commentary on the Whole Bible. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1970 edition. 8 Vols. A conservative commentary from the 19th century. Very useful, containing sermonic thoughts.

? Emerton, J. A., Cranfield, C. E. B., and Stanton, G. N., Eds., The International Critical Commentary on the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments. (ICC). Edinburgh: T & T Clark. v.d. Multi–volumes. The ICC deals with the text more thoroughly than most exegetical commentaries. The Old Testament is almost entirely liberal and tainted with radical criticism. Some volumes of the New Testament are classic and worthwhile.

**Exell, Joseph S., Ed., The Biblical Illustrator. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, various editions. 56 Vols. This massive set is not a commentary per se, but a gathering of sermonic material, outlines and illustrations. Filled with sermonic material from various sources. Always helpful and eminently practical. Available in a 23 Vol. ed.

**Gaebelein, Frank E., Gen. Ed., The Expositor’s Bible Commentary. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1979. 12 Vols. A modern Biblical commentary which is usually Dispensational; both expository and practical. A useful commentary.

**_______, The Genevan Series of Old and New Testament Commentaries published by the Banner of Truth.

58

This series is outstanding for the republication of many of the Puritans and older classical commentaries. The Puritans were often unexcelled as practical Biblical commentators.

*Gill, John, Dr. Gill’s Commentary on the Holy Scripture. Atlanta: Turner Lassetter, n.d., 6 Vols. John Gill was the Baptist prodigy of the 18th century. Often wordy, but always informative, especially when dealing with ancient customs, Hebrew traditions and doctrinal issues. One always appreciates Gill.36

*Guthrie, Donald, Gen. Ed., The New Bible Commentary. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1976. 1310 pp. One of the most useful one–volume conservative Bible commentaries.

**Hall, Joseph, Contemplations on the Historical Passages of the Old and New Testaments. Edinburgh: Thomas Nelson. 1976 reprint of 1844 ed. 602 pp. Bishop Hall, who lived between the Reformation and the Puritan eras, is very insightful, always helpful and edifying in his observations.

Hawker, Robert, The Poor Man’s Commentary on the Old and New Testaments. Birmingham, AL: Solid Ground Christian Books, reprint of 1815 ed. 6 Vols. Hawker’s commentary is comprised largely of homiletic observations on the text, section–by–section. Practical and sermonic.

**Henry, Matthew, Matthew Henry’s Commentary on the Whole Bible. New York: Fleming H. Revell, n.d. 6 Vols. Who can do without Matthew Henry? The most popular, ubiquitous Bible Commentary ever published—and rightly so. Both expository and eminently practical. If one had only one Bible commentary, let it be Matthew Henry!

36 Man old Baptist works, including Gill and various histories may

be obtained through Baptist Standard–Bearer, 1 Iron Oaks Dr, Paris, AR 72855. https://www.standardbearer.org.

59

? Hubbard, David A., and Barker, Glenn W., Gen. Eds., Word Biblical Commentary. Dallas, TX: Word Books, Publisher, v.d. 61 Vols. This series is unequal. Some authors are strongly evangelical; others are somewhat liberal or given to doctrinal errors. The format is not user–friendly. Each volume should be chosen with care. Some are very worthwhile.

*Jamieson, Robert, Fausset, A. R., and Brown, David, A Commentary Critical, Experimental and Practical on the Old and New Testaments. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1967. 6 Vols. A brief but judicious commentary.

*Lange, John Peter, Ed., Commentary on the Holy Scriptures Critical, Doctrinal and Homiletical. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1960. 12 Vols. One of the great conservative commentaries of the 19th century which encompasses detailed exegesis, exposition and practical observations.

? Nicoll, W. Robertson, Ed., The Expositor’s Bible. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1956. 6 Vols. An unequal series. Some volumes are outstanding [e.g., Blakie on 1 Samuel]; others are given to radical criticism. Approaches the Scriptures as a series of essays on various lengthy passages or chapters.

*Poole, Matthew, A Commentary on the Holy Bible. London: The Banner of Truth, 1962. 3 Vols. C. H. Spurgeon ranked Poole next to Matthew Henry. Brief and insightful.

*Spence, H. D. M., and Exell, Joseph E., Eds., The Pulpit Commentary. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1961. 24 Vols. One of the standard works. Contains a verse–by–verse commentary in addition to many general and more specific sermon outlines and illustrations. As with any composite work, it varies in orthodoxy and value with the given author.

60

**Trapp, John, Commentary on the Old and New Testaments. Eureka, CA: Tanski Publications, 1997. 5 Vols. Trapp was one of Spurgeon’s favorite commentators. Brief, pithy, always worth consulting for insights.

Old Testament Commentaries **Harrison, R. K., and Hubbard, Robert L., Gen. Eds., The

New International Commentary on the Old Testament (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1968—. 14 vols. A fairly conservative series of volumes on the Old Testament. Usually trustworthy. Some volumes are outstanding.

*Keil, K. F., and Delitzsch, Franz, Commentary on the Old Testament. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1997. 10 Vols. The old, standard Old Testament Commentary. Deals with the Hebrew text in critical places.

**Wiseman, D. J., Gen. Ed., Tyndale Old Testament Commentary. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1960’s—. 27 Vols. The Tyndale commentaries on the Bible are generally conservative and a combination of a survey and exposition. Very readable.

New Testament Commentaries Alford, Henry, The Greek Testament. Chicago: Moody Press,

1968. 4 Vols. A critical, exegetical commentary on the Greek text of the New Testament. For advanced students.

**Bruce, F. F., Gen. Ed., The New International Commentary on the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1954—. 16 Vols. As its companion in the Old Testament, these volumes are usually outstanding as expositions of the New Testament.

*Carson, D. A., Gen. Ed., The Pillar New Testament Commentary. Leiscester, ENG: Apollos. 1992–, 17 Vols.

61

These volumes usually have the best of conservative scholarship.

*Chadwick, Henry, Gen. Ed., Black’s New Testament Commentary. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1968. 11 Vols. The U.S.A. publisher was originally Harper’s. A fairly good, readable commentary.

*Hendriksen, William, and Kistemaker, Simon, The New Testament Commentary. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1975—. 13 Vols. Hendriksen was a pastor and Prof. of New Testament at Calvin Theological Seminary. Solid, Reformed and readable.

*Hovey, Alvah, Gen. Ed., An American Commentary on the New Testament. Valley Forge, PA: The American Baptist Publication Society, 1886. 7 Vols. The best of conservative Baptist scholarship in the 19th century. This set contains Broadus’ classic commentary on Matthew.

**Lenski, R. C. H., The Interpretation of the New Testament. Minneapolis: The Augsburg Publishing House, 1961. 12 Vols. Lenski was the outstanding Lutheran exegete of the 20th century. His commentary is based on the Greek text, but is readable and contains pertinent comments. Lenski was a strong personality and his preaching enhances the comments.

*Marshall, I. Howard, and Gasque, W. Ward, Eds., The New International Greek Testament Commentary. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1978. 14 Vols. Modern commentaries on the Greek text. Critical, technical and useful for the student with some knowledge of the Greek.

*Meyer, H. A. W., The New Testament Commentary. Winona Lake, IN: Alpha Publications, 1979. 11 Vols. Meyer’s commentary on the Greek text is critical, yet somewhat conservative in the 19th century age of German

62

rationalism. Useful for the student with some knowledge of Greek.

*Nicoll, W. Robertson, Gen. Ed., The Expositor’s Greek Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1961. 5 Vols. A standard work based on the Greek text, with sufficient notes and comments to be valuable for the serious Bible student.

**Robertson, A. T., Word Pictures in the New Testament. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1930. 7 Vols. Intended for pastors and preachers with little knowledge of Greek. Always practical, insightful and helpful.

**Tasker, R. V. G., Gen. Ed., The Tyndale New Testament Commentaries. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1959. 20 Vols. The Tyndale commentaries are both a survey and an expository approach with helpful information. A useful set of commentaries.

*Vincent, Marvin, Word Studies in the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1965. 4 Vols. Intended for the English reader giving insights into the language of the New Testament with various helpful notes.

*Wilson, Geoffrey B., New Testament Commentaries. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth Trust, v.d. 10 Vols. Small paperbacks with the essence of the meaning. Sound in interpretation. Sub–titled “A Digest of Reformed Comment.” Very useful, but brief.

*Yarbrough, Robert W., and Stein, Robert H., Eds., Baker’s Exegetical Commentary. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, v.d. 13+ Vols. Expository, not exegetical, but massive and inclusive in content.

Bible Commentaries Book–By–Book Either as individual volumes or as part of a set of

commentaries, some works are outstanding and some have

63

become classics. After possessing the best commentary possible as a set, individual volumes or sets on various books should fill in what voids may remain. The following commentaries are useful, noteworthy, outstanding or classics.

Old Testament Commentaries The Pentateuch

Genesis *Barnhouse, Donald G., Genesis: A Devotional Exposition.

Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1971. 2 Vols. Barnhouse was a brilliant preacher. Always thought–provoking.

*Currid, John D., Genesis. Darlington, ENG: Evangelical Press, 2003. 2 Vols. Currid’s commentaries are straightforward and intended for the English reader with good explanations.

Candlish, Robert, An Exposition of Genesis. Wilmington, DE: Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1972. 494 pp. An old, classic commentary.

Griffith–Thomas, W. H., Genesis: A devotional Commentary. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1971. 507 pp.

**Hamilton, Victor P, Genesis 1–17 (NICOT).37 Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1989. 512 pp.

**_______, Genesis 18–50 (NICOT).38 Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1994. 800 pp.

*Kidner, D., Genesis (TOTC).39 Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1967. 224 pp.

*Jacobus, Melancthon, Notes on Genesis (1866)

37 New International Commentary on the Old Testament. 38 New International Commentary on the Old Testament. 39 Tyndale Old Testament Commentary.

64

The commentaries of Jacobus are critical, deep and thorough. Old, but worthwhile.

**Lawson, George, Lectures on Joseph. London: Banner of Truth, 1972. 556 pp. Lawson is superb in his lectures on Joseph and Esther. Very practical.

*Leupold, H. C., Exposition of Genesis. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1971. 2 Vols. An older, standard, conservative work.

Pink, Arthur W., Gleanings in Genesis. Chicago: Moody Press, 1922. 206 pp.

*Wenham, Gordon, Genesis 1–15 (WBC).40 Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1987. 352 pp.

*_______, Genesis 16–50. (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1987. 525 pp.

*Young, E. J., In the Beginning. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1984. 117 pp.

*_______, Studies in Genesis One. Phillipsburg, NJ: International Library of Philosophy and Theology, Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1964. 105 pp.

Exodus Bush, George, Notes Critical and Practical on the Book of

Exodus. Minneapolis: Klock & Klock Christian Publishers, reprint of 1852 ed. 299 pp.

**Currid, John D., Exodus. Auburn, MA: Evangelical Press, 2000, 2 Vols.

Durham, J. I., Exodus (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1987. 516 pp.

*Haldeman, Isaac M., The Tabernacle, Priesthood and Offerings. Westwood, NJ: Fleming H. Revell, 1925. 408 pp.

40 Word Biblical Commentary.

65

An old, standard work on the Tabernacle with its types and symbols by a Baptist pastor.

Mackay, John L., Exodus. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire: Christian Focus Publications, 2001. 623 pp.

Murphy, James G., Commentary on Exodus, Edinburgh: Clark, 1866. Reprinted by Klock & Klock, 1979.

Pink, Arthur W., Gleanings in Exodus. Chicago: Moody Press, n.d. 384 pp.

Rushdoony, R. J., Exodus. Vallecito, CA: Ross House Books, 2004. 592 pp. Rushdoony was an independent thinker. He wrote scores of volumes on philosophical, political and theological subjects. His Reconstructionism characterizes his exposition of the Law.

Slemming, C. W., Made According to Pattern. London: Henry E. Walter , Ltd., 1964. 184 pp. A thoughtful volume on the Tabernacle and priesthood.

_______, These are the Garments. Chicago: Moody Press, 1955. 169 pp.

Soltau, I. W., The Tabernacle. London: Morgan & Scott. An old, fairly standard work on the Tabernacle and priesthood, dealing with types and symbols.

Leviticus **Bonar, Andrew, Leviticus. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth,

reprint of 1846 ed. 528 pp. Perhaps the classic commentary on Leviticus by a Presbyterian. Spurgeon praised it highly.

Bush, George, Notes on Leviticus. New York, 1857. *Harrison, R. K., Leviticus (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1980. 252 pp. *Hartley, John E., Leviticus (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1992. 496 pp. Kellog, S. H., The Book of Leviticus. Minneapolis, MN: Klock

& Klock Christian Publishers, 1978. 566 pp.

66

**Wenham, Gordon J., Leviticus (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1980. 362 pp.

Numbers *Ashley, T. R., The Book of Numbers (NICOT). Grand Rapids:

Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1993. 667 pp. Bush, George, Notes on Numbers. Minneapolis, MN: James

and Klock Publishing Company, 1976. 475 pp. *Wenham, G. J., Numbers (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1981. 240 pp.

Deuteronomy *Calvin, John, Sermons upon Deuteronomy. **Craigie, Peter C., Deuteronomy (NICOT). Grand Rapids:

Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1976. 424 pp. *Thompson, J. A., Deuteronomy (TOTC). Downer’s Grove,

IL: InterVarsity Press, 1974. 320 pp. Historical Literature

Joshua Bush, George, Notes on Joshua, New York, 1852 *Davis, Dale Ralph, Joshua: No Falling Words. Christian

Focus Publications. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, 2000. 204 pp. Davis’ commentaries are all well–thought through, often pungent and always well–worth consulting.

Pink, Arthur W., Gleanings in Joshua. Chicago: Moody Press, 1964. 430 pp.

*Woudstra, Marten, Joshua (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1981. 393 pp.

Judges Bush, George, Notes on Judges. Minneapolis, MN: James &

Klock Publishing, 1976. 257 pp.

67

*Davis, Dale Ralph, Judges: Such a Great Salvation. Christian Focus Publications. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, 1991. 227 pp.

Kitto, John, “The Judges” in Daily Bible Illustrations.

Ruth DeHaan, M. R., The Romance of Redemption. Grand Rapids:

Zondervan Publishing House, 1958. 183 pp. The story of Ruth by an old radio teacher, Dutch Reformed but Dispensational.

*Hubbard, Robert, Jr., Ruth (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1988. 316 pp.

*Lawson, George, Lectures on the Book of Ruth. Edinburgh, 1805. Outstanding, practical and insightful.

Mauro, Philip, Ruth: The Satisfied Stranger. Swengel, PA: Reiner Publications, 1976. 220 pp.

1 Samuel *Baldwin, J., 1 & 2 Samuel (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1988. 299 pp. *Crocket, William Day, A Harmony of Samuel, Kings and

Chronicles. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1966. 365 pp. The standard chronology of the Kingdom Era.

*Davis, Dale Ralph, 1 Samuel: Looking on the Heart. Christian Focus Publications. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, 2000. 288 pp.

Klein, Ralph, 1 Samuel (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1983. 291 pp.

2 Samuel Anderson, A. A., 2 Samuel (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1989. 302 pp. *Baldwin, J., 1 & 2 Samuel (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1988. 299 pp.

68

**Blakie, William G., David, King of Israel. London: Nisbet & Co., 1861. Blakie’s commentaries are always outstanding and perceptive.

*Davis, Dale Ralph, 2 Samuel: Out of Every Adversity. Christian Focus Publications. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, 2001. 285 pp.

**Lawson, George, Discourses upon the History of David, 1833. Lawson is always superb.

*Pink, A. W., The Life of David. Swengel, PA: Reiner Publications, 1976. Two Vols–in–One.

Taylor, William, David: His Life and Its Lessons. London: Sampson Low, Marston & Co., 1875.

1 Kings *Davis, Dale Ralph, The Wisdom and the Folly: An Exposition

of the Book of 1 Kings.. Christian Focus Publications. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, 2003. 350 pp.

*Krummacher, F. W., Elijah the Tishbite. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1992. 236 pp. The old, classic work on Elijlah.

*MacDuff, J. R., The Prophet of Fire. London: James Nisbet & Co., 1863.

*Pink, A. W., The Life of Elijah. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1956. 314 pp.

*Taylor, William M., Elijah the Prophet. Emerald House, Greenville, SC: Ambassador Publications, 1997. 248 pp.

2 Kings *Davis, Dale Ralph, 2 Kings: The Power and the Fury.

Christian Focus Publications. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, 2006. 344 pp.

Hobbs, T. R., 2 Kings (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1985. 387 pp.

69

*Krummacher, F. W., Elisha. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications. [information lacking]. See Krummacher on Elijah.

MacDuff, J. R., The Healing Waters, or The Story of Na’aman. 1 Chronicles Braun, Roddy, 1 Chronicles (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1986. 311 pp. 2 Chronicles *Dillard, R. B., 2 Chronicles (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1987. 323 pp. Ezra *Fensham, F. C., The Books of Ezra and Nehemiah (NICOT).

Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1982. 288 pp.

*Kidner, D., Ezra and Nehemiah (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1979. 174 pp.

Williamson, H. G. M., Ezra & Nehemiah (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1985. 417 pp.

Nehemiah *Fensham, F. C., The Books of Ezra and Nehemiah (NICOT).


*Kidner, D., Ezra and Nehemiah (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1979. 174 pp.

Williamson, H. G. M., Ezra & Nehemiah (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1985. 417 pp.

Esther *Baldwin, J. G., Esther (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1984. 126 pp. *Lawson, George, Discourses on Esther. Edinburgh, 1804.

70

M’Crie, Thomas, Lectures on the Book of Esther. Minneapolis, MN: James & Family Christian Publishing Company, reprint of 1838 ed. 318 pp.

Wisdom and Poetic Literature *Estes, Daniel J., Handbook on the Wisdom Books and

Psalms. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic. 2005. 448 pp. Job *Anderson, F. I., Job (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1976. 294 pp. *Caryle, Joseph, An Exposition of Job. Evansville, IN:

Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1959. 367 pp. The complete work on Job by Joseph Caryle consists of 12 large volumes.

Clines, David J. A., Job 1–20 (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1990. 501 pp.

*Hartley, John E., The Book of Job (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1988. 591 pp.

Psalms *Alexander, J. A., The Psalms Translated and Explained.

Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, reprint of 1873 ed. 564 pp. Solid exposition, critical yet useable.

Allen, L. C., Psalms 101–150 (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1983. 342 pp.

Barnes, Albert, Notes on the Psalms. Bonar, Andrew A., Christ and His Church in the Book of

Psalms. London: Nisbet, 1859. *Bridges, Charles, Psalm 119: An Exposition. Edinburgh:

Banner of Truth, reprint of 1827 ed. 490 pp. Every commentary by Bridges is worthwhile.

Craigie, Peter C., Psalms 1–50 (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1983. 378 pp.

71

*Dickson, David, Psalms. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1653 ed. 1064 pp. An old, Puritan work.

*King, Guy H., All Through the Day: Devotional Applications of the Twenty–Third Psalm. London: Church Book Room Press, 1948. 108 pp. A very readable, practical exposition.

*Kidner, D., Psalms (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1973. 2 Vols.

*Kirkpatrick, A. F., The Book of Psalms (CBSC).41 Cambridge: The University Press, 1903. 852 pp. A critical, yet very useable book on the Psalms.

*Lloyd–Jones, D. M., Faith on Trial: Studies in Psalm 73. London: InterVarsity Fellowship, 1965. 125 pp. Sermonic material. Lloyd–Jones was an expository preacher and shines in his practical expositions.

*Owen, John, “A Practical Exposition on the One Hundred and Thirtieth Psalm.” See his Works, Vol. VI. Owen was one of the greatest of the Puritans. A deep thinker, but also a practical preacher.

*Perowne, J. J. Stewart, The Book of Psalms. London: George Bell & Sons, 1864–68. 2 Vols. A classic work on the Psalms.

Plumer, William S., Psalms. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1867 ed. 1209 pp. Plumer is very practical.

*Scroggie, W. Graham, A Guide to the Psalms. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1995. 3 Vols–in–One. Brief studies on the Psalms. Scroggie excelled as a precise and analytical Bible teacher.

**Spurgeon, Charles H., The Treasury of David. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, reprint of 1876 ed. 3 Vols.

41 The Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges.

72

The greatest work on the Psalms. A treasure of exposition and Puritan quotations. Spurgeon gave 8 years of his life to this work, which was for him a labor of love during his extended illnesses and downtime in Mentone, France.

Tate, M., Psalms 51–100 (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1990. 579 pp.

Proverbs Arnot, William, Studies in Proverbs. Grand Rapids: Kregel

Publications, 1978. 583 pp. Essays and sermonic approach. Readable and applicable.

**Bridges, Charles, Proverbs. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1846 ed. 640 pp. An exposition of the highest order.

*Jones, Robert, Gleanings in Proverbs Shoals, IN: Old Paths Tract Society, n.d. 560 pp. The writings of Robert Jones are always meaty and practical.

*Kidner, D., Proverbs (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1964. 192 pp.

**Lawson, George, Proverbs. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1984. 890 pp. Lawson is always superb and practical.

**Waltke, Bruce K., The Book of Proverbs (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 2004. 2 Vols. The crowning work of Waltke as an expositor.

*Wardlaw, Ralph, Lectures on the Book of Proverbs. London: Fullarton Macnab & Co., 1861. 3 Vols. Sermonic lectures on the Proverbs.

Ecclesiastes **Bridges, Charles, Ecclesiastes. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth,

reprint of 1860 ed. 319 pp. The classic commentary on Ecclesiastes. Penetrating and practical.

73

*Hengstenberg, E. W., A Commentary on Ecclesiastes. Evansville, IN: Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1960. 263 pp. An old, classic commentary.

*Leupold, H. C., Exposition of Ecclesiastes. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1974. 304 pp. Solid, conservative book by a Lutheran scholar.

*Longman, Tremper, III, Ecclesiastes (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1996.

Song of Solomon Note: most old commentaries spiritualize this book, which seems rather to teach the blessedness of married love than the spiritual union of Christ and his church.

*Burrowes, George, The Song of Solomon. London: Banner of Truth, 1960. 453 pp.

*Durham, James, Song of Solomon. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1840 ed. 460 pp.

Gill, John, An Exposition of Solomon’s Song. London, 1728. Sibbes, Richard, “Bowels Opened; or a Discovery of the Neere

and Deere Love, Union and Communion betwixt Christ and the Church.” See Works.

Major Prophets

Isaiah *Alexander, J. A., The Prophecies of Isaiah. Grand Rapids:

Zondervan Publishing House, 1970. 3 Vols.–in–One. Barnes, Albert, Notes on Isaiah. 2 Vols. *Durham, James, Christ Crucified, or the Marrow of the

Gospel, holden forth in Seventy–Two Sermons on Isaiah 53. A Puritan classic.

*Leupold, H. C., Exposition of Isaiah. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1968. 2 Vols. As all of Leupold’s commentaries, a solid exposition.

74

*Oswalt, John N., The Book of Isaiah (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1986, vd. 2 Vols.

**Young, E. J., The Book of Isaiah. (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1974. 3 Vols. Young’s greatest commentary, a modern classic.

Jeremiah Craigie, Peter C., Kelley, P. H., and Drinkard, J. F., Jr.,

Jeremiah 1–25 (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1991. 389 pp.

*Harrison, R. K., Jeremiah & Lamentations (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1973. 240 pp.

*Huey, Jr., F. B., Jeremiah, Lamentations (NAC). Nashville: Broadman & Holman, 1993. 512 pp. The New American Commentary series is conservative and practical, as well as expository.

*Thompson, J. A., The Book of Jeremiah (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1981. 819 pp.

Lamentations *Harrison, R. K., Jeremiah & Lamentations (TOTC).

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1973. 240 pp. *Huey, Jr., F. B., Jeremiah, Lamentations (NAC). Nashville:

Broadman & Holman, 1993. 512 PP. Ezekiel Allen, L. C., Ezekiel 20–48 (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1990. 301 pp. Craigie, Peter C., Ezekiel (DSB). Philadelphia: The

Westminster Press, 1983. 321 pp. *Fairbairn, Patrick, Ezekiel. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1851.

An old classic. Fairbairn was a thorough writer. *Greenhill, William, Ezekiel. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth,

reprint of 1863 ed. 859 pp. Banner of Truth only publishes the very best in literature.

75

Daniel *Baldwin, J. G., Daniel (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL:

InterVarsity Press, 1978. 210 pp. Barnes, Albert, Notes on Daniel. 2 Vols. Goldengay, J, Daniel (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1989. 351 pp. **Young, E. J., Daniel. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1949.

332 pp. Minor Prophets

*Craige, Peter C., Twelve Prophets (DSB). Louisville, KY: Westminster John Knox Press, 1984. 2 Vols.

**McComiskey, Thomas Edward, Ed., The Minor Prophets. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1992. 3 Vols. A good, practical set.

*Morgan, G. Campbell, The Minor Prophets: The Men and Their Messages. Old Tappan, NJ: Fleming H. Revell Company, 1960. 157 pp. Campbell Morgan was an outstanding Bible lecturer, grasping the essence of a passage or book.

*Puesy, E. B., The Minor Prophets: a Commentary Explanatory and Practical. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1977. 2 Vols. A classic on the Minor Prophets. Part of the Barnes’ Notes set.

Hosea *Burrowes, Jeremiah, Exposition of the Prophesie of Hosea.

London, 1643–1651. A Puritan exposition.

*Garrett, Duane A., Hosea, Joel (NAC). Nashville: Broadman & Holman, 1997. 426 PP.

*Hubbard, D. A., Hosea (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1989. 234 pp.

76

Stuart, Douglas, Hosea & Jonah (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1987. 435 pp.

Joel *Garrett, Duane A., Hosea, Joel (NAC). Nashville: Broadman

& Holman, 1997. 426 PP. *Hubbard, David Allen, Joel & Amos (TOTC). Downer’s

Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1989. 245 pp. Amos *Hubbard, David Allen, Joel & Amos (TOTC). Downer’s

Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1989. 245 pp. Smith, G. V., Amos: A Commentary. Grand Rapids: Zondervan

Publishing House, 1988. 300 pp.

Obadiah *Baker, D. W., Alexander, T. D., and Waltke, B. K., Obadiah,

Jonah, Micah (TOTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1988.

Marbury, Edward, Obadiah. London: Nisbet, 1865.

Jonah *Baker, D. W., Alexander, T. D., and Waltke, B. K., Obadiah,


Exell, Joseph S., Practical Readings on the Book of Jonah. London: Elliot Stock, 1874.

*Fairbairn, Patrick, Jonah: Life, Character and Mission. Edinburgh: Johnstone, 1849.

Fuller, Thomas, Notes upon Jonah. London, 1656. *Martin, Hugh, The Prophet Jonah. London: Banner of Truth,

1966. 359 pp. A classic sermonic commentary on Jonah.

Stuart, Douglas, Hosea & Jonah (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1987. 435 pp.

77

Micah *Baker, D. W., Alexander, T. D., and Waltke, B. K., Obadiah,


Nahum Baker, D. W., Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah (TOTC).

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1988. 121 pp. Patterson, R., Nahum (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1991. **Robertson, O. Palmer, The Books of Nahum, Habakkuk and

Zephaniah (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1990. 357 pp. The works of Palmer Robertson are all of the highest order. Bible study at its best and most perceptive.

Habakkuk Baker, D. W., Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah (TOTC).

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1988. 121 pp. **Robertson, O. Palmer, The Books of Nahum, Habakkuk and

Zephaniah (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1990. 357 pp.

Zephaniah Baker, D. W., Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah (TOTC).

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1988. 121 pp. **Robertson, O. Palmer, The Books of Nahum, Habakkuk and

Zephaniah (NICOT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1990. 357 pp.

Haggai *Baldwin, J. G., Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi (TOTC).

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1972. 253 pp. *Moore, T. V., Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi. Edinburgh:

Banner of Truth, reprint of 1856 ed. 408 pp.

78

Zechariah *Baldwin, J. G., Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi (TOTC).

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1972. 253 pp.42 *Baron, David, The Visions and Prophecies of Zechariah.

London: Marshall, Scott and Morgan, 1962. 554 pp. An older classic on this book.

*Moore, T. V., Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1856 ed. 408 pp.

Malachi *Baldwin, J. G., Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi (TOTC).

Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1972. 253 pp. *Moore, T. V., Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi. Edinburgh:

Banner of Truth, reprint of 1856 ed. 408 pp. New Testament Commentaries

New Testament Critical Studies *Aland, Kurt, and Aland, Barbara, Rhodes, Erroll F. Transl.,

The Text of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1995. 366 pp.

Metzger, Bruce M., The Canon of the New Testament. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997. 326 pp.

*_______, The New Testament: Its Background, Growth and Content. Nashville: Abingdon Press, 2003. 370 pp.

Gospels *Burton, E. De Witt, and Goodspeed, E. J., A Harmony of the

Synoptic Gospels in Greek. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1956. 186 pp.

**Robertson, A. T., A Harmony of the Gospels. New York: Harper & Row, 1960. 305 pp. The standard harmony of the Gospels. This is mostly Scripture arranged in four parallel columns giving a harmony

42 Baldwin’s commentary is a critical, pioneer work, allegedly

giving the key to the interpretation of the book.

79

of the four Gospels with outline headings. A great help in reading the Gospels and gaining a chronological and inclusive perspective.

**Ryle, John Charles, Expository Thoughts on the Gospels. London: James Clarke & Co., 1965. 7 Vols. Extremely practical. volumes on Luke and John have many additional notes. Ryle’s practical writings are of the highest order.

**Scroggie, W. Graham, A Guide to the Gospels. London: Pickering & Inglis, 1962. 664 pp. Outstanding for its plethora of information—analytical, chronological and extremely detailed with many lists, charts and tables.

Trench, R. Chenevix, Studies on the Gospels. London: Macmillan & Co., 1874.

Wescott, Brooke Foss, Introduction to the Study of the Gospels. London: Macmillan & Co., 1860.

The Life of Christ *Brown, John, The Discourses and Sayings of our Lord.

London: Banner of Truth Trust, 1967. 3 Vols. Expositions of selected passages by one of the great commentators of the 19th century.

**Edersheim, Alfred, The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1967. 2 Vols. The most complete Life of Christ, and written by a converted Jew familiar with all of the Jewish traditions and teachings. Filled with information and well–written.

Fahling, Adam, The Life of Christ. St. Louis: Concordia, 1946. 743 pp. A standard work by a Lutheran scholar.

*Farrar, F. W., The Life of Christ. London: Cassell, Peter, Galpin and Company, 1882. 472 pp. Farrar is always good for his detailed historical research.

*Lange, John Peter, The Life of the Lord Jesus Christ. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1958. 4 Vols.

80

*Morgan, G. Campbell, The Crises of the Christ. Westwood, NJ: Fleming H. Revell, 1936. 477 pp. Helpful and perceptive, but Campbell Morgan does not deal with the Garden Agony!

*Stalker, James, The Life of Christ. New York: The American Tract Society, 1891. 167 pp. The standard, brief account of our Lord’s life.

Matthew *Alexander, J. A., Matthew Explained. London: Nisbet, 1870.

Alexander’s works are all of the highest order. **Broadus, John A., Matthew (ACNT). Valley Forge, PA: The

American Baptist Publication Society, 1886. 610 pp. The older An American Commentary on the New Testament (Baptist, 1886). Broadus is the old, classic Baptist Commentary on Matthew.

*Bruce, A. B., The Training of the Twelve. Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1973. 552 pp. An insightful commentary on the training of the Disciples.

**Lloyd–Jones, D. M., Studies in the Sermon on the Mount. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 2 Vols. Lloyd–Jones was one of the outstanding expository preachers of the 20th century.

Mounce, Robert H., Matthew (NIBC).43 Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1991.

*Pink, Arthur W., An Exposition of the Sermon on the Mount. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1966. 442 pp..

*Spurgeon, Charles H., Spurgeon’s Popular Exposition of Matthew. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1962. 263 pp. One of Spurgeon’s final works.

43 New International Bible Commentary.

81

Mark *Alexander, J. A., The Gospel of Mark. London: Banner of

Truth, 1960. 444 pp. *Cranfield, C. E. B., Mark. Cambridge: Cambridge University

Press, 1959. Cranfield is a careful, through, modern exegete.

Luke Godet, Frederic, Commentary on Luke. Edinburgh: T. & T.

Clark, 1875. Whle somewhat weak doctrinally, Godet had the ability to proceed from exegesis to preaching—a rare and blessed gift.

*Morris, Leon, Luke (TNTC).44 Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1988.

Nolland, John, Luke 1:1–9:20 (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1989.45

*Plummer, Alfred, St. Luke (ICC). Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1928. 592 pp. Plummer on Luke is an exceptional ICC exegetical commentary.

*Van Doren, W. H., Suggestive Commentary on the New Testament: Luke. London: Dickinson, 1871. 2 Vols. Van Doren’s commentaries are filled with sermonic suggestions. Always thought–provoking. Spurgeon said his students would be “Van Dolts” if they did not purchase them!

John Barrett, C. K., John. Louisville, KY: Westminster / John Knox

Press, 1978. *Brown, John, Exposition of John XVII. London: Hamilton,

1850. Lectures or sermons on our Lord’s High Priestly Prayer.

44 Tyndale New Testament Commentary. 45 To be completed in two volumes.

82

*Bruce, F. F., Gospel of John. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1994. 425 pp.

**Hutcheson, George, John. London: Banner of Truth, 1972. 439 pp. An old, Puritan work. Thorough.

**Morris, Leon, Gospel of John (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1994. 888 pp.

*Pink, Arthur W., Exposition of the Gospel of John. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1962. 3 Vols.

*Rainsford, Marcus, Our Lord Prays for His Own: Thoughts on John 17. Chicago: Moody Press, 1950. 476 pp. A classic on John 17.

*Van Doren, W. H., Suggestive Commentary on the New Testament: John, Vol. I. London: Dickinson, 1872.

Wescott, Brooke Foss, The Gospel According to St. John. London: James Clarke & Co., Ltd., 1958. 307 pp.

Acts *Alexander, J. A., Acts. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of

1857 ed. 498 pp. *Barrett, C. K., A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on The

Acts of the Apostles. (ICC). Edinburgh: T & T Clark, 1998. 2 Vols.

*Bruce, F. F., Acts (NICNT).46 Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1988. 541 pp.

Griffith–Thomas, W. H., Outline Studies in Acts. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1971. 555 pp. A practical commentary suitable for teaching and preaching.

*Hackett, Horatio B., Acts (ACNT). Valley Forge, PA: The American Baptist Publication Society, 1886. 345 pp.

46 Black’s New Testament Commentary.

83

Marshall, I. Howard, Acts (TNTC). Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1980.

Rackham, Richard Belward, The Acts of the Apostles. London: Methuen & Co., Ltd., 1939. 513 pp. A very influential commentary. We do not agree with some of his views which have influenced other commentators, e.g., Acts 17, Paul at Athens. This was Paul at his very best, not his worst!

*Smith, James, The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul. Minneapolis, MN: The James Family Christian Publishers, n.d. 293 pp.

*Walker, Thomas, The Acts of the Apostles. Chicago: Moody Press, 1965. 586 pp. Walker was a missionary to India. Exegetical and practical, and written with a missionary spirit.

The Pauline Epistles *Lightfoot, Joseph B., Commentary on the Epistles of St. Paul.

Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1999. 4 Volumes. A classic study by an influential 19th century commentator.

**Coneybeare, W. J., and Howson, J. S., The Life and Epistles of St. Paul. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 850 pp. The best historical and geographical commentary on the life and ministry of Paul.

*Eadie, John, Paul the Preacher. Minneapolis, MN: James Family Christian Publishing Company, 1979. 453 pp.

*Ellicott, Charles J., A Critical and Grammatical Commentary on St. Paul’s Epistles. London: Longman’s, 1861–1864. 5th Vol.

**Farrar, F. W., The Life and Work of St. Paul. London: Cassell and Company, 1908. 781 pp. An excellent companion volume to Coneybeare and Howson.

*Fergusson, James, and Dickson, David, The Epistles of Paul and Hebrews. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1978. 582 pp.

84

An old Puritan work.

Romans *Barnhouse, Donald G., Romans: Expositions of Bible

Doctrines Taking Romans as a Point of Departure. Fincastle, VA: Scripture Truth Book Company, 1959. 4 Vols. Barnhouse was a popular preacher. His written works are sermonic and always full of information and thought–provoking.

*Barrett, C. K., The Epistle to the Romans (BNTC). Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1991. 278 pp.

*Brown, John, Analytical Exposition of the Epistle of Paul to the Romans. Minneapolis, MN: James Family Christian Publishers, reprint of 1883 ed. 639 pp.

**Cranfield, C. E. B., A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on Romans (ICC). Edinburgh: T. &T. Clark, 1979. 2 Vols. A critical commentary which is basic to a good exegesis of this Epistle.

Godet, Frederic L., Commentary on Romans. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1984. 531 pp. Godet is both exegetical and pastoral.

**Griffith–Thomas, W. H., St. Paul’s Epistle to the Romans. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1962. 464 pp. One of Griffith–Thomas’s better commentaries. Filled with good information and exposition.

**Haldane, Robert, Romans. London: Banner of Truth, 1963. 720 pp. One of the classic commentaries on Romans—by a Calvinistic Baptist. This volume was the product of the “Second Genevan Reformation” [revival].

*Hodge, Charles. Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1963. 458 pp. Hodge is always brief and to the point.

85

**Lloyd–Jones, D. M., Romans. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, v.d. 16 Vols. A series of expository sermons on Romans by a master of expository preaching.

Luther, Martin, Commentary of the Epistle to the Romans. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1954. 207 pp.

*McBeth, J. P., Exegetical and Practical Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans. New York: Fleming H. Revell Company, 1937. 250 pp. McBeth was a Baptist minister. This commentary is exegetical and practical. It should be better known.

**Murray, John, Epistle to the Romans (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1968. 2 Vols–in–One. One of the best commentaries on Romans. Lloyd–Jones and Stott are perceptive on the issues of definitive sanctification in Romans 6; Haldane is not, although he is very good on other issues. Had we only commentary on Romans, it would be Murray!

Newell, William R., Romans Verse by Verse. Chicago: Moody Press, 1938. 590 pp. A more modern, standard commentary.

Olyott, Stuart, The Gospel as It Really is: Paul’s Epistle to the Romans Simply Explained. Welwyn, Hertfordshire, ENG: Evangelical Press, 1979. 165 pp. Outstanding for a brief survey or overview of Romans.

Plumer, William S., Commentary on Romans. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1971. 646 pp. Plumer is always practical and useful.

**Sanday, William, and Headlam, Arthur C., A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Epistle to the Romans (ICC). Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1930. 450 pp. An informative, critical commentary. A classic ICC volume.

86

*Steele, David N., and Thomas, Curtis C., Romans: An Interpretive Outline. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 191967. 200 pp. What the title states—an interpretive outline. Useful.

*Stifler, James M., The Epistle to the Romans. Chicago: Moody Press, 1960. 265 pp. A standard treatment of Romans with applicatory passages.

**Stott, John, Romans: God’s Good News for the World. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1994. 432 pp. Stott gleaned from older and other works and summarized the essence for the reader, often giving the best. Read Stott last for the finishing touch.

1 Corinthians *Barrett, C. K., The First Epistle to the Corinthians. Peabody,

MA: Hendriksen Publishers, 1993. 399 pp. Edwards, Jonathan, Charity and Its Fruits [1 Corinthians 13].

London: Banner of Truth, 1969. 368 pp. A little–known commentary by the great Jonathan Edwards.

Godet, Frederic L., Commentary on First Corinthians. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1985. 920 pp.

*Hodge, Charles, 1 & 2 Corinthians. London: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1857 ed. 690 pp. As always, brief and pointed, and always helpful.

2 Corinthians *Barrett, C. K., 2 Corinthians (BNTC & HNTC).47 Peabody,

MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1973 ed. *Hodge, Charles, 1 & 2 Corinthians. London: Banner of Truth,

reprint of 1857 ed. 690 pp. *Naylor, Peter, 2 Corinthians. Darlington, Evangelical Press,

2002. 2 Vols.

47 Black’s New Testament Commentary and Harper’s New

Testament Commentary.

87

*Thrall, Margret E., A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on II Corinthians (ICC). Edinburgh: T & T Clark, 1994. 2 Vols.

Galatians *Brown, John, Exposition of the Epistle to the Galatians.

Evansville, IN: The Sovereign Grace Book Club, 1957. 415 pp. + indices.

*Bruce, F. F., Galatians (NIGTC). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1982.

Burton, Ernest D. DeWitt, A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on Galatians (ICC). Edinburgh: T & T Clark, 1988. 541 pp. Burton was a fine exegete and his writings are always worthwhile.

**Eadie, John, Commentary on the Epistle of Paul to the Galatians. Minneapolis, MN: James and Klock Christian Publishing Company, 1977. 480 pp. Eadie’s commentaries on the Pauline Epistles are all of a high order.

*Fung, R. Y. K., Galatians (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1988. 342 pp.

Lightfoot, J. B., The Epistle of St. Paul to the Galatians. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1971. 384 pp.

Longenecker, Richard N., Galatians (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1990.

*Luther, Martin, Commentary on Galatians. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1988. 415 pp. Luther’s classic commentary, his defense of justification by faith.

Ephesians Bayne, Paul, An Exposition of Ephesians 2:11–6:18.

Evansville, IN: The Sovereign Grace Book Club, 1959. 678 pp. A Puritan work.

88

*Bruce, F. F., Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1984. 464 pp. F. F. Bruce was a gifted expositor and teacher.

*Calvin, John, Sermons on Ephesians. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1975. 705 pp.

**Eadie, John, Commentary on the Epistle to the Ephesians. Minneapolis, MN: James and Klock Christian Publishing Company, 1977. 492 pp.

Goodwin, Thomas, An Exposition of the Second Chapter of Ephesians, V. 1–11. The Works of Thomas Goodwin, Vol. 2. Eureka, CA: Tanski Publications, 1996. The Works of Thomas Goodwin are of the highest order. Puritanism at its best.

**Gurnall, William, The Christian in Complete Armour. [Ephesians 6:10–18]. London: Banner of Truth, 1964. 600 pp. The classic commentary on The Christian’s Warfare. Filled with richness and profuse in sermonic material.

*Hodge, Charles, Ephesians. London: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1856 ed. 294 pp.

**Hoehner, Harold W., Ephesians: An Exegetical Commentary. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic, 2002. 930 pp. This is a modern exegetical commentary and what an exegetical commentary ought to be. Excellent!

**Lloyd–Jones, D. M., An Exposition of Ephesians. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1979—.7 Vols. Another series of expository sermons by an excellent preacher.

Philippians *Eadie, John, A Commentary on the Greek Text of the Epistle

of Paul to the Philippians. Minneapolis, MN: James & Klock Christian Publishing Company, 1977. 292 pp.

89

*Fee, Gordon, Philippians (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1995. 497 pp.

Hawthorne, Nelson, Gerald, Philippians (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1983. 212 pp.

**Johnstone, Robert, Lectures on the Book of Philippians. Minneapolis, MN: Klock & Klock Christian Publishers, 1977. 490 pp. The classic commentary on Philippians.

*Lightfoot, J. B., St. Paul’s Epistle to the Philippians. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1970. 359 pp.

*O’ Brian, Peter T., Philippians (NIGTC). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1991.

Silva, Moisés, Philippians (BECNT).48 Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1992.

Colossians *Bayne, Paul, Commentary on Colossians, London, 1634.

2 Vols. An old, Puritan exposition.

*Bruce, F. F., Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1984. 464 pp.

**Eadie, John, Commentary on the Epistle of Paul to the Colossians. Minneapolis, MN: James & Klock Christian Publishing Company, 1977. 308 pp.

Lightfoot, J. B., Colossians and Philemon. Macmillan & Co., 1875.

O’Brian, Peter, Colossians & Philemon (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1982. 328 pp.

1 Thessalonians *Bruce, F. F., 1 & 2 Thessalonians (WBC). Waco, TX: Word

Books, Publisher, 1982. 228 pp.

48 Baker Exegetical Commentary on the New Testament.

90

**Eadie, John, A Commentary on the Greek Text of the Epistle of Paul to the Thessalonians. Minneapolis, MN: James & Klock Christian Publishing Company, 1977. 373 pp.

*Wanamaker, Charles A., Thessalonians (NIGTC). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1990.

2 Thessalonians *Bruce, F. F., 1 & 2 Thessalonians (WBC). Waco, TX: Word

Books, Publisher, 1982. 228 pp. **Eadie, John, A Commentary on the Greek Text of the Epistle

of Paul to the Thessalonians. Minneapolis, MN: James & Klock Christian Publishing Company, 1977. 373 pp.

*Wanamaker, Charles A., Thessalonians (NIGTC). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1990.

1 Timothy *Fairbairn, Patrick, The Pastoral Epistles. Edinburgh: T. & T.

Clark, 1874. Fairbairn’s work republished by the Banner of Truth in 2002 as 1 & 2 Timothy and Titus.

**Kelley, J. N. D., The Pastoral Epistles (BNTC). Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1993. 272 pp. Kelley’s work is exceptional.

Wilson, Mark, Ed., William Ramsey’s Historical Commentary on The Pastoral Epistles. Grand Rapids: Kregel Reprints, 1996. 160 pp.

2 Timothy **Kelley, J. N. D., The Pastoral Epistles (BNTC). Peabody,

MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1993. 272 pp.

Titus **Kelley, J. N. D., The Pastoral Epistles (BNTC). Peabody,

MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1993. 272 pp. Taylor, Thomas, An Exposition of Titus. Wilmington, DE:

Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1962. 565 pp. An old, Puritan work.

91

Philemon *Bruce, F. F., Colossians, Philemon, Ephesians (NICNT).


Martin, Ralph, Colossians & Philemon (NCB). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1973. 174 pp.

O’Brian, Peter, Colossians & Philemon (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1982. 328 pp.

Hebrews *Brown, John, Hebrews. London: Banner of Truth, reprint of

1862 ed. 740 pp. John Brown of Edinburgh was one of the great expositors of the 19th century.

*Bruce, F. F., Hebrews (NICNT). Minneapolis, MN: James & Klock Christian Publishing Company, 1977. 1988. 518 pp.

Dickson, David, Short Explanation of Hebrews. Cambridge, 1649, and London, 1839. Dickson was a Puritan commentator.

*Fergusson, James, and Dickson, David, The Epistles of Paul and Hebrews. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1978. 582 pp.

*Gouge, William, Commentary on Hebrews. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1980. 1148 pp. One of the great, massive Puritan works on Hebrews.

Griffith–Thomas, W. H., Hebrews: a Devotional Commentary. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1970. 186 pp.

*Haldane, James Alexander, Notes on Exposition of Hebrews. London: Nisbet, 1860. This commentary recently printed (2002) by the Particular Baptist Press, Springfield, Mo. James A. Haldane was the brother of Robert Haldane, who wrote the classic commentary on Romans. Both were Baptists. Their biography is listed under “Personal Biographies.”

92

**Hughes, Philip Edgcumbe, A Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1977. 623 pp. An exceptional commentary.

Lane, William, Hebrews (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1991. 2 Vols.

Newell, William R., Hebrews Verse by Verse. Chicago: Moody Press, 1947, 494 pp.

**Owen, John, An Exposition of Hebrews. Evansville, IN: Sovereign Grace Book Club, 1960. 4 Vols. This is the most massive commentary on Hebrews by a Puritan author.

*Pink, Arthur W., Exposition of Hebrews. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1970. 1307 pp.

Vos, Geerhardus, The Teaching of the Epistle to the Hebrews. Nutley, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1975. 124 pp. Vos was solidly Reformed and an excellent writer.

Wescott, Brooke Foss, The Epistle to the Hebrews. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1965. 504 pp.

The General Epistles James *Davids, Peter H., James (NIGTC). Grand Rapids: Wm. B.

Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1982. **Johnstone, Robert, James. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth,

1977. 444 pp. Martin, Ralph, James (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books,

Publisher, 1988. 222 pp. ? Mayor, Joseph B., Epistle of James. Grand Rapids: Kregel

Publications, reprint of 1913 ed. 621 pp. Mayor’s commentary is exegetical and expository. Some radical tendencies.

93

Robertson, A. T., wrote a commentary on James which is excellent, but we do not personally possess.

1 Peter **Brown, John, Expository Discourses on 1 Peter. Edinburgh:

Banner of Truth, 1975. 2 Vols. *Davids, Peter H., 1 Peter (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B.

Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1990. *Johnstone, Robert, The First Epistle of Peter. Minneapolis,

MN: The James Family Christian Publishers, 1978. 417 pp.

*Kelley, J. N. D., The Epistles of Peter and Jude (BNTC). Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1969. 416 pp. Kelley’s works are very profitable.

*Leighton, Robert (1613–1684), Commentary upon 1 Peter. Religious Tract Society. 2 Vols. The classic commentary on 1 Peter.

Michaels, J. Ramsey, 1 Peter (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1988. 315 pp.

*Nisbet, Alexander, 1 & 2 Peter. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1658 ed., 300 pp. A old, Puritan work.

2 Peter *Adams, Thomas, Commentary upon the 2nd Epistle of Peter.

London, 1633. Included in Nichol’s Commentaries. London: Nisbet, 1862. A Puritan commentary of repute.

Bauckham, Richard J., 2 Peter & Jude (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1983. 357 pp.

*Brown, John, Parting Counsels: An Exposition of 2 Peter. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1975. 2 Vols.

*Kelley, J. N. D., The Epistles of Peter and Jude (BNTC). Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1969. 416 pp.

94

*Lloyd–Jones, D. M., Expository Sermons on 2 Peter. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1983. 263 pp.

? Mayor, J. B., The Epistles of Jude & II Peter. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1965. 239 pp. Mayor was given to radical criticism.

Nisbet, Alexander, 1 & 2 Peter. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1658 ed., 300 pp.

1 John Cotton, John, An Exposition of First John. Evansville, IN:

Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1962. 586 pp. *Findlay, J. J., Fellowship in Life Eternal. Minneapolis: James

& Klock Christian Publishing Co., reprint of 1909 ed. 431 pp. A classic expository commentary by a Methodist.

*Lawson, Stephen J., Absolutely Sure. Sisters, Or: Multnomah Publishers, 1999. 190 pp. Hailed by several outstanding present–day pastors and religious leaders. Treats 1 John and assurance of salvation.

*Lias, John James, The First Epistle of John. Minneapolis: Klock & Klock Publishers, reprint of 1887 ed. 424 pp. Expository and applicatory commentary on fellowship with God and one another.

*Marshall, I. Howard, Epistles of John (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1978. 274 pp.

*Pierce, Samuel Eyles, An Exposition of the Epistle of 1 John. Springfield, MO: Particular Baptist Press, 2004 (reprint of 1835 ed.) Two Vols.–in–One. Pierce was an old Baptist commentator.

Smalley, Stephen S., 1–3 John (WBC). Waco, TX: Word Books, Publisher, 1984. 386 pp.

95

2 John *Findlay, J. J., Fellowship in Life Eternal. Minneapolis: James

& Klock Christian Publishing Co., reprint of 1909 ed. 431 pp.



3 John *Findlay, J. J., Fellowship in Life Eternal. Minneapolis: James

& Klock Christian Publishing Co., reprint of 1909 ed. 431 pp.



Jude Bauckham, Richard J., 2 Peter & Jude (WBC). Waco, TX:

Word Books, Publisher, 1983. 357 pp. *Jenkyn, William, Exposition of the Epistle of Jude.

Minneapolis, MN: James & Klock Publishing Company, 1976. 367 pp. An old, Puritan commentary.

*Kelley, J. N. D., The Epistles of Peter and Jude (BNTC). Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1969. 416 pp.

? Mayor, J. B., The Epistles of Jude & II Peter. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1965. 239 pp.

Revelation Chilton, David, The Days of Vengeance: An Exposition of the

Book of Revelation. Ft. Worth, TX: Dominion Press, 1987. 721 pp. (Reformed, Postmillennial, Reconstructionist).

96

Clark, David S., The Message from Patmos: A Postmillennial Commentary of the Book of Revelation. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1989. 148 pp.

Hendriksen, William, More Than Conquerors. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1967. 216 pp. (Amillennial). The classic Amillennial commentary on Revelation.

Hoeksema, Herman, Behold He Cometh. Grand Rapids: Reformed Free Publishing Association (distributed by Kregel Publications), 1974. 726 pp. (Amillennial). Good sermonic material in these lectures.

*Ladd, George Eldon, A Commentary on the Revelation of John. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1972. 308 pp. (Historic Premillennial).

*Mounce, Robert H., The Book of Revelation (NICNT). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1977. 448 pp.

Ramsey, James, Revelation 1–11. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1873 ed. 518 pp.

Seiss, Joseph A., The Apocalypse. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1962. 536 pp. (Premillennial).

97

VII Doctrinal Works

We do not know the Bible unless we know it doctrinally, and, conversely, we do not know any aspect of doctrinal truth until we know it biblically. Doctrine or Theology is like the skeletal frame of the body. It does not necessarily stand out, but it gives the necessary support and form without which the body would collapse and die.

In doctrine, we think of various aspects of biblical truth; in theology, we think in terms of a system of truth wherein the doctrines are brought together in a unified and coherent manner.

Doctrinal and Theological works should be carefully consulted and often thoroughly studied so we can be precise and consistent in our knowledge of Divine truth. They should be utilized as both reference works and as study guides. Further, we cannot have consistent Christian experience without a consistent theology!

The victories of Christianity, wherever they have been won, have been won by distinct doctrinal theology; by telling men roundly of Christ’s vicarious death and sacrifice; by teaching them justification by faith and bidding them believe on a crucified Savior; by preaching ruin by sin, redemption by Christ, regeneration by the Spirit.49

What mars the simplicity of the childlike faith which Jesus commends is not an admixture of knowledge, but an admixture of self–trust. The childlike simplicity of faith is marred sometimes by ignorance, but never by knowledge; it will never be marred—and never has been marred in the lives of the great theologians—by the blessed knowledge of God and of the Savior Jesus Christ which is contained in the Word of God. Without that knowledge we might be tempted to trust partly in ourselves; but with it we trust wholly to God. The more we know of God, the more unreservedly we trust Him; the greater will be our progress in theology, the simpler and more childlike will be our faith.50

49 J. C. Ryle, quoted by W. J. Grier, Op. cit., p.62. 50 J. Gresham Machen, quoted by W. J. Grier, Loc. cit.

98

General Theological Works When considering the subject of theology, most think in

terms of Systematic Theology, but this concept is too narrow. Christian Theology possesses five interrelated branches: Exegetical, Biblical, Historical, Systematic and Practical. A very brief and basic sketch would be as follows: Exegetical Theology deals with the text of Scripture and includes such studies as Biblical Criticism, Canonics, Biblical Exegesis, Hermeneutics and Biblical Exposition. Biblical Theology builds upon the Exegetical and is governed by the principle of progressive revelation, taking each biblical book and fitting it into the scheme of the unfolding drama of redemption. Historical Theology follows the development of doctrines throughout history from the close of the Scriptural canon to the present—largely a study of Creeds, confessions and controversies, errors and heresies. Systematic Theology seeks to encompass all of the three preceding branches and form them into a coherent, self–consistent system which adequately and consistently reflects the truth of Scripture. Practical Theology is the expression of all the foregoing. It expresses itself in Evangelistics [evangelism], Catechetics [teaching and instruction], Homiletics [preaching], Liturgics [worship], Ecclesiastics [church order], Poimenics [Pastoral Theology] and Apologetics [defending the faith].

Theological Encyclopedia One should study to gain a comprehensive grasp of

theology for balance and consistency. *Downing, W. R., Theological Propaedeutic. Morgan Hill,

CA: P. I. R. S. Publications, 2010. 461 pp. A propaedeutic is an encyclopedic introduction, an attempt to survey the whole range of theological science in and introductory manner.

99

*Kuyper, Abraham, Principles of Sacred Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1954. 683 pp.

*Schaff, Phillip, Theological Propaedeutic. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1904. 536 pp. This was one of Schaff’s final works and the first and only Propaedeutic in the English Language. See “Downing” above.

The Nature and History of Theology Berkhof, Hendrikus, Two Hundred Years of Theology. Grand

Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1992. 316 pp.

Clark, Gordon H., In Defense of Theology. Milford. MI: Mott Media, 1984. 121 pp.

Evans, Gillian, et. al., The Science of Theology. (The History of Theology Series, vol. 1). Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1986. 363 pp.

Farley, Edward, Theologia: The Fragmentation and Unity of Theological Education. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1989. 206 pp.

**Schaff, Philip, The Creeds of Christendom. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1877. 3 Vols. Schaff’s work is without parallel. Very useful, doctrinal, historical and educational.

Machen, J. Gresham, The Origin of Paul’s Religion. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1976. 329 pp.

*Peters, George W., A Biblical Theology of Missions. Chicago: Moody Press, 1984. 368 pp. Written with a missionary spirit and a biblical faithfulness.

Ridderbos, Herman, Paul: An Outline of His Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1992. 587 pp.

100

Exegetical Theology Exegetical Theology, through Biblical Criticism, Exegesis

and Hermeneutics, seeks to derive its substance from the very text of Scripture. Thus, those works on Biblical Languages, Biblical Criticism, Exegesis, Isagogics, Hermeneutics, Critical Commentaries and the various other theological disciplines could also be considered here. Exegetical Theology ought to be corrective of any allegorical tendencies in interpreting Scripture, as it necessarily rests in the usus loquendi [Latin for the common usage of language]. Fee, Gordon D., New Testament Exegesis. Louisville:

Westminster John Knox Press, 2002. 191 pp. Kaiser, Walter C, Jr., Toward an Exegetical Theology. Grand

Rapids: Baker Books, 1981. 268 pp. Biblical Theology

*Bernard, T. D., The Progress of Doctrine in the New Testament. London: Pickering & Inglis, n.d. 223 pp. An excellent biblical–theological introduction to the New Testament.

*Guthrie, Donald, New Testament Theology. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1973. 1064 pp.

*House, Paul R., Old Testament Theology. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1998. 655 pp.

**Ladd, George Eldon, A Theology of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1974, 661 pp.

Machen, J. Gresham, The Origin of Paul’s Religion. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1976. 329 pp.

*Morris, Leon, New Testament Theology. Grand Rapids: Academie Books, 1990. 368 pp.

Owen, John, Biblical Theology. Pittsburgh, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1994. 861 pp.

101

*Payne, J. Barton, The Theology of the Older Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1962, 554 pp.

Peters, George W., A Biblical Theology of Missions. Chicago: Moody Press, 1984. 368 pp.

Ridderbos, Herman, Paul: An Outline of His Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1992. 587 pp.

Stevens, George B., The Theology of the New Testament. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark. 1931. 617 pp. An older, standard work.

Thielman, Frank, Theology of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 2005. 798 pp.

**Vos, Geerhardus, Biblical Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1948, 453 pp. One of the most basic, readable works on Biblical Theology, encompassing both Old and New Testaments.

Waltke, Bruce K., An Old Testament Theology. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 2007. 1040 pp.

Historical Theology **Berkhof, Louis, The History of Christian Doctrines. Grand

Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1949. 293 pp. An excellent, brief treatment of the development of basic Christian doctrines from a historical perspective.

**Cunningham, William, Historical Theology. London: Banner of Truth, 1960. 2 Vols. The classic 19th century work on Historical Theology.

*Fisher, George P., History of Christian Doctrine. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1949. 576 pp. A sound treatment with much information.

*Gonzales, Justo L., A History of Christian Thought. Nashville, TN: Abingdon Press, 1987. 3 Vols.

McGrath, Alister E., Historical Theology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, 1998. 388 pp.

102

*Orr, James, The Progress of Dogma. London: James Clarke & Co., 1901. 365 pp. A series of lectures on the relationship of doctrine to the unfolding of Christianity. Excellent and thought–provoking.

Pelikan, Jaroslav, The Christian Tradition. Chicago, IL: The University of Chicago Press, 1991. 5 Vols. A thorough work, tracing Christianity in a general way.

**Schaff, Philip, The Creeds of Christendom. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1877. 3 Vols. Absolutely essential for the student of theology.

**Seeberg, Reinhold, The History of Doctrines. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House. 1977. 2 Vols. A readable history, written in an interesting manner. Very informative.

*Shedd, W. G. T., A History of Christian Doctrine. New York: Scribner’s, 1868. 2 Vols. The first Historical Theology written by an American. Shedd is always astute and worthwhile.

Systematic Theology Systematic Theology has several departments: Bibliology,

the doctrine of the Scriptures; Theology Proper, the doctrine of God, his triune nature and purpose; Angelology, the doctrine of angels and demons; Hamartiology, the doctrine of Sin; Deontology, the doctrine of the Law; Soteriology, the doctrine of Salvation; Christology, the doctrine of Christ; Ecclesiology, the doctrine of the Church; and Eschatology, the doctrine of Final Things.

Systematic Theologies Systematic Theologies have been written from a variety of

viewpoints. *à Brakel, Wilhelmus, The Christian’s Reasonable Service.

Ligonier, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1992. 4 Vols. A theology with a practical approach written by a Dutch pastor in the 17th century.

103

Aquinas, Thomas, The Summa Theologica. Westminster, MD: Christian Classics, 1981. 5 Vols. Roman Catholic. Thomas Aquinas may be valuable to the advanced student or scholar. His Summa Theologica dominated Romish thinking and theology for eight centuries.

Bancroft, Emery H., Christian Theology. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1961. 372 pp. An older Baptist theology used by Evangelical and Fundamental Baptists. Dispensational. Modified Calvinist.

______, Elemental Theology. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1970. 326 pp.

*Bavinck, Herman, [John Bolt, Ed., John Vriend, Transl.], Reformed Dogmatics. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic Press, 2003. 4 Vols. Reformed. Dogmatics is another term for Systematic Theology.

**Berkhof, Louis, Systematic Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1963. 784 pp. Reformed. Concise. Very good to gain an essential grasp and definition of doctrines.

Berkouwer, G. C., Studies in Dogmatics. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1979. 10 Vols.

*Boyce, J. P., Abstract of Systematic Theology. Hayward, CA: Baptist Republication Society, Reprint of 1887 ed. 496 pp. The first, true Systematic Theology by a Baptist.

Brown, John (of Haddington), Systematic Theology. Grand Rapids: Reformation Heritage Books, 2002 reprint of 1782 ed. 576 pp. Self–taught, Brown became the mentor to a generation of Scottish Presbyterians.

*Calvin, John, Institutes of the Christian Religion. London: James Clarke & Co., 1962. 2 Vols. The first true Systematic Theology to derive from the 16th Century Reformation. One must appreciate the writings, comprehensive theology and genius of John Calvin.

104

Chafer, Lewis Sperry, Systematic Theology. Dallas, TX: The Dallas Seminary Press, 1964. 7 Vols. Chafer’s work is the standard and definitive Dispensational approach to Systematic Theology. A non–Reformed, Presbyterian approach.

*Dabney, Robert L., Lectures in Systematic Theology. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1972. 903 pp. A standard Reformed theology. Dabney was both an astute philosopher and theologian.

Dagg, John L., Manual of Theology and Church Order. Harrisonburg, VA: Gano Books, 1982. 2 Vols. The first theology written by a Baptist in America. Readable.

*Fitzwater, P. B., Christian Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1958. 567 pp. A Prof. at Moody Bible Institute. Very readable. Excellent on Deontology, the doctrine of the Law.

*Garrett, James Leo., Systematic Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1990. 2 Vols. Contemporary Southern Baptist theologian.

**Gill, John, A Body of Doctrinal and Practical Divinity. Atlanta, GA: Turner Lassetter, 1965. 1023 pp. Old theological works were termed bodies of Divinity. Old, somewhat wordy, but very thorough. Every Baptist should learn to appreciate and study Gill!

Henry, Carl F. H., God, Revelation and Authority. Wheaton, IL: Crossway Books, 1983. 6 Vols.

*Hodge, A. A., Outlines of Theology. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1972. 678 pp. A. A. Hodge, the son of Charles Hodge, has written a concise study. These were originally given as Lectures to his church. Spurgeon used this as his textbook in his Pastor’s College.

Hodge, Charles, Systematic Theology. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, n.d. 3 Vols. The American, old standard Reformed theology.

105

Hoeksema, Herman, Reformed Dogmatics. Grand Rapids: Reformed Free Publishing Association, 1973. 917 pp.

*Muller, Richard A., Post–Reformation Reformed Dogmatics. Grand Rapids: Baker Academic Press, 2003. 4 Vols.

**Owen, John, The Works of John Owen. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1976. 17 Vols. Owen was the greatest of the Puritans. Both a theologian and a pastor. Of the highest quality.

*Reymond, Robert L., A New Systematic Theology of the Christian Faith. Nashville: Thomas Nelson Publishers, 1998. 1210 pp. Contemporary, Reformed and Evangelical. Reymond sought to ground doctrine in exegesis.

Rushdoony, Rousas John, Systematic Theology. Vallecito, CA: Ross House Books, 1994. 2 Vols. Reconstructionist and Reformed. Rushdoony deals with issues others do not, e.g., a theology of time, of work, etc.

*Shedd, W. G. T., Dogmatic Theology. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1969. 3 Vols. Reformed. Now in a revised one–volume edition. Scholarly and valuable.

Simmons, T. P., A Systematic Study of Bible Doctrine. Daytona Beach, FL: Associated Publishers, 1969. 503 pp. A re–working of Strong’s theology. Dispensational and premillennial.

*Strong, Augustus H., Systematic Theology. Valley Forge, PA: Judson Press, 1967. 3 Vols.–in–1. The old standard Baptist theology. Strong, however good in ecclesiology and encyclopedic in scope, was a theistic evolutionist. He was also postmillennial.

*Thornwell, James Henley, The Collected Writings of James Henley Thornwell. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1986. 4 Vols. Thornwell was one of the great southern Presbyterian theologians.

106

*Turretin, Francis, Institutes of Elenctic Theology. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1992. 3 Vols. Turretin was a Swiss–Italian and professor at the Genevan Academy.

Witsius, Herman, The Economy of the Covenants between God and Man. Escondido, CA: den Dulk Foundation, reprinted 1990. 2 Vols.

Bibliology Stonehouse, N. B. and Wooley, Paul, Eds., The Infallible

Word: A Symposium. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1980. 308 pp.

*Van Til, Cornelius, In Defense of the Faith Vol. I: The Doctrine of Scripture. Rippon, CA: The den Dulk Foundation, 1967. 156 pp.

*Warfield, Benjamin B., The Works of Benjamin B. Warfield Vol. I: Revelation and Inspiration. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1981. 456 pp. Warfield held to a high standard of Divine inspiration and scriptural authority.

General Bible and Christian Doctrine *Berkhof, Louis, Manual of Christian Doctrine. Grand Rapids:

Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1969. 372 pp. Reformed. Very readable. An excellent summary.

_______, Summary of Christian Doctrine. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1969. 198 pp.

Conner, W. T., Christian Doctrine. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1927. 349 pp. Southern Baptist. A useful treatment of Christian doctrine.

Hodge, A. A., The Confession of Faith. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 404 pp. Reformed exposition of the Westminster Confession of Faith.

*Lloyd–Jones, D. M., Great Doctrines of the Bible. Wheaton, IL: Crossway Books, 2003. 3 Vols. Sermons on theological subjects.

107

Pendleton, James M., Christian Doctrines. Valley Forge, PA: Judson Press, 1968. 426 pp. A Baptist book on doctrine.

Macleod, Donald, A Faith to Live By. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, GB: Mentor, Christian Focus Publications, 1998. 309 pp. A Reformed approach by an astute, readable contemporary scholar.

*Plumer, William S., Theology for the People, or Bible Doctrine Plainly Stated. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 2005. 269 pp. An excellent little volume suitable for families. Both readable and practical. A very beginner’s book for theology.

**Watson, Thomas, A Body of Divinity. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 316 pp. A Puritan exposition of the Westminster Shorter Catechism. A very readable and quotable doctrinal commentary.

Apologetics Apologetics is an intelligent defense of the faith. It derives

from the Gk. apo, “off, from,” and logia, “something said, and so to speak from a given position and defend it. There are two diverse approaches: evidential [“Christian Evidences”] and presuppositional [presupposing the self–attesting or self–authenticating nature of Scripture. This latter is the approach found in Scripture]. **Bahnsen, Greg L., [Robert R. Booth, Ed.], Always Ready.

Texarkana: Covenant Media Foundation. 1996. 289 pp. Bahnsen’s works are of the highest order. This volume is a practical approach.

**_______, [Joel McDurmon, Ed.], Presuppositional Apologetics. Powder Springs, GA: American Vision Press & Nacogdoches, TX: Covenant Media Press, 2008. 296 pp.

*_______, Van Til’s Apologetic. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1998. 764 pp.

108

Van Til was the great Reformed Apologist for the 20th century.

Clark, Gordon H., God’s Hammer: The Bible and its Critics. Jefferson, Maryland: The Trinity Foundation, 1992. 190 pp. Clark was both a philosopher and an apologist.

______, In Defense of Theology. Milford, MI: Mott Media, 1984. 119 pp.

______, Language and Theology. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed. 152 pp.

______, The Philosophy of Science and Belief in God. Jefferson, MD: The Trinity Foundation, 1987. 140 pp.

*______, Religion, Reason and Revelation. Jefferson, MD: The Trinity Foundation, 1986. 264 pp.

*Downing, W. R., The Bible and the Problem of Knowledge. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2006. 148 pp. A readable discussion of epistemology, or the science of truth and truth claims.

*Frame, John M., Apologetics to the Glory of God. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1994. 265 pp. Frame is a contemporary, readable Reformed apologist.

**Nelson, Paul S., Presuppositionalism: A Biblical Approach to Apologetics. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2014. 254 pp. An excellent introduction to Biblical Apologetics by a scientist and pastor. Readable and scriptural.

*Oliphant, K. Scott, The Battle Belongs to the Lord. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed, 2003. 206 pp. Most apologists are philosophical; Oliphant seeks to ground his apologetics in scriptural exegesis.

*_______, Reasons for Faith. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed, 2006. 363 pp.

*_______, Revelation and Reason. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed, 2007. 336 pp.

109

Reymond, Robert L., Contending for the Faith. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–Shire, GB: Mentor, Christian Focus Publications, 2005. 442 pp.

**_______, The Justification of Knowledge. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1976. 168 pp. A concise, very readable introduction to presuppositional apologetics. Out of print for years, but might be found used.

Rushdoony, Rousas J., The Mythology of Science. Nutley, NJ: The Craig Press, 1967. 134 pp.

Van Til, Cornelius, Apologetics. Syllabus, Westminster Theological Seminary. 99 pp.

______, In Defense of the Faith Vol. VI: Christian–Theistic Evidences. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1976. 148 pp.

______, In Defense of the Faith Vol. II: A Survey of Christian Epistemology. Rippon, CA: den Dulk Foundation, 1969. 228 pp.

*______, The Defense of the Faith. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1967. 299 pp.

Whitcomb, John C., Jr. and Morris, Henry M., The Genesis Flood. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1961. 518 pp. An evidentialist approach.

Specialized Doctrinal Works Theology Proper

Bickersteth, Edward, The Trinity. MacDill AFB, FL: Macdonald, n.d. 87 pp.

*Boettner, Loraine, The Reformed Doctrine of Predestination. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1963. 435 pp. The classic, very readable Reformed work on the doctrine of sovereign grace.

*Charnock, Stephen, The Existence and Attributes of God. Sovereign Grace Book Club, n.d. 802 pp. The classic Puritan work. Readable and comprehensive.

110

*_______, The Knowledge of God. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1985. 598 pp.

Clark, Gordon H., Biblical Predestination. Nutley, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1976. 155 pp.

______, The Trinity. Jefferson, Maryland: The Trinity Foundation, 1985. 139 pp.

*Letham, Robert, The Holy Trinity in Scripture, History, Theology and Worship. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 2004. 551 pp. An excellent Reformed comprehensive treatment of the Trinity.

*Packer, James I., Knowing God. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1973. 256 pp. Intended for the average reader. Essays on the doctrine of God.

**Pink, Arthur W., The Sovereignty of God. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1963. 320 pp. The classic work on Divine sovereignty by a gifted Bible expositor.

Pink, Arthur W., The Attributes of God. Swengel, PA: Reiner Publications, n.d. 108 pp.

______, Gleanings in the Godhead. Chicago: Moody Press, 1981. 252 pp.

Ross, Bob L., The Trinity and the Eternal Sonship of Christ. Pasadena, TX: Pilgrim Publications, 1993. 299 pp.

Warfield, Benjamin B., The Works of B. B. Warfield, Vol. II. Biblical Doctrines. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House. 1981. 654 pp. Warfield was a great theologian and a very clear, readable writer.

Zanchius, Jerome, Absolute Predestination. Grand Rapids: Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1971. 126 pp. An old, Reformed classic.

111

Christology *Hengstenberg, E. W., Christology of the Old Testament.

Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1970. 699 pp. The classic work on the doctrine of Christ in the Old Testament.

Liddon, H. P., The Divinity of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. London: Pickering & Inglis, n.d. 216 pp.

Machen, J. Gresham, The Virgin Birth of Christ. New York: Harper & Row, 1930. 415 pp.

Schilder, K., Christ in His Suffering. Minneapolis: Klock & Klock, 1978. 467 pp.

______, Christ on Trial. Minneapolis: Klock & Klock, 1978. 549 pp.

______, Christ Crucified. Minneapolis: Klock & Klock, 1978. 561 pp.

*Sparrow, Simpson, W. J., Our Lord’s Resurrection. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1964. 320 pp.

______, The Resurrection and the Christian Faith. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1968. 462 pp.

Warfield, Benjamin B., The Works of Benjamin B. Warfield Vol. III. Christology and Criticism. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1981. 458 pp.

**Winslow, Octavius, The Sympathy of Christ. Keyser, W.VA: Odom Publications, 1990. 426 pp. This is a unique book by a spiritual writer of the 19th century. The highest recommendation!

Pneumatology Bickersteth, Edward Henry. The Holy Spirit: His Person and

Work. Grand Rapids: Kregel. 1967). 192 pp. Buchanan, James, The Office and Work of the Holy Spirit.

London: Banner of Truth, 1966. 290 pp. A standard Reformed work by a Scottish Presbyterian.

Conner, Walter Thomas, The Work of the Holy Spirit. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1940. 196 pp.

112

Southern Baptist. Kuyper, Abraham, The Work of the Holy Spirit. Grand Rapids:

Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1956. 664 pp. *Smeaton, George, The Doctrine of the Holy Spirit. London:

Banner of Truth. 372 pp. A classic work by a Scottish Presbyterian.

*Winslow, Octavius, The Work of the Holy Spirit. London: Banner of Truth, 1972. 223 pp. The writings of Winslow are without peer, and this is no exception.

Demonology *North, Gary, None Dare Call It Witchcraft. New Rochelle,

NY: Arlington House, 1976. 253 pp. This book deals with modern phenomena as well as biblical data.

Penn–Lewis, Jessie and Roberts, Evan, War on the Saints. England: The Overcomer Literature Trust, n.d. 159 pp. Written after the 1904 Welsh Revival with its eventual extremes and subjectivism.

*Unger, Merrill F., Biblical Demonology. Wheaton: Scripture Press, 1965. 250 pp. A standard work.

Deontology Deontology refers to the Law of God and Christian ethics.

The term derives from “ontos,” the Gk. term for “ought” or moral obligation.

General Deontology Bahnsen, Greg L., Theonomy in Christian Ethics. Nutley, NJ:

Craig Press, 1977. 619 pp. Colquhoun, John, A Treatise on the Law and the Gospel. Grand

Rapids: Soli Deo Gloria, reprinted 2009. 320 pp. Fairbairn, Patrick, The Revelation of Law in Scripture. Winona

Lake, IN: Alpha Publications, 1979. 484 pp.

113

*Kevan, Ernest F., The Grace of Law. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1965. 294 pp. A commentary on the Moral Law by a British Baptist.

Reisinger, Ernest C., The Law and the Gospel. Phillipsburg. NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1997. 196 pp.

**Rushdoony, Rousas J., The Institutes of Biblical Law. Nutley, NJ: Craig Press, 1973. 890 pp. One of the modern classics on the Ten Commandments and their application to the church and society by the “Father” of modern Reconstructionism. Profound, practical and thought–provoking.

______, Law and Society. Vallecito, CA: Ross House Books, 1982. 752 pp.

_______, The Intent of the Law. Vallecito, CA: Ross House Books, 1999. 237 pp.

Tyng, Stephen, Lectures on the Law and the Gospel. Vestavia Hills, AL: Solid Ground Christian Books, reprint of 1846 ed. 349 pp.

The Decalogue The Decalogue refers to the Ten Commandments, and is

from the Septuagint, the Greek version of the Old Testament: deka [ten] and logos [word]—“The Ten Words.” Begg, Alistair, Pathway to Freedom: How God’s Laws Guide

our Lives. Chicago: Moody Publishers, 2003. 238 pp. Bellamy, Joseph, Sin, The Law, and the Glory of the Gospel.

Ames, IA: International Outreach. Reprint of 1850 ed. 264 pp.

**Boardman, George Dana, University Lectures on the Ten Commandments. Philadelphia: American Baptist Publi–cation Society, 1889. 378 pp. The 19th century classic on the Moral Law. Given as Sunday afternoon university lectures by the step–son of Adoniram Judson.

*Boston, Thomas, Complete Works of Thomas Boston. Vol. II. Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts, 1980. pp. 51–383.

114

The works of Boston are valuable. This is no exception. Brokke, Harold J., The Law is Holy. Minneapolis: Bethany

Fellowship, 1963. 175 pp. A modern approach to the practicality of the Ten Commandments. A modern exposition and application of the Moral Law.

*Cairns, Alan, Chariots of God: God’s Law in Relation to the Cross and the Christian. Greenville, SC: Ambassador–Emerald, Intl., 2000. 316 pp. Sermons on the Moral Law by a contemporary Reformed preacher.

*Calvin, John, Sermons on the Ten Commandments. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1980. 326 pp. Calvin is always among the best.

Dale, R. W., The Ten Commandments. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1871. 258 pp.

**Douma, J, The Ten Commandments. Phillipsburg. NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1992. 410 pp. A contemporary exposition by a Dutch theologian.

Durham, James, A Practical Exposition of the Ten Commandments. Dallas, TX: Naphthali Press, 2002 reprint. 427 pp. A Puritan exposition of the Ten Commandments.

*Edwards, Brian H., The Ten Commandments for Today. Surrey: Day One Publications, 2002. 303 pp. A very readable contemporary, practical approach to God’s Law.

*Farrar, F. W., The Voice from Sinai: The Eternal Bases of the Moral Law. New York: Thomas Whittaker, 1892. 314 pp. Farrar is always astute and worth reading.

Fesko, J. V., The Rule of Love. Grand Rapids: Reformed Heritage Books, 2009. 141 pp.

Flynn, Leslie B., Now a Word from Our Creator. Wheaton: Victor Books, 1976. 144 pp.

115

A modern, practical approach to the Ten Commandments and their relevancy.

*Hopkins, Ezekiel, An Exposition of the Ten Commandments. New York: The American Tract Society, n.d. 442 pp. A Puritan commentary on the Law of God.

Ingram, T. Robert, The World Under God’s Law. Houston: St. Thomas Press, 1962. 123 pp.

**Kevan, Ernest F., The Moral Law. Grand Rapids: Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1971. 76 pp. One of the best readable treatises on the Moral Law ever written—and by a Baptist.

Masters, Peter, God’s Rules for Holiness: Unlocking the Ten Commandments. London: The Wakeman Trust, 2003. 139 pp. Good, practical preaching on God’s Law by the Pastor of Spurgeon’s Tabernacle.

**Murray, John, Principles of Conduct. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1977. 272 pp. Murray’s Principles is the classic work on biblical ethics. It is thoroughly Scriptural and exegetically sound. It deals with the issues of law and grace and the Moral Law in principle as the basis for Christian ethics.

Packer, J. I., Keeping the Ten Commandments. Wheaton, IL Crossway Books, 2007. 127 pp.

Pink, Arthur W., The Ten Commandments. Swengel, PA: Reiner Publications, 1974. 73 pp.

Plumer, William S., The Law of God as Contained in the Ten Commandments Explained and Enforced. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1996. 644 pp.

*Ryken, Philip Graham, Written In Stone: The Ten Commandments and Today’s Moral Crisis. Phillipsburg. NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed, 2003. 240 pp. A contemporary, Reformed exposition of the Law of God. Highly recommended.

116

**Watson, Thomas, The Ten Commandments. London: Banner of Truth. 1965. 245 pp. One volume of the great Watson Puritan Trilogy. Finely worded and practical.

Hamartiology Hamartiology is the doctrine of sin [from hamartia, the

general Gk. term for sin]. Preachers and pastors need to thoroughly understand the biblical doctrine of sin! *Murray, John, The Imputation of Adam’s Sin. Nutley, NJ:

Presbyterian & Reformed, 1977. 95 pp. **Owen, John, The Works of John Owen Vol. VI. London:

Banner of Truth, 1967. 648 pp. Owen’s works on sin are unsurpassed. He was a Puritan theologian of the heart.

Pink, Arthur W., Gleanings from the Scriptures: Man’s Total Depravity. Chicago: Moody Press, 1971. 347 pp.

*Venning, Ralph, The Plague of Plagues. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 288 pp.

Anthropology Anthropology is the biblical doctrine of man. We must

remember that the one and only “normal” human being was unfallen Adam as he came from the hand of God. The pastor and preacher should become well–studied in matters of fallen, sinful humanity of the human heart or imagination, including his own heart and imagination! **Boston, Thomas, Complete Works of Thomas Boston. Vol.

VIII. Human Nature in its Four–fold State. Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts, 1980. 604 pp. This work is masterful and practical. One of the great classics.

Clark, Gordon H., The Biblical Doctrine of Man. Jefferson, Maryland: The Trinity Foundation, 1984. 101 pp.

*Edwards, Jonathan, “A Careful and Strict Inquiry into the Prevailing Notions of the Freedom of the Will,” The

117

Works of Jonathan Edwards. Vol. I. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1974. pp. 3–93.

**Luther, Martin, The Bondage of the Will. London: James Clarke. 1957. 323 pp. The classic work on the human will as bound by depravity.

Machen, J. Gresham, The Christian View of Man. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 254 pp.

Orr, James, God’s Image in Man. New York: A. C. Armstrong & Son, 1908. 325 pp.

Rushdoony, Rousas J., The Flight from Humanity. Fairfax, VA: Thoburn Press, 1973. 67 pp.

______, Revolt Against Maturity. Fairfax, VA: Thoburn Press, 1977. 344 pp.

General Soteriology Soteriology is the doctrine of salvation, from the Gk.

sōtēria, “salvation, deliverance, restoration to a healthy state.” **Kevan, Ernest F., Salvation. Welwyn, Hertfordshire:

Evangelical Press, 1979. 128 pp. A little volume which summarizes the doctrine in a concise, readable manner.

**Murray, John, Redemption Accomplished and Applied. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1970. 192 pp. A superb little book, which is indispensable and suitable for believers of all types. Very clearly written. How could we do without it ?

Pink, Arthur W., The Doctrine of Salvation. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1975. 164 pp.

Warfield, Benjamin B., The Plan of Salvation. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1966. 112 pp.

Webb, Robert Alexander, Christian Salvation: Its Doctrine and Experience. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1985. 437 pp.

118

______, The Theology of Infant Salvation. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1981. 330 pp.

Sovereign Grace The doctrine of the grace of God in salvation. Essential for

the understanding of those who deal with the souls of men. *Booth, Abraham, The Reign of Grace. Swengel, PA: Bible

Truth Depot, n.d. 291 pp. A historical–biblical study by an old Baptist writer.

Cheeseman, John, et. al., The Grace of God in the Gospel. London: Banner of Truth, 1972. 141 pp.

Coles, Elisha, God’s Sovereignty. Marshallton, DE: The National Foundation for Christian Education, 1968. 308 pp.

Custance, Arthur C., The Sovereignty of Grace. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed. 1979. 398 pp.

**Gill, John, The Cause of God and Truth. Atlanta: Turner Lassetter, 1962. 328 pp. One of the best defenses and expositions of the doctrine of grace ever penned.

Girod, Gordon, The Deeper Faith: An Exposition of the Canons of the Synod of Dort. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1979. 135 pp.

Hanko, Herman, et. al., The Five Points of Calvinism. Grand Rapids: Protestant Reformed Churches, n.d. 95 pp.

Ness, Christopher, An Antidote to Arminianism. North Hollywood, CA: Puritan Heritage Publications, 1978. 90 pp.

Palmer, Edwin H., The Five Points of Calvinism. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1972. 108 pp.

Pink, Arthur W., The Doctrines of Election and Justification. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1974. 252 pp.

Seaton, W. J., The Five Points of Calvinism. London: Banner of Truth, 1975. 20 pp. A basic, readable work by a contemporary British Baptist.

119

**Steele, David N., and Thomas, Curtis, The Five Points of Calvinism Defined, Defended and Documented. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1971. 95 pp. A classic work which seeks to defend the Doctrines of Grace.

Van Til, Cornelius, The Case for Calvinism. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1963. 153 pp.

_______, The Sovereignty of Grace. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed. 1969. 110 pp.

The Atonement or Redemption Wrought by Christ

*Dabney, Robert L., Christ Our Penal Substitute. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1978. 115 pp.

Kuiper, R. B., For Whom Did Christ Die? Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1959. 104 pp.

Long, Gary D., Definite Atonement. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1976. 122 pp. The author is a contemporary Dispensational Calvinistic theologian.

**Morris, Leon, The Apostolic Preaching of the Cross. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1965. 318 pp. The best work on the atonement from the perspective of Biblical Theology.

**Owen, John, The Death of Death in the Death of Christ: The Works of John Owen. Vol. X. London: Banner of Truth, 1967. 624 pp. The classic work on the atonement. Owen possesses and exhibits the thorough, scriptural method of the Puritan mind.

Pink, Arthur W., The Satisfaction of Christ. Swengel, PA: Bible Truth Depot, 1955. 313 pp.

**Smeaton, George, The Atonement According to Christ. Grand Rapids: Sovereign Grace Publishers, n.d. 544 pp. The two volumes by Smeaton on the atonement are classics and solid teaching.

120

**______, The Apostles’ Doctrine of the Atonement. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, n.d. 548 pp.

Regeneration and Conversion The preacher and pastor need to be well–schooled in the

matters of experiential salvation if they are to be physicians of souls. Charnock, Stephen, The New Birth. Edinburgh: Banner of

Truth, 1986. 534 pp. *Colquhoun, John, Repentance. London: Banner of Truth,

1965. 159 pp. Machen, J. Gresham, What is Faith? Edinburgh: Banner of

Truth, 1991. 262 pp. *Pink, Arthur W., Studies on Saving Faith. Swengel, PA:

Reiner Publications, n.d. 192 pp. Justification

In justification, God declares the believing sinner just or righteous in his sight. Never to be confused with sanctification, justification is yet inseparable from it. It is the very heart of the Gospel. Barber, Jimmy K., Justification: The Heart of the Gospel.

Memphis, TN: Veritas Publications, 1990. 256 pp. *Buchanan, James, The Doctrine of Justification. Grand

Rapids: Baker Book House, 1977. 514 pp. Keach, Benjamin, The Marrow of True Justification. Solid

Ground Christian Books, 2007 reprint of 1692 ed. 96 pp. McGrath, Allister E., Iustitia Dei: A History of the Christian

Doctrine of Justification. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997. 2 Vols.

Pink, Arthur W., The Doctrines of Election and Justification. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1974. 252 pp.

Sanctification Sanctification or gospel holiness is inseparable from

justification. Much of contemporary evangelical Christianity,

121

however, separates the two and considers salvation only as a religious decision and not an entrance into a holy life by necessity. Ministers, to be faithful, ought to be well–studied in the truth of biblical sanctification. *Bridges, Jerry, The Pursuit of Holiness. Colorado Springs:

Navpress, 1982. 158 pp. Fish, Henry C., Primitive Piety Revised. Harrisonburg, VA:

Gano Books, 1987. 249 pp. Marshall, Walter, Gospel Mystery of Sanctification. Welwyn,

Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press, 1981. 257 pp. **Murray, John, Collected Writings of John Murray. Vol. II.

Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1977. pp. 277–320. Murray’s writings are unexcelled in these truths.

**_______, Principles of Conduct. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1977. 272 pp.

**Owen, John, The Works of John Owen. Vol. III. London: Banner of Truth, 1966. pp. 356–651.

**______, The Works of John Owen. Vol. VI. London: Banner of Truth, 1974. pp. 5–323.

Pink, Arthur W., The Doctrine of Sanctification. Swengel, PA: Reiner Publications, 1975. 206 pp.

**Ryle, J. C., Holiness: Its Nature, Hindrances, Difficulties and Roots. Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1962. 333 pp. The classic work on holiness or sanctification. Practical and penetrating.

Scougal, Henry, The Life of God in the Soul of Man. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1986. 161 pp. It was this little volume which brought George Whitefield savingly to Christ.

*Warfield, Benjamin B., Perfectionism. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1971. 464 pp. Warfield’s final work in two volumes. The second volume published separately and deals with Finney and the Higher Life teachings. Very thorough and necessary reading.

122

*Winslow, Octavius, Personal Declension and Revival of Religion in the Soul. London: Banner of Truth, 1962. 203 pp. Winslow was one of the great truly spiritual writers of the 19th century. Superb in dealing with matters of the heart.

Assurance and Perseverance *Beeke, Joel, Assurance of Faith: Calvin, English Puritanism,

and the Dutch Second Reformation. New York: Peter Lang, 1994. 518 pp.

*_______, The Quest for Full Assurance: The Legacy of Calvin and His Successors. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1999. 395 pp.

Brooks, Thomas, Heaven on Earth. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1996 reprint. 320 pp.

Coles, Elisha, Final Perseverance. London: Sovereign Grace Union, 1958. 68 pp.

*Lawson, Stephen J., Absolutely Sure. Sisters, Or: Multnomah Publishers, 1999. 190 pp. See under commentaries on 1 John.

The New Perspective on Paul and the Federal Vision

These Errors concern matters of justification by faith, and have penetrated the Reformed movement. They teach, among other things, justification by faithfulness, a great departure from traditional Reformed theology. Pastors need to understand the current errors and protect their congregations. *Otis, John M., Danger in the Camp: An Analysis and

Refutation of the Heresies of the Federal Vision. Corpus Christi, TX: Triumphant Publications, 2005. 522 pp.

Waters, Guy Prentiss, Justification and the New Perspectives on Paul. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 2005. 273 pp.

123

_______, The Federal Vision and Covenant Theology. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 2006. 397 pp.

Ecclesiology Ecclesiology is the doctrine of the church. Almost every one

of the following works merit an asterisk for Baptists. Only the very outstanding are noted. *Adams, John Q., Baptists the Only Thorough Religious

Reformers. Rochester, NY: Backus Book Publishers, 1980. 179 pp.

*Booth, Abraham, A Defense of the Baptists. Paris, AR: The Baptist Standard–Bearer, 1987. 270 pp.

**Carson, Alexander, Baptism: Its Mode and Subjects. Evansville, IN: The Sovereign Grace Book Club, n.d. 237 pp. The classic work on baptism—by a former Presbyterian!

*Downing, W. R., The New Testament Church. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2006. 315 pp. A thorough work on the nature, characteristics and perpetuity of the New Testament Church.

*Howell, R. B. C., The Evils of Infant Baptism. Watertown, WI: Baptist Heritage Press, 1988. 310 pp.

*______, The Terms of Communion at the Lord’s Table. Watertown, WI: Baptist Heritage Press, 1987. 271 pp.

*Jarrell, W. A., Baptizo—Dip Only. Splendora, TX: V. C. Mayes, 1978. 113 pp. A thorough treatise on the term Baptizo.

*Jewett, Paul K., Infant Baptism and the Covenant of Grace. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1980. 254 pp.

Kingdon, David, Children of Abraham. Haywards Heath, Sussex: Carey Publications, 1972. 105 pp.

124

Schreiner, Thomas R., and Dwight, Shawn D., Believer’s Baptism: Sign of the New Covenant in Christ. Nashville, B & H Publishing Group, 2006. 364 pp.

Verduin, Leonard, The Anatomy of an Hybrid: A Study in Church–State Relationships. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1976. 271 pp. Verduin was a Dutch Reformed author, and his two books are classics.

*_______, The Reformers and their Step Children. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1980. 292 pp.

Warns, Johannes, Baptism. Minneapolis: Klock & Klock, 1976. 352 pp.

*Watson, T. E., Should Infants be Baptized? Grand Rapids: Guardian Press, 1976. 108 pp.

Eschatology Eschatology is the doctrine of final things, from the Gk.

eschatos, “final” or “last.” This area of study includes the fulfillment of prophecy, the second advent of our Lord, the intermediate state, the resurrection, the various millennial views and the final state of man.

Individual Eschatology *Baillie, John, and the Life Everlasting. London: Oxford

University Press, 1950. 294 pp. The old, classic work on immortality.

Boettner, Loraine, Immortality. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1967. 161 pp.

Gerstner, John H., Repent or Perish. Ligionier, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1990. 218 pp.

*Roberts, Maurice, The Happiness of Heaven. Grand Rapids: Reformation Heritage Books, 2009. 129 pp. A readable book by an editor of the Banner of Truth.

Salmond, Stewart D. F., The Christian Hope of Immortality. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark. 1901. 565 pp. An older, standard work on immortality.

125

Schep, J. A., The Nature of the Resurrection Body. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 252 pp.

*Scroggie, W. Graham, What About Heaven? London: Pickering & Inglis, 1966. 145 pp. A very readable account written after the death of Scroggie’s first wife.

*Smith, Wilbur M., The Biblical Doctrine of Heaven. Chicago: Moody Press. 1968. 317 pp. A conservative work by an outstanding, practical theologian.

General Eschatology Boettner, Loraine, The Millennium. Philadelphia: Presbyterian

& Reformed, 1966. 380 pp. Reformed and postmillennial.

Brown, David, Christ’s Second Coming: Will it be Premillennial? Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1983. 499 pp. Amillennial.

*Clouse, Robert G., The Meaning of the Millennium Four Views. Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1977. 223 pp. A consideration of several views by different authors: Dispensational Premillennialism, historic Premillennialism, Postmillennialism and Amillennialism.

Cooke, Ronald, Modern Man and the Wrath of God. Columbus, GA: Brentwood Christian Press, 1989. 79 pp.

Cox, William E., Biblical Studies in Final Things. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1974. 226 pp.

______, The Millennium. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1964. 67 pp. Amillennial.

Fairbairn, Patrick, Prophecy. Grand Rapids: Guardian Press. 1976. 530 pp.

126

Froom, Leroy Edwin, The Prophetic Faith of our Fathers. Washington, D.C.: Review and Herald, 1950. 4 Vols. A historical theology of prophetic interpretation by a Seventh–Day Adventist. Contains much historical information on interpretation and historical persons. Valuable for research.

Grier, W. J., The Momentous Event. London: Banner of Truth, 1970. 128 pp.

Johnson, E. W., The Latter Day Glory. Pine Bluff, AR: Sovereign Grace Publishers, 1986. 161 pp. Baptist and postmillennial.

*Ladd, George Eldon, The Blessed Hope. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 167 pp. Baptist and historic premillennial.

Mathison, Keith A., Postmillennialism: An Eschatology of Hope. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1999. 287 pp.

*Morris, Leon, The Biblical Doctrine of Judgment. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1960. 72 pp.

*Peters, George N. H., The Theocratic Kingdom. Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1972. 3 Vols. An older, classic Dispensational treatment.

*Peterson, Robert A., Hell on Trial: The Case for Eternal Punishment. Phillipsburg: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1995. 258 pp.

Ramsey, Willard A., Zion’s Glad Morning. Simpsonville, SC: Millennium III Publishers, 1990. 308 pp. Latter–Day Glory Postmillennial.

Rushdoony, Rousas J., Thy Kingdom Come. Fairfax, VA: Thoburn Press, 1978. 256 pp. Reconstructionist postmillennial.

127

Baptist Confessions and Church Polity Baptist Confessions of faith

*Broadus, John A., (Timothy and Denise George, Eds.), Baptist Confessions, Covenants and Catechisms. Nashville, TN: Broadman & Holman, Publishers, 1999. 282 pp. An older study of Baptist Confessions.

*Lumpkin, William L., Baptist Confessions of Faith. Philadelphia: The Judson Press, 1959. 430 pp. The contemporary commentary on Baptist confessions by a Southern Baptist author. Much historical and doctrinal information.

*McGlothlin, W. J., Baptist Confessions of Faith. Philadelphia: American Baptist Publication Society, 1911. 368 pp. The older, standard work on Baptist confessions.

*Underhill, Edward Bean, Confessions of Faith and Other Public Documents, Illustrative of The History of The Baptist Churches of England in The Seventeenth Century. Reprint of 1854 ed. by the Hanserd Knollys Society. 360 pp. The oldest book on Baptist Confessions of Faith.

Baptist Church Polity For a listing of works on Ecclesiology, note the general

works on Systematic Theology and the sub–section on Ecclesiology. **Carson, Alexander, The Ecclesiastical Polity of the New

Testament. Paris, AR: The Baptist Standard–Bearer, reprint, 2006. 565 pp. A classic work. Carson, a former Presbyterian, was a great apologist and polemicist for the Baptists.

*Good, Kenneth G., God’s Blueprint for a Church. Rochester, NY: Backus Books, 1987 reprint. 222 pp. A modern treatment by a Particular Baptist.

128

**Hiscox, Edward T., The New Directory for Baptist Churches. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publishers, 1974. 608 pp. The old, classic handbook for Baptist churches.

Pendleton, J. M., Baptist Church Manual. Nashville, TN: Broadman Press, 1967. 182 pp.

Cults Ankerberg, John, and Weldon, John, Encyclopedia of Cults and

New Religions. Eugene, OR: Harvest House Publishers, 1999. 731 pp.

Clark, Elmer T., The Small Sects in America. New York: Abingdon Press, 1965. 256 pp.

Cohen, Daniel, The New Believers: Young Religions in America. New York: M. Evans & Co., 1975. 192 pp.

Davies, Eryl, The Guide [Vol. 1] Truth Under Attack. Faverdale North Industrial Estate, Darlington, ENG: Evangelical Press, 2004. 400 pp.

*Gromacki, Robert G., The Modern Tongues Movement. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed, 1975. 183 pp. An excellent treatise on the modern tongues movement with detailed historical information.

*Hoekema, Anthony, The Four Major Cults. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1963. 447 pp. A standard work from the Reformed perspective.

*Irvine, William C., Heresies Exposed. New York: Loizeaux Brothers, 1962. 217 pp. An encyclopedic approach to the various cults.

Judah, J. Stillson, The History and Philosophy of The Metaphysical Movements in America. Philadelphia: The Westminster Press, 1967. 317 pp.

Matheson, Richard R., Faiths, Cults and Sects of America. New York: The Bobbs–Merrill Co., 1960. 384 pp.

*Martin, Walter. The Kingdom of the Cults. London: Marshall, Morgan & Scott, 1967. 443 pp.

129

McConnell, D. R., A Different Gospel: A Historical and Biblical Analysis of the Modern Faith Movement. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1988. 195 pp.

Needleman, Jacob, The New Religions. Garden City, NY: Doubleday & Co., 1970. 245 pp.

Rice, Edward, American Saints and Seers: American–Born Religion and the Genius behind Them. New York: Four–Winds Press, 1982. 229 pp.

Spittler, Russell P., Cults and Isms: Twenty Alternatives to Evangelical Christianity. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1962. 143 pp.

Tanner, Jerald and Sandra, Mormonism: Shadow or Reality? Salt Lake City, UT: Modern Microfilm Co., 1972. 587 pp. A detailed and very informative work by two former Mormons.

**Van Baalen, J. K., The Chaos of the Cults. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1962. 414 pp. An older, standard textbook on the major cults.

Practical theology Pastoral Theology

and the Christian Ministry The pulpit ministry is the center and core of a preacher’s

calling. Mark the following comments: If a minister is not convinced of the Divine truth of the

word he preaches, his preaching loses all authority, influence, and power. If he is not able to bring a message from God, who then gives him the right to put himself on a pulpit above them? Who would dare, who would be able to do this, unless he has a word of God to proclaim? —Herman Bavinck

“And He sent them to preach…” Lk. 9:2. The importance of preaching, as a means of grace, might easily be gathered from this passage… it is but one instance, among many, of the high value which the Bible everywhere sets upon preaching. It is, in fact, God’s chosen instrument for

130

doing good to souls. By it sinners are converted, inquirers led on, and saints built up. A preaching ministry is absolutely essential to the health and prosperity of a visible church.

The pulpit is the place where the chief victories of the gospel have always been won, and no church has ever done much for the advancement of true religion in which the pulpit has been neglected. Would we know whether a minister is truly apostolical man? If he is, he will give the best of his attention to his sermons. He will labor and pray to make his preaching effective, and he will tell his congregation that he looks to preaching for the chief results on souls. —J. C. Ryle

We may invigorate our faith and renew our courage by reflecting that divine power has always attended the preaching of doctrine, when done in the true spirit of preaching. Great revivals have accompanied the heroic preaching of the doctrines of grace, predestination, election, and that whole lofty mountain range of doctrines upon which Jehovah sits enthroned, sovereign in grace as in all things else. God honors the preaching that honors him.

There is entirely too much milk–sop preaching nowadays trying to cajole sinners to enter upon a truce with their Maker, quit sinning and join the church. The situation does not call for a truce, but for a surrender. Let us bring out the heavy artillery of heaven, and thunder away at this stuck–up age as Whitefield, Edwards, Spurgeon, and Paul did and there will be many slain in the Lord raised up to walk in newness of life. —J. B. Gambrell

Adams, Jay, Shepherding God’s Flock. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, A series of books on Pastoral Theology. A modern approach to the pastoral ministry.

Baxter, Richard, A Christian Directory. Ligonier, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1990. 4 Vols.

131

This huge set contains Baxter’s most famous work, The Reformed Pastor.

*Blaikie, William G., For the Work of the Ministry. Vestavia Hills, AL: Solid Ground Books, 2005 reprint of 1896 ed. 304 pp. As all of Blaikie’s works, practical and very helpful.

**Bridges, Charles, The Christian Ministry. London: Banner of Truth, 1967. 390 pp. Bridges has written the classic work—astute, comprehensive and convicting. Filled with excellent insights and quotations. Who can read Bridges and not be convicted of his shortcomings? He lived his ministry!

Brown, John of Edinburgh, Complier, The Christian Pastor’s Manual. Morgan, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 2003 reprint of 1826 ed. 421 pp.

Fairbairn, Patrick, Pastoral Theology. Audubon, NJ: Old Paths Publications, 1992. 351 pp.

*James, John Angell, An Earnest Ministry. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth Trust, 1993 reprint of 1847 ed. 295 pp. An urgent plea for holiness and fruitfulness in the Gospel ministry

**Lloyd–Jones, D. M., Preaching and Preachers. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1971. 325 pp. An encouraging, lively volume well–worth its perusal!

*Murphy, Thomas, Pastoral Theology. Audubon, NJ: Old Paths Publications, 1996. 509 pp. Very comprehensive and edifying. Murphy pushes men to their fullest.

Pollard, Jeff and Brown, Scott T., A Theology of the Family: Five Centuries of Biblical Wisdom for Family Life. Wake Forrest, NC: NCFIC, 2014, 712 pp. A necessary volume for our day. Stirring articles and instructions from notable authors of the past.

Prime, Derek, and Begg, Alistair, On Being a Pastor. Chicago: Moody Publishers, 2004. 313 pp.

132

Riley, W. B., Pastoral Problems. Westwood, NJ: Fleming H. Revell, 1959. 192 pp.

*Shedd, W. G. T., Homiletics and Pastoral Theology. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 375 pp. A standard Reformed work.

*Spring, Gardiner, Power in the Pulpit. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1986. 244 pp. Spring was ardent in his pastoral and educational ministry.

**Spurgeon. Charles Haddon, An All–Round Ministry. London: Banner of Truth, 1972. 396 pp. Lectures given to his graduates concerning a balanced ministry. Typical Spurgeon and masterful.

**______, The Greatest Fight in the World. Pasadena, TX: Pilgrim Publications. 1990. 64 pp. Spurgeon’s final lecture on Pastoral Theology. Omitted from the All–Round Ministry in the Banner of Truth edition. A great Baptist dissertation.

**______, Lectures to My Students. London: Marshall, Morgan and Scott, 1964. 443 pp. A great companion volume to Both Bridges and Lloyd–Jones. Spurgeon at his best lecturing to young preachers.

**Stalker, James, The Preacher and His Models. Birmingham, AL: Sold Ground Christian Books, reprint of 1892 ed. 284 pp. One of Stalker’s best writings.

*Taylor, William M., and Plumer, William S., The Ministry of the Word. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 2003 reprint. 2 Vols–in–1.

Homiletics The term “Homiletics” derives from the Gk. homiletikos, the

principles of rhetoric, and so the English “homily.” The subject of preaching is three–fold: the history of preaching, the preparation and delivery of sermons and published sermons.

133

The History of Preaching *Dargan, Edwin C., A History of Preaching. Grand Rapids:

Baker Book House, 1968. 2 Vols. Pattison, T. Harwood, The History of Preaching. Philadelphia:

The American Baptist Publication Society, 1903. 412 pp. The Preparation and Delivery of Sermons

*Alexander, James W., Thoughts on Preaching. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1975. 318 pp. Alexander was a notable preacher, who often preached without written notes.

Blackwood, Andrew Watterson, The Preparation of Sermons. New York: Abingdon–Cokesbury Press, 1948. 272 pp. An older, classic work.

**Broadus, John A., The Preparation and Delivery of Sermons. New York: A. C. Armstrong & Son, 1897. 514 pp. The classic book on Homiletics. Get the old edition or a reprint. The later editions by his son–in–law, Witherspoon, are a departure from the original in emphasis and method.

*Carrick, John, The Imperative of Preaching. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth Trust, 2002. 202 pp.

*Dabney, Robert L., Sacred Rhetoric. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1979. 361 pp.

Evans. William, How to Prepare Sermons and Gospel Addresses. Chicago: Moody Press, n.d. 178 pp.

Grossi, Gabriel, Preaching with Biblical Passion. Aston, PA: GPS Printing Service, 2003. 174 pp.

Keach, Benjamin, Preaching from the Types and Metaphors of the Bible. Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1976. 1007 pp.

Kistler, Don, Ed., Feed My Sheep: A Passionate Plea for Preaching. Soli Deo Gloria Books, 2002. 285 pp.

*Lane, Dennis, Preach the Word. Welwyn. Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press, 1979. 105 pp.

*Lenski, R. C. H., The Sermon. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1969. 314 pp.

134

Lenski was a powerful Lutheran preacher. This work was used as a textbook for homiletics in a great Baptist theological seminary—something must be said about this Lutheran!

**Lloyd–Jones, D. Martyn, Preaching and Preachers. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1971. 325 pp. Very readable and encouraging as well as convicting.

*McArthur, John, et. al., Rediscovering Expository Preaching. Dallas: Word Publishing, 1992. 410 pp. A modern plea by several men of note for a return to expository preaching.

Olyott, Stuart, Preaching Pure and Simple. Bryterion, Wales: Brynterion Press, 2005. 188 pp.

Pattison, T. Harwood, The Making of the Sermon. Philadelphia: The American Baptist Publication Society, 1898. 392 pp.

Perkins, William, The Art of Prophesying. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1996. 191 pp. An old, early Puritan work.

Reu, M., Homiletics. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1967. 639 pp. A standard work by a Lutheran professor.

*Shedd, W. G. T., Homiletics and Pastoral Theology. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 375 pp. One of the Reformed classics.

Liturgics Liturgics derives from the Gk. latreuo, “to worship or

serve,” and leitourgia, “religious service,” hence, “liturgy.” Theologically, this denotes the manner or worship, which would include our music, public prayers, and the singing of hymns, as well as the preaching. The key terminology is “the regulative principle of worship,” i.e., that our worship must derive in spirit and principle from the Scriptures. *Blanchard, John, and Lucarini, Dan, Can We Rock The

Gospel? Faverdale, North Darlington, ENG: Evangelical Press, 2006. 2267 pp.

135

A call back to reverent worship and an exploration of contemporary worship.

*Burroughs, Jeremiah, Gospel Worship. Ligonier, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, reprint of 1648 ed. 398 pp. A biblical, Puritan study of worship and its seriousness.

Carson, Herbert M., Hallelujah! Christian Worship. Welwyn, Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press, 148. 158 pp.

Gibbs, A. P., Worship. Denver: Wilson Foundation, n.d. 279 pp.

*Hart, D. G., and Meuther, John R., With Reverence and Awe: Returning to the Basics of Reformed Worship. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing, 2002. 202 pp. A plea for true, biblical worship which reflects the nature and character of God.

**Masters, Peter, Worship in The Melting Pot. London: The Wakeman Trust, 2002. 148 pp. An examination of modern, contemporary worship in the light of Scripture.

Viola, Frank, and Barna, George, Pagan Christianity? Exploring the Roots of our Church Practices. Carol Stream, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 2002. 291 pp.

Evangelistics The term derives from the Gk. euaggelion, “good news” or

“Gospel.” Anglicized, it is “evangel.” This department includes the message and methods of evangelism, personal soul–winning and evangelistic preaching.

Evangelism *Adams, James E., Decisional Regeneration. Canton, GA: Free

Grace Publications, 1983. 16 pp. An examination of the contemporary “decisionism” of Fundamentalist and evangelical Christianity.

*Alleine. Joseph, Alarm to the Unconverted. London: Banner of Truth, 1967. 148 pp. A Puritan approach to evangelism. Not for the faint–hearted!

136

*Baxter, Richard, A Call to the Unconverted. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1976. 135 pp. A Reformed classic on seeking the lost.

*Boston, Thomas, The Art of Man–Fishing. Works, Vol. V.). Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts, 1980. As with all of Boston’s works, a solid approach.

Chafer, Lewis Sperry, True Evangelism. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1974. 143 pp.

*Chantry, Walter, J. Today’s Gospel: Authentic or Synthetic. London: Banner of Truth, 1972. 93 pp. A comparison of the modern “Gospel” with the Bible.

*Downing, W. R., Why We Do Not Use the Invitational System. P.I.R.S. Publications, 2009. There is a great difference between inviting sinners to Christ and the modern invitational system. This short treatise explores the subject historically and doctrinally.

**Guthrie, William, The Christian’s Great Interest. London: Banner of Truth, 1969. 207 pp. The classic Puritan approach to personal salvation, based upon two questions and their answers: First what it is to have a saving interest in Christ, second, how to find a saving interest in Christ if one does not. John Owen said that Guthrie was a sound Divine and praised this work.

*Hulse, Erroll, The Great Invitation. Welwyn, Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press. 1986. 184 pp. Well–written and readable.

Joslin, Roy, Urban Harvest. Welwyn, Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press, 1982. 327 pp.

*Murray, Iain, The Invitation System. London: Banner of Truth, 1967. 40 pp.

Packer, James I., Evangelism and the Sovereignty of God. Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1970. 126 pp.

*Reisinger, Ernest C., Today’s Evangelism: Its Message and Methods. Phillipsburg, NJ: Craig Press, 1981. 157 pp.

137

Missions Allen, Roland, Missionary Methods: St. Paul’s or Ours? Grand

Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 179 pp.

______, The Spontaneous Expansion of the Church. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1963. 158 pp.

Barnes, Lemuel Call, Two Thousand Years of Missions before Carey. Chicago: Student Missionary Campaign Library, 1902. 504 pp.

Cook, Harold R., Strategy of Missions. Chicago: Moody Press, 1963. 123 pp.

Glover, Robert Hall, The Progress of World–Wide Missions. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1960. 502 pp.

Lindsell, Harold, Missionary Principles and Practice. Westwood, NJ: Fleming H. Revell, 1955. 384 pp.

*Peters, George W., A Biblical Theology of Missions. Chicago: Moody Press, 1984. 368 pp. This is a well–worked out volume on a biblical study of missions.

*Wright, Eric, Tell the World. Welwyn, Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press, 1981. 144 pp.

Catechetics “Catechism” derives from the Gk., and is a compound of the

preposition kata, “down, throughout, thoroughly” and the verb ēchēo, “to sound,” the source of our English word, “echo.” There seems to be in this etymology the idea of a responsive answer. Catechizing has the connotation of thorough or repeated oral instruction, and is only one of several related terms for instruction or teaching found in Scripture. The term itself occurs eight times in the New Testament (twice as “informed” in Acts 21:21, 24, referring to word–of–mouth information): Luke 1:4; Acts 18:25; Rom. 2:18; 1 Cor. 14:19 and Gal. 6:6.

138

It may surprise some evangelicals and most Baptists to learn that Baptists used catechisms up to the 19th century more than any other group. From the earliest times, catechisms have been the vehicle most used and blessed for inculcating truth from generation to generation. The following works are catechisms, expositions of catechisms, or commentaries on the various catechisms. Mark the words of C. H. Spurgeon:

“In matters of doctrine you will find orthodox congregations frequently changed to heterodoxy in the course of thirty or forty years, and that is because, too often, there has been no catechizing of the children in the essential doctrines of the Gospel.

For my part, I am more and more persuaded that the study of a good scriptural catechism is of infinite value to our children....Even if the youngsters do not understand all the questions and answers....yet, abiding in their memories, it will be of infinite service when the time of understanding comes, to have known these very excellent, wise and judicious definitions of the things of God...It will be a blessing to them—the greatest of all blessing...a blessing in life and death, in time and eternity, the best of blessings God Himself can give….

I am persuaded that the use of a good catechism in all our families will be a great safeguard against the increasing errors of the times, and therefore I have compiled this little manual...for the use of my own church and congregation. Those who use it in their families or classes must labour to explain the sense to the little ones; but the words should be carefully learned by heart, for they will be understood better as the child advances in years.”

*Beddome, Benjamin, A Scriptural Exposition of the Baptist Catechism. Birmingham, AL: Solid Ground Christian Books. Reprint of 1776 ed. 209 pp. A Baptist catechism with short comments.

139

*Boston, Thomas, Complete Works, Vol. VII. Wheaton, IL: Richard Owen Roberts Publishers [1980 reprint of 1853 ed.]. A commentary on the Westminster Shorter Catechism as a system of doctrinal instruction.

(N.A.), The Confession of Faith of the Presbyterian Church in the United State together with The Larger Catechism and The Shorter Catechism. Richmond, VA: John Knox Press, 1963. 457 pp.

Bradford, Samuel, A New Baptist Catechism. Denver, CO: Published by the author, 1957. 23 pp. A modern Baptist catechism with pertinent questions and answers.

*Downing, W. R., A Catechism on Bible Doctrine with Commentary. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2008. 333 pp. A basic manual of Bible doctrine in the form of a catechism.

Flavel, John, Works, Vol. VI. London: Banner of Truth, 1968 reprint of 1820 ed. 637 pp. A Puritan commentary on the Catechism by a fervent author and preacher.

Gadsby, William, The Things Most Surely Believed Among Us. Harpenden, Herts, England: The Gospel Standard Strict Baptist Societies, 1995. 23 pp.

Hodge, Archibald Alexander, and Hodge, J. A., The System of Theology Contained in the Westminster Shorter Catechism Opened and Explained. Eugene, OR: Wiph & Stock Publishers, reprint of 1888 ed. 190 pp.

*Hoeksema, Herman, The Triple Knowledge: An Exposition of the Heidelberg Catechism. Grand Rapids: The Free Reformed Publishing Association, 1990. 3 Vols.

*Keach, Benjamin, The Baptist Catechism or Brief Instruction in the Principles of the Christian Religion. London, [reprint of 1794 ed.]. 48 pp.

140

*(N.A.), The Philadelphia Confession of Faith with Catechism. Sterling, VA: Grace Abounding Ministries, n.d. [reprint of 1742 ed.]. 121 pp.

*Spurgeon, Charles Haddon, A Baptist Catechism with proofs (with two questions inserted by T. T. Eaton). Lexington, KY: Ashland Avenue Baptist Church, n.d. 32 pp.

Van Bruggen, J., Annotations to the Heidelberg Catechism. Neerlandia, Alberta: Inheritance Publications, 1991. 299 pp.

Vincent, Thomas, The Shorter Catechism Explained from Scripture. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth [1980 reprint of 1674 ed.]. 282 pp. A Puritan explanation and commentary on the Shorter Catechism.

*Vos, Johannes Gerhardus, The Westminster Larger Catechism: A Commentary. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishers, 2002. 614 pp. A Reformed commentary on the Westminster Larger Catechism.

**Watson, Thomas, A Body of Divinity contained in Sermons upon the Westminster Assembly’s Catechism. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth Trust, 1983 reprint. 316 pp. A Commentary on the Shorter Catechism by one of the most notable and quotable of the Puritans.

**Whitecross, John, The Shorter Catechism Illustrated from Christian Biography and History. London: Banner of Truth [1968 reprint of 1928 ed.]. 171 pp. A volume of historical incidents, conversations and useful anecdotes to illustrate the Shorter Catechism by the father–in–law of George Müller, the great man of prayer.

Whyte, Alexander, The Shorter Catechism. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1977 reprint. 213 pp.

Williamson, G. I., The Heidelberg Catechism: A Study Guide. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian and Reformed Publications, 1993. 241 pp.

141

**_______, The Shorter Catechism. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian and Reformed Publications, 1976. 2 Vols. An excellent, contemporary commentary intended for young people.

(N.A.), A Catechism for Boys and Girls. Leeds, ENG: Evangelical Press, 1998 ed. 24 pp.

143

VIII Historical Works

The minister needs a proper historical perspective to the faith and also to his faith—and such is sadly lacking in our modern, technological, future–oriented age.

There are several reasons for the study of church history, and these determine the type of books to be obtained and read: first, We need a truly biblical philosophy of history that possesses the correct biblical concept of God, time and the significance of predestination, creation and providence. Biblically, time flows from the future to the present and from the present into the past. History does not occur by chance, luck or an evolutionary process, but by the purpose and plan of God of creation who is our Heavenly Father. Upon this hangs every prophecy and every promise.

Note: There is but one philosophy of history for the Christian, and that is a philosophy derived from the Scriptures. The Bible is the very Word of the self–revealing Triune God inscripturated. It forms the ultimate basis for both a consistent Christian world–and–life view and a Biblical philosophy of history.

One must be Scriptural concerning the doctrine of God. God is absolute. The created universe is relative to him. History is the out–working of the Divine purpose in time. The universe, man, time and history must be understood in terms of the transcendent, sovereign, self–disclosing, Triune God. This means that what God created, He governs, and governs with a purpose toward a culminative end (Eph. 1:10ff; 1 Cor. 15:24–28).

Man was created in the image and likeness of God and as such bears a definite relationship and responsibility to God (Gen. 1:26–28). He is to live in submission and obedience to Divine revelation. He is to give the same meaning to everything that God has given to it, rather than attempt to superimpose his own meaning on God’s created universe.

One must hold Scripturally to the doctrine of Divine predestination. The past is not to be found in a primeval void, nor the future in a nebulous, undefined, foreboding abyss, but in the context of the eternal, transcendent, sovereign, triune

144

God, whose purpose will infallibly be fulfilled in the context of His power, wisdom and moral character. God has from eternity predetermined everything that occurs in time and history (Eph. 1:11; Acts 15:18), including the rise and fall of succeeding civilizations and all the affairs and circumstances of men (Job. 12:23; Dan. 2:21; Acts 17:26; Rom. 9:6–23). Divine predestination is the key to a proper understanding of history.

History is not cyclical as some ancient and modern thinkers suggest. The flow of time is from the future into the present, and from the present into the past. History is the progressive realization or unfolding in time of the Divine, eternal purpose.

Such a concept will necessarily make the study of Church History edifying.

Second, he needs to know the larger context of world history to properly comprehend Church History. “The Church is in the world,” and so has not and does not function in a vacuum. A standard work or two on world history provides a necessary context for Church History.

Third, he needs a general or comprehensive idea of the flow and important events of Church History. Toward this end, the student should compile his own chronology in a large notebook or on a computer and add to it as historical data is assimilated. This will enable the student to situate any given event or personality into the larger context of history.

Fourth, he needs to know the historical context of the development of any given doctrine. This is the area of Historical Theology or the History of Doctrine. Such knowledge should act as a preventative to much error and heresy. Ignorance may leave us open to doctrinal error already discussed and condemned in the past.51 We also need to profit from the controversies, councils, creeds confessions and characters of the past. Many of our modern theological statements were formulated in the early

51 Dr. Peter Connolly, a professor of theology in another

generation, used to say that the devil ran out of heresy by the third century. It is a fact that most modern heresies are but ancient ones in different dress.

145

centuries of Christianity as the result of controversy for the sake of truth.

Fifth, he needs to see in history a witness to the Scriptures and the faithfulness of God in the lives and experiences of men and women. The reading of church history should be edifying.

Sixth, as Baptists, we must be conversant in our own history, with its conviction for biblical truth, martyrs and distinctives—which has largely been written in fire and blood! The weak and compromising spirit among modern Baptists derives largely from an ignorance of Baptist history—a history that pre–dates the Protestant Reformation.

Finally the minister needs the edification of reading the past lives and the experiences of great men and women. The reading of good biographies is an excellent introduction to the study of church history. A reading of such volumes as Foxe’s Book of Martyrs, Thielman J. Van Braught’s The Martyrs’ Mirror, Jock Purves’ Fair Sunshine, John G. Paton’s Autobiography or Wylie’s History of Protestantism can transform the life, greatly edify, and put one’s personal experience into a much better perspective.

General History General world histories or national histories provide the

larger context for the study of Church History. Buis, Harry, Interdisciplinary Historical Charts. Phillipsburg,

NJ: Presbyterian and Reformed Publishing Co., 1982. 11 pp.

*Durant, Will, The Story of Civilization. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1965. 11 Vols. Durant is readable. His works contain a plethora of information.

*Grun, Bernard, The Timetables of History. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1991. 724 pp. A sourcebook in the form of a table for easy reference. Not a religious book, but valuable for information.

146

Kinder, Hermann and Hilgemann, Werner, The Anchor Atlas of World History. New York: Anchor Books, 1974. 2 Vols.

Langer, William L., Ed., An Encyclopedia of World History. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1980. 1569 pp.

*Trager, James, The People’s Chronology: A Year–by–Year Record of Human Events from Prehistory to the Present. New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1992. 1237 pp.

Dictionaries of Church History Brauer, Jerald C., The Westminster Dictionary of Church

History. Philadelphia: Westminster Press, 1971. 887 pp. Cross, F. L., The Oxford Dictionary of the Christian Church.

New York: Oxford University Press, 1957. **Douglas, J. D., Gen. Ed. The New International Dictionary

of the Christian Church. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1974. 1074 pp. Perhaps the best and most informative dictionary of Church History.

*Reid, Daniel G., et. al., Eds., Dictionary of Christianity in America. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1990. 1305 pp.

General Church History Note: General Church Histories in one volume are usually abbreviated and so usually tend to be ecumenical, lacking discernment in necessary areas. They are valuable for general issues and outlines, but more discerning works are necessary for important issues.

*Aland, Kurt, A History of Christianity. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1980. 2 Vols.

Bainton, Roland H., Christianity. New York: American Heritage, 1985. 416 pp.

*Bruce, F. F., Gen. Ed., The Advance of Christianity Through the Centuries. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1961. 7 Vols.

147

**Baker, Robert A., A Summary of Christian History. Nashville: Broadman Press, 2005. 468 pp. One of the best overviews of church history. Find the old edition, not the revised edition.

Cairns, Earle E., Christianity Through the Centuries. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1971. 511 pp.

Chadwick, Owen, Gen. Ed., The Pelican History of the Church. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1968. 6 Vols.

Downing, W. R., A Chronology of Biblical and Ecclesiastical History. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 1996. 392 pp. A chronology of church history integrated with world events and containing bibliographies of the various eras.

*Fisher, George P., History of the Christian Church. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1913. 729 pp.

*Gonzales, Justo L., The Story of Christianity. San Francisco: Harper, 1984. 3 Vols.

*Houghton, S. M., Sketches from Church History. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1991. 256 pp. An introductory volume, as the title implies, but rich in content.

Hyslop, Alexander, The Two Babylons. Neptune, NJ: Loizeaux Brothers. 1959. 330 pp. The full title is: The Two Babylons, or Papal Worship Proved to be The Worship of Nimrod and His Wife.

Jones, William, The History of the Christian Church. Gallatin, TN: Church History Research & Archives, 1983 reprint of 1826 ed. 2 Vols. A general church history written by a Baptist.

*Latourette, Kenneth Scott, A History of Christianity. New York: Harper & Brothers, 1953. 1516 pp.

*Mosheim, John Von Lawrence, Institutes of Ecclesiastical History. Glasgow: Blackie & Son, 1831. 2 Vols.

148

*Neander, Augustus, General History of the Christian Religion and Church. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin & Company, 1871. 6 Vols. Neander’s work is massive and comprehensive in content. An older work, but worth the price.

*Newman, A. H., A Manual of Church History. Valley Forge, PA: The Judson Press, 1964. 2 Vols. An abbreviated work, but no words are wasted. It may be found used.

Qualben, Lars P., A History of the Christian Church. New York: Thomas Nelson & Sons, 1968. 649 pp. A general church history by a Lutheran author.

**Schaff, Philip, History of the Christian Church. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1962. 8 Vols.. The greatest of the church histories and one of the most complete. Who could do without Schaff?

*Sheldon, Henry C., History of the Christian Church. Peabody, MA: Hendrickson Publishers, 1988. 5 Vols.

Verduin, Leonard, The Anatomy of an Hybrid: A Study in Church–State Relationships. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1976. 271 pp.

Walker, Williston W., A History of the Christian Church. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1925. 624 pp. A good one–volume history by a Congregationalist.

*Walton, Robert C., Chronological Background Charts of Church History. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1986. 94 pp. Helpful charts and summaries.

**Wylie, J. A., The History of Protestantism. Carginah, Kilkeel, Co. Down, N. Ireland: Mourne Missionary Trust, 1985. 2 Vols. Wylie was a Presbyterian and newspaper editor, a gifted writer. This work is rich and filled with information and breathes the air of its history. Great reading.

149

Early Church History Barnes, T. D., Early Christianity and the Roman Empire.

London: Variorum Reprints, 1984. misc. pp. Bartlet, James W., The Apostolic Age. New York: Charles

Scribner’s Sons, 1905. 542 pp. **Coneybeare, W. J., and Howson, J. S., The Life and Epistles

of St. Paul. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 850 pp. Already listed under commentaries. The best sourcebook for the life and ministry of the Apostle Paul.

Downing, W. R., Historiography and Early Church History to 325 AD. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2010. 366 pp. A short history of the early Christianity to the Council of Nicaea.

**Farrar, F. W., The Early Days of Christianity. London: Cassell and Company, 1909. 664 pp. Previously referred to under commentaries. Farrar was an astute historian and researcher.

**_______, The Life and Work of St. Paul. London: Cassell and Company, 1908. 781 pp. All of Farrar’s works are worthwhile.

Ferguson, Everett, Backgrounds of Early Christianity. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1993. 609 pp. A comprehensive, valuable sourcebook for background materials on the Greco–Roman world, its cultures and religions, etc.

_______, Ed., Encyclopedia of Early Christianity. New York: Garland Publishing, Inc., 1990. 983 pp.

Foakes–Jackson, F. J., The History of the Christian Church to AD. 461. New York: George H. Doran Co., 1924. 647 pp.

Frend, W. H. C., The Early Church. New York: J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1966. 288 pp. A standard work on early church history by a Romish author.

150

_______, The Rise of Christianity. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1984. 1022 pp.

*Gibbon, Edward, The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1960. 7 Vols. A old, classic work which may be useful for information.

*Gwatkin, Henry M., Early Church History to 325 AD. London: Macmillan, 1912. 2 Vols. The classic work on early church history.

Mosheim, John Von Lawrence, Commentaries on the History of Christianity in the First Three Centuries. New York: S. Converse, 1851. 2 Vols.

*Neander, Augustus, History of the Planting and Training of the Christian Church by the Apostles. London: Henry G. Bohn, 1851. 531 pp.

*Ramsay, William M., The Church in the Roman Empire before AD. 170. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1893. 494 pp. As previously mentioned, Ramsey was the retired head of Scotland Yard and a conservative Christian who gave his retirement to the study of the Scriptures and early church history. All of his works are classics.

*_______, The Cities of St. Paul. Minneapolis: James Family Publishers, reprint of 1908 ed. 452 pp.

*_______, St. Paul the Traveler and Roman Citizen. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1962. 402 pp.

Roberts, Alexander and Donaldson, James, Gen. Eds., The Ante–Nicene Fathers. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1975. 11 Vols.

Schaff, Philip, Gen. Ed., The Nicene and Post–Nicene Fathers. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1974. 28 Vols.

Streeter, B. H., The Primitive Church. New York: Macmillan, 1929. 323 pp.

151

*Whiston, William, Transl., The Complete Works of Josephus. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1967. 770 pp. Historians working through the first century rely heavily on Josephus, who lived and wrote toward end of the first century.

Medieval Church History *Bainton, Roland, The Medieval Church. Huntington, NY:

Robert E. Krieger Publishing Co., 1979. 191 pp. Baldwin, Marshall W., The Medieval Church. Ithaca, NY:

Cornell University Press, 1953. 124 pp. Dickinson, J. C., The Later Middle Ages. New York: Barnes

and Noble, 1979. 487 pp. Foakes–Jackson, F. J., An Introduction to the History of

Christianity AD. 590–1314. New York: Macmillan, 1921. *Heiko, A. Oberman, Ed., Studies in Medieval and

Reformation Thought. 1959–1993. 51 Vols. This massive work would usually be found only in seminary or university libraries.

*Lea, Henry C., A History of the Inquisition of the Middle Ages. New York: Macmillan, 1948. 3 Vols. The era of the Romish Inquisition is both interesting and important for the serious student.

Previte–Orton, C. W., The Shorter Cambridge Medieval History. Cambridge: The University Press, 1952. 2 Vols.

Runciman, Steven, A History of the Crusades. Cambridge: The University Press, 1954. 3 Vols. The history of the Crusades is more pertinent now because of the emergence and rise of modern Islam.

Von Ranke, Leopold, The History of the Popes of Rome. London: Bell & Daldy, 1870. 3 Vols. The old, classic work on the Popes of Rome.

Reformation History *Bainton, Roland H., The Reformation of the 16th Century.

Boston: Beacon Press, 1952. 278 pp.

152

*Brook, Benjamin, The Lives of the Puritans. Pittsburgh, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1994. 3 Vols. Such works make interesting and edifying reading.

Chadwick, Owen, The Reformation. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1965. 463 pp.

**D’Aubigne, J. H. Merle, History of the Reformation. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1976. 13 Vols. The premier work on the Reformation by a godly and dedicated historian.

*Downing, W. R., Lectures on Calvinism and Arminianism. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2000. 524 pp. A historical and doctrinal evaluation of the two systems and their leading figures.

Fisher, George P., The Reformation. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1888. 620 pp.

Haller, William, The Rise of Puritanism. Philadelphia: The University of Pennsylvania Press, 1984. 464 pp.

*Heiko, A. Oberman, Ed., Studies in Medieval and Reformation Thought. 1959–1993. 51 Vols.

Hetherington, William M., History of the Westminster Assembly of Divines. Still Waters Revival, 1992. 413 pp.

Hillerbrand, Hans, Gen. Ed., The Encyclopedia of the Reformation. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1996. 4 Vols. A very expensive set.

*Lewis, Peter, The Genius of Puritanism. Haywards Heath, Sussex: Carey Publications, 1975. 144 pp. An excellent volume on the Puritan in public, in the pulpit, in the pew and in private. Only the Puritans sought to work out a biblical Christian experience with all its trials and issues.

Lindsay, Thomas M., A History of the Reformation. New York: Scribner’s Sons, 1926. 2 Vols.

*McNeill, John T., The History and Character of Calvinism. New York: Oxford University Press, 1967. 470 pp.

153

A good, solid historical and doctrinal study of Calvinism Miller, Perry, and Johnson, Thomas H., Eds., The Puritans: A

Sourcebook of Their Writings. New York: Harper, 1963. 2 Vols. Miller, a premier American historian, sadly could not truly understand or appreciate the Puritans. Good for basic information only.

Mitchell, Alexander, The Westminster Assembly: Its History and Standards. Still Water Revival, 1992. 519 pp.

*Neal, Daniel, The History of the Puritans. Minneapolis: Klock and Klock, 1983 reprint of the 1837 ed. 3 Vols. Neal deals mainly with those of the Westminster Assembly of Divines.

Noll, Mark A., Ed., Confessions and Catechisms of the Reformation. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1991. 232 pp.

*Reid, W. Stanford, Ed., John Calvin: His Influence in the Western World. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1982. 415 pp. A very perceptive study on the influence of John Calvin on our western civilization. Much which is good may be traced to his influence!

**Verduin, Leonard, The Reformers and Their Stepchildren. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1964. 292 pp. A positive book about the Anabaptists by a Dutch Reformed scholar.

Warfield, Benjamin B., The Westminster Assembly and Its Work. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1981. 400 pp.

Williams, George H., The Radical Reformation. Philadelphia: The Westminster Press, 1962. 924 pp.

Modern Church History Beale, David O., In Pursuit of Purity: American

Fundamentalism Since 1850. Greenville: Unusual Publications, 1986. 457 pp.

154

Beale was a prof. at Bob Jones University. Cragg, G. R., From Puritanism to the Age of Reason: 1660–

1700. Cambridge: The University Press, 1950. Dollar, George W., A History of Fundamentalism in America.

Greenville, SC: Bob Jones University Press, 1973. 411 pp. The first real assessment of American Fundamentalism by one of its followers.

*Douglas, J. D., Gen. Ed., Twentieth–Century Dictionary of Christian Biography. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1995. 439 pp.

*Kelly, Douglas F., The Emergence of Liberty in the Modern World: The Influence of Calvin on Five Governments from the 16th Through 18th Centuries. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1992. 156 pp. Another great work which traces the influence of John Calvin on religion, government and societies.

*Latourette, Kenneth Scott, Christianity in a Revolutionary Age. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1969. 5 Vols. Many standard church histories do not deal with the past two to three centuries, including the modern missions movement. Latourette does.

Marsden, George M., Fundamentalism and American Culture. New York: Oxford University Press, 1980. 307 pp.

American Church History Ahlstrom, Sydney E., A Religious History of the American

People. New Haven: Yale University Press, 1972. 1158 pp.

Burr, Nelson R., Ed., A Critical Bibliography of Religion in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1961. 2 Vols.

*Calhoun, David B., Princeton Seminary: Faith and Learning 1812–1868. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1994. 495 pp.

155

*_______, Princeton Seminary: The Majestic Testimony 1869–1929. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1996. 560 pp. These two volumes by Calhoun trace the history of Princeton Seminary from its beginning in 1812 to its demise in the 1920s. A great, insightful history.

*Gaustad, Edwin S., A Religious History of America. San Francisco: Harper Collins, 1990. 391 pp.

*_______, Historical Atlas of Religion in America. New York: Harper and Row, 1976. 198 pp.

_______, Religious Issues in American History. New York: Harper & Row, 1968. 294 pp.

Handy, Robert T., A History of the Churches in The United States and Canada. New York: Oxford University Press, 1979. 471 pp.

Mayer, F. E., The Religious Bodies of America. St. Louis, MO: Concordia, 1956. 591 pp. A useful textbook by a Lutheran.

**Mead, Frank S., Handbook of Denominations in the United States. Nashville: Abingdon, 1980. 300 pp. A standard sourcebook, filled with statistics and vital information.

Melton, J. Gordon, Ed., The Encyclopedia of American Religions. Detroit: Gale Research Company. 2 Vols.

Noll, Mark A., Gen. Ed., Eerdman’s Handbook to Christianity in America. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1983. 507 pp.

_______, A History of Christianity in The United States and Canada. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1992. 576 pp.

**Singer, C. Gregg, A Theological Interpretation of American History. Nutley, NJ: Craig Press, 1976. 305 pp. Insightful and perceptive.

156

Smith, H. Shelton, et. al., Eds., American Christianity: An Historical Interpretation with Representative Documents. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1960. 2 Vols.

Sweet, William W., American Culture and Religion: Six Essays. New York: Cooper Square Publishers, 1972. 114 pp. Sweet was one of the premier American historians.

*_______, The Story of Religion in America. New York: Harper, 1950. 492 pp.

Pre–Reformation Evangelical History Pre–Reformation Evangelical Groups that have held to some

of the same distinctives as modern Baptists. The ancient Waldenses existed from the third century onwards. There were hundreds of thousands of evangelical Christians, apart from the Church of Rome during the Dark Ages. These were maligned, persecuted and crusades were raised against them. Each of these deserves an asterisk. *Allix, Peter, The Ecclesiastical History of the Ancient

Churches of Piedmont and of the Albigenses. Gallatin, TN: Church History Research and Archives, reprint of 1821 ed. 282 pp.

*Benedict, David, History of the Donatists. Gallatin, TN: Church History Research and Archives, reprint of 1875 ed. 212 pp.

*Broadbent, E. H., The Pilgrim Church. London: Pickering & Inglis, 1963. 421 pp.

*Faber, George Stanley, The History of the Ancient Vallenses and Albigenses. Gallatin, TN: Church Research and Archives, reprint of 1838 ed. 596 pp.

*Ford, S. H., The Origin of the Baptists. Texarkana: Baptist Sunday School Committee, 1950. 105 pp.

*Morland, Samuel, History of the Evangelical Churches of the Valleys of Piedmont. Texarkana: Bogard Press, reprint of 1658 ed. 314 pp.

157

Morland was sent by Cromwell to the Waldenses to study their state. Cromwell threatened war in Europe if the Waldenses were molested.

*Perrin, Jean Paul, History of the Ancient Christians Inhabiting the Valleys of the Alps. Gallatin, TN: Church History Research and Archives, reprint of 1847 ed. 475 pp.

*Robinson, Robert, Ecclesiastical Researches. Gallatin, TN: Church History Research & Archives, 1984 reprint of 1792 ed. 643 pp.

*Wylie, J. A., History of the Waldenses. Gallatin, TN: Church History Research and Archives, 1985 reprint. 212 pp.

Baptist History The Minister’s Library is primarily for our Baptist students

and Brethren, although we welcome all who love our Lord and hold to his grace in salvation. Almost every Baptist work listed is worthwhile. Only the few very outstanding will be noted. *Adams, John Q., Baptists the Only Thorough Religious

Reformers. Rochester: Backus Book Publishers, 1980. 179 pp. An old treatise which demonstrates that only the Baptists have been truly and thorough reformers.

Adlam, S., The First Baptist Church in America. Texarkana: Baptist Sunday School Committee, 1939. 238 pp. Adlam shows that the first Baptist church in America was in Newport, Rhode Island and the pastor was Dr. John Clarke, not the church pastored by Roger Williams.

**Armitage, Thomas, The History of the Baptists. Minneapolis: Maranatha Baptist Press, 1976. 2 Vols. A standard and well–written older Baptist history.

Backus, Isaac, A History of New England with Particular Reference to the Baptists. Newton, MA: Backus Historical Society, 1871. 2 Vols. Backus fought for the Baptists and for religious liberty. The Baptists were instrumental in obtaining the Bill of Rights in the U. S. Constitution and freedom of religion.

158

Carlile, John C., The Story of the English Baptists. London: James Clarke & Co., 1905. 320 pp.

Clark, James L., To Set Them In Order: Some Influences of the Philadelphia Baptist Association Upon Baptists of America to 1814. Springfield, MO: Particular Baptist Press, 2001. 464 pp.

Crosby, Thomas, History of the English Baptists. Lafayette, IN: Church History Research and Archives, reprint of 1738 ed. 4 Vols. Crosby is one of the earliest Baptist histories.

Cross, I. K., The Battle for Baptist History. Columbus, GA: Brentwood Christian Press, 1990. 202 pp. The final work of Cross who wrote this while dying, seeking to defend the perpetuity of Baptists against the modern detractors.

Benedict, David, Fifty Years Among the Baptists. Aberdeen, MS: The Baptist Historical Society, reprint of 1860 ed. 437 pp.

*_______, A General History of the Baptist Denomination. Gallatin, TN: The Church Research and Archives, reprints of the 1813 [2 Vols.] and 1848 eds. [1 Vol.]

Brown, John Newton, Memorials of Baptist Martyrs. Watertown, WI: Baptist Heritage Press, reprint of 1854 ed. 309 pp.

Burrage, Champlin, The Early English Dissenters. Paris, AR: The Baptist Standard–Bearer, reprint of 1912 ed. 2 Vols.

Burgess, W. J., Baptist Faith and Martyrs’ Fire. Little Rock, AR: The Baptist Publications Committee, 1964. 609 pp.

**Cathcart, William, The Baptist Encyclopedia. Philadelphia: Louis P. Everts, 1883. 1322 pp. A massive work filled with biographical and historical information on the Baptists.

_______, Baptist Patriots and the American Revolution. Grand Rapids: Guardian Press, 1876. 118 pp.

159

Baptists have always been at the forefront of the champions of liberty and have been among the most fervent patriots.

**Christian, John T., A History of the Baptists. Texarkana: Baptist Sunday School Committee, 1922. 2 Vols. The standard textbook on Baptist history. Well–written and balanced. Highly recommended.

**Cook, Richard B., The Story of the Baptists. Greenwood, SC: Attic Press, reprint of 1884 ed. 416 pp. A popular account of Baptist history with many anecdotes about Baptists and their leaders. Interesting and edifying reading.

Cramp, J. M., Baptist History. Philadelphia: American Baptist Publication Society, reprint of 1856 ed. 598 pp. A standard Baptist historical work of the 19th century.

Davis, J., History of the Welsh Baptists. Aberdeen, MS: The Baptist, reprint of 1835 ed. 204 pp.

Downing, W. R., The New Testament Church. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2003. 315 pp. A study of the New Testament Church: biblical, historical and doctrinal.

Edwards, Morgan, Materials Toward a History of the Baptists. Danielsville, GA: Heritage Papers, reprint of 1770–1792 papers. 2 Vols.

Evans, B., The Early English Baptists. Greenwood, SC: Attic Press, reprint of 1862 ed. 2 Vols.

Ford, S. H., The Origin of the Baptists. Texarkana: Baptist Sunday School Committee, 1950. 105 pp.

*Gillette, A. D., Ed., Minutes of The Philadelphia Baptist Association from AD. 1707 to AD. 1807. Otisville, MI: Baptist Book Trust, reprint of 1851 ed. 476 pp.

*Goadby, J. J., Bye–Paths in Baptist History. Watertown, WI: Baptist Heritage Publications, reprint of 1871 ed. 375 pp.

Graves, J. R., Old Landmarkism: What is It? Texarkana: Baptist Sunday School Committee, 1928. 181 pp. The sourcebook for Landmarkism among the Baptists.

160

Harris, A. D., Landmarks of the West. Kearney, NB: Morris Publishing, 2005. 105 pp. A history of the Landmark Baptists on the West coast, their work and influence.

Hassell, C. B. and Sylvester, History of the Church of God. Conley, Georgia: Old School Hymnal Co., 1973. 1021 pp. A church history written by Primitive Baptists.

Hoad, Jack, The Baptist. London: Grace Publications Trust, 1986. 355 pp.

Huckabee, Davis W., Studies on Church Truth. Columbus GA: Brentwood Christian Press, 1999. 2 vols.

Ivimey, Joseph, A History of the English Baptists. London: 1811–1830. 4 Vols.

**Jarrell, W. A., Baptist Church Perpetuity or History. Ashland, KY: Calvary Baptist Bookstore, reprint of 1894 ed. 479 pp. Jarrell’s volume is the classic on Baptist perpetuity. Scholarly, yet readable, balanced and perceptive.

Mason, Roy, The Church That Jesus Built. Clarksville, TN: Bible Baptist Church Publications, n.d. 135 pp.

Mcbeth, H. Leon, The Baptist Heritage. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1987. 850 pp.

_______, A Sourcebook for Baptist Heritage. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1990. 639 pp.

McLoughlin, William G., Soul Liberty: The Baptists’ Struggle in New England 1630–1833. Hanover: Brown University Press, 1991. 341 pp.

McCoy, Isaac, History of Baptist Indian Missions. Springfield, MO: Particular Baptist Press, reprint of 1840 ed. 672 pp. McCoy was a Baptist preacher who became the great missionary to the American Indians, championed their cause and became their advocate in Washington.

Moody, J. B., My Church. Greenwood, SC: Attic Press, 1974. 325 pp.

161

**Nelson, Paul S., Ed., The Whitsitt Controversy: Argument and Refutation. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2010. 2 Vols–in–1. The definitive work pertaining to the Whitsitt Controversy which erupted at Louisville Seminary over Baptist perpetuity and ultimately lead to Dr. Whitsitt’s resignation.

Nettles, Thomas J., By His Grace and for His Glory: A Historical, Theological and Practical Study of the Doctrines of Grace in Baptist Life. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1986. 442 pp.

Newman, A. H., History of Anti–Paedobaptism. Philadelphia: American Baptist Publication Society, 1897.

_______, A History of the Baptist Churches in The United States. Philadelphia: The American Baptist Publication Society, 1915. 545 pp.

Orchard, G. H., A Concise History of the Baptists. Texarkana: Bogard Press, 1973. 382 pp.

Overby, Edward H., A Brief History of the Baptists. Little Rock: The Challenge Press, 1974. 127 pp.

Ray, D. B., Baptist Succession. Rosemead, California: The King’s Press, 1949. 411 pp.

Ross, Bob L., Old Landmarkism and The Baptists. Pasadena, TX: Pilgrim Publications, 1979. 188 pp.

Rumberg, Rondel H., Baptists and The State. Lynchburg, VA: Baptist Society for Biblical Studies, 1984. 94 pp.

*Semple, Robert B., History of the Baptists in Virginia. Lafayette, TN: Church History Research and Archives, reprint of 1810 ed. 536 pp. A definitive work concerning the history of Baptists in Virginia, with accounts of the second “Great Awakening.”

Settlemoir, J. C., Landmarkism Under Fire. Lizton, IN. Published by the author. 2005. 218 pp. The author seeks to rectify Landmarkism from its more modern adherents and their extremes.

162

Spencer, J. H., A History of Kentucky Baptists. Lafayette, TN: Church History Research and Archives, reprint of 1886 ed. 2 Vols. Biographical sketches of Baptist preachers in Kentucky.

*Stanley, John, The Church in the Hop Garden. London: The Kingsgate Press, n.d. 261 pp. The Anabaptist Church in the Hop Garden had a continuous history in Coate, some miles from Oxford from the time of Wycliff to the early 1935. A Baptist church existing long before the 16th Century Reformation.

Thomas, Joshua, The American Baptist Heritage in Wales. Lafayette, TN: Church History Research and Archives, 1976. 197 pp.

Thompson, E. Wayne, and Cummins, David L., This Day in Baptist History. 366 Daily Devotions Drawn from the Baptist Heritage. Greenville, SC: BJU Press, 1993. 3 Vols. A very interesting, convicting and revealing work, with short articles for each day of the year. Stories of Baptist leaders, preachers, missionaries and their adventures, persecutions and evangelistic efforts. These volumes make great reading. Written by two Fundamental Baptists.

*Torbet, Robert G., A History of the Baptists. Valley Forge, PA: The Judson Press, 1965. 553 pp. A modern, standard text which denies the existence of early Baptists before the Reformation.

Underwood, A. C., A History of the English Baptists. London: The Carey Kingsgate Press, 1956. 286 pp.

Vedder, Henry C., A Short History of the Baptists. Philadelphia: American Baptist Publication Society, 1897. 327 pp.

Wardin, Albert W., Jr., Baptist Atlas. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1980. 63 pp.

Whitely, William Thomas, A Baptist Bibliography: Being a Register of the Chief Materials for Baptist History Whether in Manuscript or in Print Preserved in Great

163

Britain. London: The Kingsgate Press, 1916. 2010 reprint. 436 pp.

Williams, William R., Lectures on Baptist History. Philadelphia: American Baptist Publication Society, 1877. 360 pp.

Wilson, Walter, The History and Antiquities of the Dissenting Churches. Paris, AR: The Baptist Standard–Bearer, reprint of 1808 ed. 4 Vols.

History of Revival The study of the history of revivals ought to be a mainstay

in the study of church history. Sadly, this is not the case. This aspect of church history has been largely ignored. Yet is has been through heaven–sent revivals and spiritual awakenings that God has extended his kingdom on earth and breathed new life into his churches.

Reading about revival and the men God has raised up and the mighty acts of God in history may well bring us—and ought to bring us—to pray for revival once again!

Books on Revival Adams, James E., Decisional Regeneration. Canton, GA: Free

Grace Publications, 1983. 16 pp. *Alexander, Archibald, The Log College. London: Banner of

Truth, reprint of 1851 ed. 251 pp. *Bennett, Richard, Howell Harris and the Dawn of Revival.

Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1987. 210 pp. Howell Harris was the great Welsh preacher, who suffered much, but was mightily used of God in the 18th century revival.

*Bennett, W. W., The Great Revival in the Southern Armies. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, reprint of 1876 ed. 427 pp. A record of the great revival which occurred in the Southern armies during the War between the States.

164

*Blair, William, and Hunt, Bruce, The Korean Pentecost and the Sufferings which Followed. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1977. 162 pp. A personal account of the Korean revival among Presbyterian missionaries and native pastors in 1908. A revealing, riveting record.

Bonar, John, et. al., Revival: Its Source. Strathpine, N. Australia: Covenanter Press, reprint of 1840 ed. 140 pp.

Brown, John, What is True Revival? Strathpine, N. Australia: Covenanter Press, 1839 ed. 52 pp.

Candlish, Robert S., Cumming, Alex and Arnot, William, Revival and the Means of Grace. Strathpine, N. Australia: Covenanter Press, 1840 ed. 85 pp.

*Chantry, Walter, J., Today’s Gospel: Authentic or Synthetic. London: Banner of Truth, 1972. 93 pp. A modern critique of the modern Gospel.

Downing, W. R., Lectures on Revivals of Religion. Morgan Hill, CA: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2012. 364 pp. A series of lectures given to help promote prayer for revival.

*Edwards, Brian H., Can We Pray for Revival? Darlington, ENG: Evangelical Press, 2001. 213 pp.

*_______, Revival! A People Saturated with God. Darlington, ENG: Evangelical Press, 1990. These two volumes by Edwards are among the first which should be read on the subject of revival. Well–written and documented, filled with anecdotes and historical accounts.

*Evans, Effion, Revivals: Their Rise, Progress and Achievements. London: Evangelical Press, 1960. 28 pp. An introductory study and survey of revivals.

*_______, The Welsh Revival of 1904. London: Evangelical Press, 1974. 213 pp. The 1904 Welsh Revival spread throughout the world within two decades. It was the last world–wide revival.

Fairbairn, Patrick, et. al., Revival in Practice. Strathpine, N. Australia: Covenanter Press, 1840 ed. 144 pp.

165

*Fawcett, Arthur, The Cambuslang Revival. London: Banner of Truth, 1971. 256 pp. This revival occurred during the Great Evangelical Revival of the 18th century in Scotland.

Finney, Charles G., Lectures on Revivals of Religion. New York: Fleming H. Revell, n.d. 445 pp. This is included so the reader can see the great difference between true, heaven–sent revival and the “revivalism” of Charles Finney, which has sadly changed the idea of revival in American history.

Fish, Henry C., Handbook of Revivals. Harrisonburg, VA: Gano Books, reprint of 1874 ed. 428 pp.

Gaustad, Edwin S., The Great Awakening in New England. Gloucester, MA: Peter Smith, 1965. 173 pp.

Gewehr, Wesley M., The Great Awakening in Virginia: 1740–1790. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 1930. 292 pp.

*Gibson, William, The Year of Grace: A History of the Ulster Revival of 1859. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, reprint of 1909 ed. 256 pp.

*Gillies, John, Historical Collections of Accounts of Revival. London: Banner of Truth, 1981. 582 pp. A historical account of revivals throughout history to the 18th century.

Govan, I. R., Spirit of Revival: The Story of J. G. Govan and the Faith Mission. Edinburgh: The Faith Mission, n.d. 208 pp.

*Haslam, William, From Death Into Life. Mill Valley, CA: Earthen Vessel Publishing with Evangelical Press, Darlington, ENG. 2004 reprint. 328 pp.

William Haslam was an Anglican priest, a high churchman and opposed to conversion and a foe of personal, spiritual religion. Upon his conversion in 1851, there broke out a revival in the county of Cornwall.. A very plainly–written and lively account of this man’s pre–conversion days, his conversion and the revival which followed. This revival

166

preceded and was separate from the 1859 Evangelical Revival.

*Hayden, Eric W., Spurgeon on Revival. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1962. 144 pp. A book which sets the record straight concerning the ministry of C. H. Spurgeon, who witnessed revival continuously for 30 years.

Humphrey, Heman, Revival Sketches and Manual. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1999 reprint of 1859 ed. 396 pp. A pastor’s account. Many books were written in the mid–19th century to refute the influence of Charles Finney and the turn to “revivalism.”

Jones, J. William, Christ in the Camp. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, reprint of 1887 ed. 624 pp. A record of revivals among the southern Armies in the War between the States.

Jones, R. B., Rent Heavens: The Revival of 1904. London: Stanley Martin & Co., Ltd. 1930. 118 pp.

*Lennie, Tom, Glory in the Glen: A History of Evangelical Revivals in Scotland 1880–1940. Geanies House, Ross–Shire, Scotland: Christian Focus Publications, 2009. 511 pp.

*_______, Land of Many Revivals: Scotland’s Extraordinary Legacy of Christian Revivals over Four Centuries 1527–1857. Geanies House, Fearn, Ross–shire: Christian Focus Publications, 2015. 523 pp. The two books by Tom Lennie are revealing concerning revivals in Scotland over the centuries. First–rate reading!

*Lescelius, Robert H., The Revival Pulpit: A Biblical Theology of Revival. Asheville, NC: Revival Literature, 2015. 286 pp.

A singular work—a biblical theology of revival—tracing revival and its principles throughout Scripture and into history. The author demonstrates that God has always worked through a praying remnant.

167

Lorimer, John G. and Munro, James, Revival: Scriptural and Historical. Strathpine, N. Australia: Covenanter Press, reprint of 1840 ed. 142 pp.

Murray, Iain, The Invitation System. London: Banner of Truth, 1967. 40 pp.

_______, The Old Evangelicalism: Old Truths for a New Awakening. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 2005. 226 pp.

**_______, Revival and Revivalism. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth, 1994. 455 pp. A fine, historical book which distinguishes between true, heaven–sent revival and “revivalism.”

_______, Pentecost—Today? Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth, 1998. 226 pp.

*Orr, J. Edwin, The Event of the Century: The 1857–1858 Awakening. Wheaton: The International Awakening Press, 1989. 383 pp. Dr. Orr was the premier author on the subject of revival in the 20th century. The great “Prayer Revival” which occurred in 1857 after the Wall Street crash was awesome and spread across the entire nation.

Packer, James I., Evangelism and the Sovereignty of God. Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press. 1970. 126 pp.

*Peckham, Colin and Mary, Sounds from Heaven: The Revival on the Isle of Lewis, 1949–1952. Ross–Shire, Scotland: Christian Focus Publications, 2004. 282 pp. A first–hand account of the Revival on the Isle of Lewis. Duncan Campbell took part in this amazing work of God.

Phillips, Thomas, The Welsh Revival of 1859: Its Origin and Development. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1989 reprint. 147 pp.

Porter, Ebenezer, Letters on Revival. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth, 2002 reprint of 1858 ed. 136 pp.

*Prime, Samuel I., The Power of Prayer. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth, 1991 reprint of 1859 ed. 265 pp. A study of the great Prayer Revival of 1857–1858.

168

*Reid, William, Ed., Authentic Records of Revival. Wheaton, IL: Richard Owen Roberts Publishers, reprint of 1860 ed. 478 pp.

Reisinger, Ernest C., Today’s Evangelism: Its Message and Methods. Phillipsburg, NJ: Craig Press, 1981. 157 pp.

Roberts, Richard Owen, An Annotated Bibliography of Revival Literature. Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts Publishers, 1987. 575 pp. A sourcebook for revival literature.

Roberts, R. Philip, Continuity and Change: London Calvinistic Baptists and the Evangelical Revival 1760–1820. Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts Publishers, 1989. 282 pp.

Simon, John S., The Revival of Religion in England in the Eighteenth Century: The Thirty–Seventh Fernley Lectures. London: Charles A. Kelly, n.d. 326 pp.

**Sprague, William B., Lectures on Revivals. London: Banner of Truth, 1959 reprint of 1832 ed. 452 pp. One of the classic works on revival. Written in 1832 at the height of the second “Great Awakening.”

*Thornbury, John F., God Sent Revival. Welwyn, Herts: Evangelical Press, 1977. 238 pp. A study of Asahel Nettleton and others in contrast to Charles Finney and the “New School” during the second “Great Awakening.”

Tracy, Joseph, The Great Awakening. Boston: Tappan and Dennet, 1842. 433 pp. A book about the great revival under the preaching of Edwards, Whitefield and the Tennets and others in the 18th century.

Tyler, Bennet, New England Revivals. Wheaton, IL: Richard Owen Roberts Publishers, reprint of 1846 ed. 378 pp. A survey and description of the second “Great Awakening” in America [c. 1793–1840].

169

**Warfield, Benjamin B., Perfectionism. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1971. 464 pp. An extremely important work which thoroughly investigates the doctrinal errors of Finney and Asa Mahan and their Oberlin Perfectionism.

*Weir, John, Heaven Came Down: The 1859 Revival. Belfast: Ambassador Productions, Ltd., 1987 reprint of 1860 ed. 219 pp.

Whitefield, George, Journals. London: Banner of Truth, 1965 reprint. 595 pp.

Biographies and Revival **Beeke, Joel, and Pederson, Randall J., Meet the Puritans.

Grand Rapids: Reformation Heritage Books, 2006. 896 pp. Bell, Ernest, Mended Crockery. [Conversion of the Cage Hill

Gang]. London: Pickering & Inglis, 1931. 96 pp. The story of the conversion of the Cage Hill Gang, including Peter Connolly.

*Bonar, Andrew, Diary and Life. London: Banner of Truth, 1960. 535 pp.

**Dallimore, Arnold, George Whitefield. London: Banner of Truth, 1970–1980. 2 Vols. One of the two definitive works on the life and ministry of George Whitefield.

Evans, Effion, Daniel Rowlands. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1985. 391 pp.

*Haldane, Alexander, Memoirs of the Lives of Robert Haldane of Airthrey and His Brother James Alexander Haldane. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1852 ed. 676 pp.

Houghton, S. M., Ed., Five Pioneer Missionaries. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 345 pp.

**Johnston, E. A., George Whitefield: A Definitive Biography. Stoke–on–Trent, ENG: Tentmaker Publications, 2008. 2 Vols.

170

The latest and most detailed life of George Whitefield—a must read for anyone who longs for God’s blessing!

Matthewman, Phyllis, William Chalmers Burns. London: Oliphant, 1954. 96 pp.

*McMullen, Michael, God’s Polished Arrow: William Chalmers Burns, Revival Preacher. Fearn, Ross–Shire, Great Britain: Christian Focus Publications, 2000. 352 pp. Burns took the pulpit of Robert Murray M’Cheyne when the latter went to Palestine. Revival came and spread across Scotland.

Mitchell, George, Revival Man: The Jock Troup Story. Ross–Shire, Scotland: Christian Focus Publications, 2002. 219 pp. Jock Troup and Peter Connolly were co–evangelists during the Fisher Folk revival in Northern England and Scotland in 1921—

*Moody–Stuart, K., Brownlow North: His Life and Work. London: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1904 popular ed. 221 pp. Brownlow North was a notorious, wealthy profligate whom God saved at age 44 and he became the great evangelist of the 1859 revival in Britain.

*Murray, Iain, The Forgotten Spurgeon. London: Banner of Truth, 1966. 223 pp. Murray reveals Spurgeon’s Calvinism, which modern authors have either hidden, neglected or deleted from his writings.

_______, Jonathan Edwards: A New Biography. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1987. 503 pp.

**Paton, John G., John G. Paton: Missionary to the New Hebrides. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1890. 2 Vols. The biography of John G. Paton is perhaps the greatest missionary biography ever written—second to the Apostle Paul. It reads stranger than fiction as Paton labored among the South Sea cannibals. Exciting and edifying reading!

Ryle, John Charles, Christian Leaders of the 18th Century. Edinburgh: reprint of 1885 ed. 432 pp.

171

The life histories of several of the great preachers of the Great Evangelical Revival in Britain who were converted after they had entered the ministry and became fiery evangelists and were mightily used of God

*Smith, J. A., Sinclair Thomson The Shetland Apostle. Lerwick: The Shetland Times, 1869 reprint. 88 pp. The conversion, life and ministry of a Baptist preacher in the Shetland Islands who exercised an unusual ministry..

**Spurgeon, Charles Haddon, Autobiography. London: Banner of Truth, 1967. 2 Vols. Edifying and encouraging reading for any and every pastor! Meet Spurgeon for yourself in these pages.

Stewart, James A., Our Beloved Jock: Revival Days in Scotland and England. Asheville, NC: Revival Literature, 1964. 32 pp.

Book Sections on Revival *Buchanan, James, “Revivals,” The Office and Work of the

Holy Spirit. London: Banner of Truth, 1966 reprint. pp. 220–236. It is interesting and disturbing that through the early 19th century volumes on the Doctrine of the Holy Spirit always contained a large section on the subject of revival, but not now.

*Christian, John T., A History of the Baptists. Texarkana: Baptist Sunday School Committee, 1922. Vol. II, pp. 167–182.

*Edwards, Jonathan, “A Treatise Concerning Religious Affections,” Works, Vol. I, Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1834 ed. pp. 234–343.

*_______, “The Distinguishing Marks of a Work of the Spirit of God,” Works, Vol. II, Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1834 ed. pp. 269–277.

*_______, “An Humble Attempt to Promote Explicit Agreement and Visible Union of God’s People in Extraordinary Prayer for the Revival of Religion and the Advancement of Christ’s Kingdom on Earth,” Works, Vol.

172

II, Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1834 ed. pp. 278–312.

*_______, “Narrative of Surprising Conversions,” Works, Vol. I, Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1834 ed. pp. 344–364.

*_______, “Thoughts on the Revival of Religion in New England,” Works, Vol. I, Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1834 ed. pp. 365–430.

Lloyd–Jones, D. Martyn, The Puritans: The Origins and Successors. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1987. 421 pp. Note the following sections: “Revival: An Historical and Theological Survey,” pp. 1–23.“Howell Harris and Revival,” pp. 282–302.“Jonathan Edwards and the Crucial Importance of Revival,” pp. 348–371.

**Packer, James I., “Jonathan Edwards and Revival,” A Quest for Godliness: The Puritan Vision of the Christian Life. Wheaton: Crossway Books, 1990. pp. 309–327. Very well–written and perceptive of Edwards’ theology of revival!

Semple, Robert Baylor, History of the Baptists in Virginia. Lafayette, TN: Church History Research and Archives, 1976 reprint of 1894 ed. 536 pp. Semple details the many revivals of the second “Great Awakening” in Virginia and the means the Baptists used in promoting them by prayer.

*Smeaton, George, The Doctrine of the Holy Spirit. London: Banner of Truth, 1961 reprint. “The Work of the Holy Spirit in the Church,” pp. 249–255; “Historical Survey of the Doctrine of the Holy Spirit from the Apostolic Age,” pp. 327, 339–348.

Turnbull, Ralph G., Ed., Baker’s Dictionary of Practical Theology. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1961. pp. 148–164.

173

Articles on Revival Dod, Albert B., “The Origin of the Call for Decisions,” Banner

of Truth Magazine, December, 1963 Issue 32. Murray, Iain, “The Necessary Ingredients of a Biblical

Revival,” Banner of Truth Magazine, January–February, 1979 Issues 184–185.

Tyler, Clive, “Finney and the Disappearance of Revival,” The Way Ahead. Haywards Heath, Sussex: Carey Publications, 1975. pp. 56–68.

Sermons and Revival Burns, William Chalmers, Revival Sermons. Edinburgh:

Banner of Truth, reprint of 1869 ed. 205 pp. Davies, Samuel, Sermons of the Rev. Samuel Davies. Pittsburg,

PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1993 reprint. 3 Vols. Dickinson, Austin, Ed., The National Preacher: or Original

Monthly Sermons from Living Ministers. Birmingham, AL: Solid Ground Christian Books, 2004 reprint of 1828 edition.

**Edwards, Jonathan, “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God,” Works, Vol. II, Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1834 ed. pp. 7–12.

Lloyd–Jones, D. Martyn, Revival. Westchester, IL: Crossway Books, 1987. 316 pp.

North, Brownlow, The Rich Man and Lazarus. London: Banner of Truth, 1968 reprint. 125 pp.

Payson, Edward, The Complete Works of Edward Payson. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1987 reprint of the 1846 ed. 3 Vols.

Whitefield, George, Select Sermons. London: Banner of Truth, 1964 reprint. 199 pp.

175

IX Philosophical Works

Why study philosophy? Why study philosophy? The Apostle Paul, as a Jewish Rabbi

before his conversion, had to be well–studied in the pagan philosophies of his day. He was the one Apostle who was ordained by God to stand before the philosophical council at Athens (Acts 17:18, 22–34).

The gospel minister also has valid reasons: first, he is at once beset by the influence of philosophy on theology. He is confronted with a host of philosophers, and the formative influence their teachings and writings have had upon theology. He also finds that theology and philosophy have kindred interests and vocabularies.

Second, he further learns that he must have some background in philosophy to adequately comprehend the historical development of theology—and that much in theology has derived from philosophy.

Third, man was created in the image and likeness of God as a rational, self–determining being who, living in God’s created and ordered universe, must learn to think rationally and consistently. Philosophy provides the equipment for rational, logical or non–contradictory and consistent thought. Philosophy is a bad master, but it may be a good servant!

Fourth, the modern tendency to truncate Christianity rather than rightly view it as a comprehensive world–and–life view, is a result of a misplaced emphasis on only some selective aspects of Christianity. Christian Theism philosophically becomes an inclusive, biblical world–and–life view which both permeates and balances one’s faith.

Fifth, the study of various philosophical systems is valuable to ensure that the student’s own faith and Christian philosophy are not infected with the intrusion of ideas foreign to the nature of biblical Christianity.

176

Finally, the study of various philosophical systems enables the student to assess their presuppositions and confront them from their own presuppositions in his defense of the faith.

Christian Philosophical Works *Brown, Colin, Christianity and Western Thought. Downer’s

Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1990. 2 Vols. _______, Philosophy and the Christian Faith. Downer’s

Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1968. 320 pp. Carnell, Edward J., A Philosophy of the Christian Religion.


Clark, Gordon H., Ancient Philosophy. Unicoi, TN: The Trinity Foundation, 1997. 495 pp.

*_______, An Introduction to Christian Philosophy. Jefferson, MD: The Trinity Foundation, 1993. 152 pp.

_______, The Philosophy of Science and Belief in God. Jefferson, MD: The Trinity Foundation, 1986. 140 pp.

*_______, Religion, Reason and Revelation. Jefferson, Maryland: The Trinity Foundation, 1986. 264 pp.

*_______, Thales to Dewey. Jefferson, Maryland: The Trinity Foundation, 1985. 561 pp.

*_______, Three Types of Religious Philosophy. Nutley, NJ: The Craig Press, 1973. 126 pp.

*Copleston, Frederick, S.J., A History of Philosophy. The Newman Bookshop, 1946–1974. 9 Vols. For the serious student. The author was a Jesuit, but this set is loaded with information.

Dabney, Robert L., Discussions: Philosophical and Secular. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1992. 2 Vols. Dabney was both a philosopher and theologian—and chief of staff for General Stonewall Jackson. In his later life he was blind but still taught philosophy. His thinking was very perceptive, as can be noted in the following work.

177

*_______, The Practical Philosophy. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1984. 530 pp.

Davies, Brian, An Introduction to the Philosophy of Religion. Oxford: Opus, 1993. 260 pp.

*Geisler, Norman L., and Feinberg, Paul D., Introduction to Philosophy: A Christian Perspective. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1991. 447 pp.

*Hasker, William, Metaphysics: Constructing a World View. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1983. 132 pp. We must consider Christianity as a distinct World–and–Life View which derives from the Scriptures. Failure to do so results in a truncated religion which is compartmentalized and increasingly irrelevant.

Heldenbrand, Richard L., Christianity and the New Evangelical Philosophies. Warsaw, IN: Words of Life, 1993. 270 pp.

Hunnex, Milton D., Chronological and Thematic Charts of Philosophers and Philosophies. Grand Rapids: Academie Books, 1986. 56 pp.

*Lee, Francis Nigel, A Christian Introduction to the Study of Philosophy. Nutley, NJ: The Craig Press, 1969. 249 pp.

Nash, Ronald H., Faith and Reason. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1988. 295 pp.

Rushdoony, Rousas J., The Flight from Humanity. Fairfax, VA: Thoburn Press, 1978. 67 pp.

_______, The Foundations of Social Order. Fairfax, VA: Thoburn Press, 1978. 233 pp.

_______, Intellectual Schizophrenia. Philadelphia: Presby–terian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1971. 133 pp.

______, The One and the Many. Philadelphia: The Craig Press, 1971. 388 pp.

*Schaeffer, Francis A., The Complete Works of Francis A. Schaeffer. Westchester, IL: Crossway Books, 1982. 5 vols.

178

Of all the modern Reformed philosophers, Dr. Schaeffer sought to bring his philosophy down to the practical level of the college student and common person. Readable and understandable, but should be read along with Reymond, Clark and Rushdoony.

Spier, J. M., An Introduction to Christian Philosophy. Nutley, NJ: The Craig Press, 1976. 269 pp.

Philosophical Theology Allen Diogenes, Philosophy for Understanding Theology.

Atlanta: John Knox Press, 1985. 287 pp. Evans, C. Stephen, Philosophy of Religion. Downer’s Grove,

IL: InterVarsity Press, 1982. 191 pp. C. Stephen Evans is the Editor of the series Contours in Christian Philosophy (currently in seven paperback volumes, published by InterVarsity Press), an attempt to (1) present philosophical thought from a decidedly Christian perspective, and (2) bring philosophical thought down to the level of the Christian reader. Other authors in this series are William Hasker, Paul Helm, Arthur F. Holmes, Thomas V. Morris, Michael L. Peterson, Del Ratzsch and David L. Wolfe, all listed in this general section.

Helm, Paul, The Providence of God. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1994. 246 pp.

Morris, Thomas V., Our Idea of God: An Introduction to Philosophical Theology. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1991. 192 pp.

Ratzsch, Del, Philosophy of Science: The Natural Sciences in Christian Perspective. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1986. 165 pp.

Swineburne, Richard, The Christian God. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1994. 261 pp.

_______, The Coherence of Theism. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1993. 312 pp.

_______, The Existence of God. Oxford: The Clarendon Press, 1992. 327 pp.

179

Christian Ethics Bahnsen, Greg L., Theonomy in Christian Ethics. Nutley, NJ:

Craig Press, 1977. 619 pp. Clark, Gordon H., Essays on Ethics and Politics. Jefferson,

MD: The Trinity Foundation, 1992. 221 pp. Davis, John J., Evangelical Ethics. Phillipsburg, PA:

Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1985. 299 pp.

Eavey, C. B., Principles of Christian Ethics. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1958. 283 pp.

Henry, Carl F. H., Ed., Baker’s Dictionary of Christian Ethics. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1973. 726 pp.

Holmes, Arthur F., Ethics: Approaching Moral Decisions. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1984. 132 pp.

**Murray, John, Principles of Conduct: Aspects of Biblical Ethics. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1991. 272 pp. An excellent volume and written from a Reformed standpoint.

MacIntyre, Alasdair, A Short History of Ethics. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1966. 280 pp.

Rushdoony, Rousas J., Politics of Guilt and Pity. Nutley, NJ: The Craig Press, 1970. 371 pp.

_______, The Politics of Pornography. New Rochelle, NY: Arlington House Publishers, 1974. 163 pp.

Epistemology Epistemology derives from the Gk. epistemai, a technical

term for certain knowledge. The term occurs 15 times in the New Testament. It is the science of truth and truth claims, and so is of importance to the Christian who must challenge the epistemological presuppositions of the unconverted. Audi, Robert, Belief, Justification and Knowledge. Belmont,

CA: Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1988. 172 pp.

180

Downing, W. R., The Bible and the Problem of Knowledge. Morgan Hill: P.I.R.S. Publications, 2006. 148 pp.

North, Gary, Ed., “Epistemological Criticism,” Foundations of Christian Scholarship. Vallecito, CA: Ross House Books, 1976. pp. 3–38.

**Reymond, Robert L., The Justification of Knowledge. Nutley, NJ: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1976. 168 pp. A classic work, readable, informative and educational.

*Rushdoony, Rousas J., The Word of Flux. Fairfax, VA: The Thoburn Press, 1975. 110 pp. Rushdoony contrasts the word of man, “flux,” with the infallible Word of God.

Van Til, Cornelius, In Defense of the Faith II: A Survey of Christian Epistemology. San Diego, CA: The den Dulk Foundation, 1969. 228 pp.

Wolfe, David, Epistemology: The Justification of Belief. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1982. 92 pp.

Logic It is important that our thinking and reasoning be self–

consistent and coherent, i.e., non–contradictory. Clark, Gordon H., Logic. Jefferson, Maryland: The Trinity

Foundation, 1988. 148 pp. Copi, Irving M., Introduction to Logic. New York: Macmillan

Publishing Company, 1982. 604 pp. A World–and–Life View

As each and every “fact” is necessarily interpreted by one’s presuppositions, it is absolutely imperative that the student be firmly grounded in the presuppositionalism of Christian Theism. *Byl, John, The Divine Challenge on Matter, Mind, Math and

Meaning. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 2004. 317 pp.

181

*_______, God and Cosmos: A Christian View of Time, Space and the Universe. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 2001. 243 pp.

*Clark, Gordon H., A Christian View of Men and Things. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1981, 325 pp. A very general, basic, readable work on epistemology by a Reformed thinker.

Crampton, Gary and Bacon, Richard, Christian Philosophy Made Easy: The Basics for Developing a Christian Worldview. Draper, VA: The Apologetics Group, 2010. 106 pp.

Hasker, William, Metaphysics: Constructing a World View. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1983. 132 pp.

Heslam, Peter S., Creating a Christian World–View: Abraham Kuyper’s Lectures on Calvinism. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1998. 300 pp.

**Hoffecker, W. Andrew, Ed., Building a Christian World View. Phillipsburg, NJ: Presbyterian and Reformed Publishing Company, 1988. 2 Vols. A practical, readable work which takes the reader step–by–step.

*Kuyper, Abraham, Lectures on Calvinism. Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1994. 199 pp. Kuyper was a great thinker and theologian. He was a university professor, edited two daily national newspapers and was the Prime Minister of the Netherlands—and was a notable theologian. In his lectures, he presented Calvinism as a consistent world–view.

**Noebel, David A., Understanding the Times: The Religious Worldviews of Our Day and the Search for Truth. Eugene, OR: Harvest House Publishers, 1995. 891 pp. A large volume intended for high school students. Very readable and very informative.

Orr, James, The Christian View of God and the World. Edinburgh: Andrew Elliot, 1893. 541 pp.

183

X Practical Works

The minister must be balanced in his reading and studies. Preaching is not lecturing, but truth passionately proclaimed through a personality taken up with Divine truth, a Divine unction and the urgency and practicality of the gospel. The linguistic, doctrinal and historical must be seasoned and balanced with the practical. A full head must be accompanied by a full heart!

Books on such subjects as building Sunday Schools or increasing church attendance, various programs or innovative approaches to worship, church administration, etc., are omitted. These may be purchased at any Christian bookstore. Most, however, are pragmatic and based on unscriptural principles and tactics.

Devotional Books The minister must see to his own heart and Christian

experience. Spiritual neglect may prove fatal to the Gospel ministry. There is a plethora of devotional material available. The following have proven themselves to be encouraging, convicting and geared to personal sanctification: **Bennett, Arthur, Ed., The Valley of Vision. Edinburgh: The

Banner of Truth Trust, 1975. 405 pp. This is a collection of Puritan

**Rushing, Richard, Ed., Voices from the Past. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth Trust, 2009, 2016. 2 Vols.

**Winslow, Octavius, Joel Beeke, Ed., Morning Thoughts. Grand Rapids: Reformed Heritage Books, 2003. 550 pp.

**Spurgeon, Charles Haddon, Morning and Evening. MA: Hendriksen Publishers, 2001 reprint. 762 pp.

Martyrology **Foxe, John, (William B. Forbush, Ed.), Foxe’s Book of

Martyrs. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, 1974. 370 pp.

184

Foxe’s classic work is a condensed version of the larger Acts and Monuments of the Martyrs in several volumes.

*Howie, John, Lives of the Scottish Covenanters. Wilmington, DE: Cross Publishing, reprint of 1858 ed. 2 Vols. The old, classical treatment of the Scottish Covenanters, many of whom gave their lives for religious freedom from the English Anglican State Church.

*Purves, Jock, Fair Sunshine. London: Banner of Truth, 1968. 206 pp. A readable account of some of the great “Scots Worthies” who were martyred by the English because they asserted “the crown rights of Jesus Christ over His Kirk,” and not the King of England as head of the Church.

*Smellie, Alexander, Men of The Covenant. London: Banner of Truth, 1975. 535 pp. Another classic volume on the Scottish Covenanters.

*Van Braught, Thieleman J., The Bloody Theater or Martyrs’ Mirror. Scottdale, PA: The Herald Press, 5th English Ed., 1950. 1157 pp. The classic work on Christian martyrdom and a sourcebook for Fox. Read with tears of our forefathers who died for the faith from the earliest centuries to the time of the Reformation and beyond. The stories are awesome.

Biographies There are innumerable biographies. Only a sampling of

several outstanding personal, ministerial and missionary biographies is listed below. Some are listed under the Biographies on Revival. Only a few can be noted. *Alexander, James W., The Life of Archibald Alexander.

Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, reprint of 1854 ed. 700 pp.

**Anderson, Courtney, To the Golden Shore: The Life of Adoniram Judson. Valley Forge, PA: Judson Press, 1987 reprint. 530 pp. The life of Adoniram Judson reads stranger than fiction. The first pioneer American missionary to Burma.

185

*Bainton, Roland H., Here I Stand: A Life of Martin Luther. New York: Mentor Books, 1963. 336 pp.

*Bentley–Taylor, David, My Love Must Wait: The Story of Henry Martyn. Downer’s Grove, IL: InterVarsity Press, 1975. 160 pp. The life of Henry Martyn was both glorious and tragic. Read the life of a man wholly given up to God.

Bevan, Frances, The Life of William Farel. Oak Park, IL: Bible Truth Publishers, 1975. 406 pp. Farel was a fearless evangelist who was called “Fiery Farel” in history at the time of the Reformation. He had a determinative influence on John Calvin.

Beza, Theodore, The Life of John Calvin. Milwaukie, OR: Back Home Industries, 1996. 149 pp.

*Blaikie, William G., The Personal Life of David Livingstone. London: John Murray, 1913. 412 pp. The life of the most famous African missionary and explorer.

*Bonar, Andrew, Andrew Bonar: Diary and Life. London: Banner of Truth, 1960. 535 pp. The personal diary of Andrew Bonar has been called “the greatest treatise on private prayer we possess.”

*_______, The Life and Letters of Asahel Nettleton. London: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1854 ed. 454 pp.

*_______, The Memoir and Remains of Robert M. M’cheyne. London: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1892 ed. 654 pp. Robert Murray M’Cheyne prayed, “ O God! Let me be as holy as a saved sinner can be!” His short life is a testimony to the answer to that prayer.

Broadus, John A., Memoirs of J. P. Boyce. Louisville, MS: Mounts Publications, reprint of 1893 ed. 371 pp.

Carey, S. Pearce, William Carey. London: Wakeman Trust, 1993. 413 pp. A definitive biography written by William Carey’s great–grandson.

186

Cook, Faith, Samuel Rutherford and His Friends. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1993. 157 pp.

Cowper, William, Letters of William Cowper with a Sketch of His Life. London: The Religious Tract Society, n.d. 416 pp.

*Dabney, Robert Lewis, The Life of General Stonewall Jackson. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, reprint of 1865 ed. 742 pp.

Dallimore, Arnold, Forerunner of the Charismatic Movement: The Life of Edward Irving. Chicago: Moody Press, 1983. 200 pp.

*D’Aubigne, J. H. Merle, Cromwell the Protector: A Vindication. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, reprint of 1847 ed. 281 pp.

*_______, The Life and Times of Martin Luther. Chicago: Moody Press, 1980. 559 pp.

Dodds, Elizabeth D., Marriage to a Difficult Man. Philadelphia: Westminster Press, 1976. 224 pp. The life of Sarah Edwards, wife of Jonathan Edwards. Insightful.

*Edwards, Brian H., God’s Outlaw: The Story of William Tyndale and The English Bible. Welwyn, Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press, 1988. 185 pp.

*Edwards, Jonathan, “The Life and Diary of the Rev. David Brainerd,” The Works of Jonathan Edwards. London: Banner of Truth, 1974. II, pp. 313–458. The classic work on David Brainerd, who died in Edwards’ home. This diary is very insightful concerning religious experience and prayer.

*Haldane, Alexander, Memoirs of the Lives of Robert Haldane of Airthrey and His Brother James Alexander Haldane. London: Hamilton Adams and Company, 1852. 676 pp.

Hovey, Alvah, A Memoir of the Life and Times of the Rev. Isaac Backus. Harrisonburg, VA: Gano Books, reprint of 1858 ed. 369 pp.

187

(No Author), The Life and Times of Selina Countess of Huntington. London: William Edward Painter, Strand, 1841. 2 Vols. Selina, Countess of Huntington, was greatly influential in helping Whitefield gain support for his ministry and orphanage, and in gaining a hearing before the nobility of England.

*Mackenzie, Robert, John Brown of Haddington. London: Banner of Truth, 1964. 320 pp. John Brown was self–taught and charged with demon possession because he learned Greek without a tutor or a textbook. He became one of the great theologians and mentors of the Scottish Session Church. Very encouraging reading.

Matthewman, Phyllis, William Chalmers Burns. London: Oliphant, 1954. 96 pp.

McCrie, Thomas, The Life of John Knox. Glasgow: Free Presbyterian Publications, 1976. 294 pp.

Moody–Stuart, K., Brownlow North: His Life and Work. London: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1904 ed. 221 pp.

*Murray, Iain, D. Martyn Lloyd–Jones. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1982–1990, 2 Vols.

*_______, The Life of Arthur W. Pink. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 2004 [new & enlarged ed.]. 350 pp.

Nettles, Thomas J., James Perigru Boyce: A Southern Baptist Statesman. Phillipsburg, PA: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing, 2009. 616 pp. A biography of J. P. Boyce, the founder and first Prof. of Theology at the Southern Baptist Seminary.

*Newton, John, Out of the Depths. Grand Rapids: Kregel, 1990. 157 pp. The life of the slave trader who himself became a slave, was rescued, converted and became both a preacher, a hymn writer, and helped put an end to the slave traffic in the British Empire.

188

**Pierson, A. T., George Müller of Bristol. New York: The Baker and Taylor Co., 1899. 462 pp. A great and encouraging book concerning the man of prayer. This should be in every Christian’s library.

Piggin, Stuart, and Roxborough, John, The St. Andrews Seven. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1985. 130 pp.

Ridley, Jasper, John Knox. New York: Oxford University Press, 1968.

Rippon, John, The Life and Writings of the Rev. John Gill, D.D. Harrisonburg, VA: Gano Books, reprint of 1838 ed. 157 pp.

Robertson, A. T., The Life and Letters of John Albert Broadus. Harrisonburg, VA: Gano Books, reprint of 1901 ed. 462 pp.

*Sargent, John, A Memoir of Rev. Henry Martyn. New York: American Tract Society, n.d. 442 pp.

Stickleberger, Emanuel, (D. G. Gelzer, Transl.), John Calvin. Cambridge: James Clarke and Company, 1977. 174 pp.

**Taylor, Howard, Hudson Taylor. Littleton, CO: OMF. 2000. 2 Vols. These two volumes give a detailed description of the life, ministry and beliefs of the founder of the China Inland Mission.

*Thornbury, John, et. al., Five Pioneer Missionaries. London: Banner of Truth, 345 pp. Five short biographies. Readable and perceptive of these men, their lives and influence.

Toplady, Augustus, Memoirs. London: W. Row, 1813. 319 pp. *Warburton, John, The Mercies of a Covenant God. Swengel,

PA: Reiner Publications, 1974. 285 pp. An autobiography of John Warburton. An exposition of Christian experience and struggles.

Wayland, Francis and Wayland, H. L., A Memoir of The Life and Labors of Francis Wayland. New York: Sheldon and Company, 1867. 2 Vols.

189

**Wilkins, J. Steven, Call of Duty: The Sterling Nobility of Robert E. Lee. Nashville: Cumberland House Publishing, 1997. 321 pp. Both Gen. Robert E. Lee and Gen. Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson were fervent Christians and great men.

*Wood, Douglas C., Such a Candle: The Story of Hugh Latimer. Hertfordshire: Evangelical Press, 1980. 175 pp. Hugh Latimer was a Romish priest who was converted in the confessional listening to Thomas Bilney’s confession of being Reformed. He became the great leader of the Protestant Reformation in England.

Wright, Thomas, Joseph Hart. London: Farncombe & Son, 1910. 116 pp.

_______, The Life of Isaac Watts. London: Farcombe & Sons, 1914. 280 pp.

Christian Experience *Alexander, Archibald, Thoughts on Religious Experience.

London: The Banner of Truth, 1967. 338 pp. Alexander was converted during the second “Great Awakening,” and was the founder and first prof. of theology at Princeton Seminary.

Baxter, Richard, A Christian Directory. Ligionier, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1990. Vols. I–III.

Hooker, Thomas, The Poor, Doubting Christian Drawn to Christ. Worthington, PA: Maranatha Publications, n.d. 165 pp.

*Hulse, Erroll, The Believer’s Experience. Haywards Heath, Sussex: Carey Publications, 1977. 176 pp. A very readable and informative, contemporary treatment.

Marsh, F. E., Fully Furnished: The Christian Worker’s Equipment. Grand Rapids: Kregel Publications, 1969. 390 pp.

Palmer, B. M., The Threefold Assurance. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1990. 144 pp.

190

_______, The Threefold Fellowship, Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1990. 93 pp.

*Pink, Arthur W., Practical Christianity. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1975. 224 pp.

_______, Spiritual Union and Communion. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1971. 160 pp.

Piper, John, A Hunger for God. Wheaton, IL: Crossway Books, 1997. 239 pp.

Ryle, J. C., Home Truths. Keyser, W.Va.: Odom Publications, n.d. 2 Vols. The practical writings of Ryle are always edifying and positive.

**_______, Practical Religion. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1977. 495 pp. Pastoral and practical.

_______, The True Christian. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1978. 311 pp.

*Spring, Gardiner, The Distinguishing Traits of Christian Character. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed Publications, 1974. 80 pp. A classic work by an outstanding minister and author.

Watson, Thomas, and Lee, Samuel, The Bible and the Closet. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1992. 256 pp.

*Watson, Thomas, Heaven Taken by Storm. Pittsburgh, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1992. 129 pp.

Webb, Robert Alexander, Christian Salvation: Its Doctrine and Experience. Harrison–burg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1985. 437 pp.

Prayer **Bonar, Andrew, Diary and Life. London: Banner of Truth,

1960, 535 pp. Bonar’s Diary has previously been mentioned.

**M’Intyre, D. M., The Hidden Life of Prayer. Minneapolis: Bethany Fellowship, 1964, 94 pp.

191

A general, practical and simple treatise on prayer. ______, The Prayer Life of Our Lord. London: Marshall,

Morgan & Scott, n.d., 147 pp. *Müller, George, Answers to Prayer. Chicago: Moody Press,

2007. 140 pp. Stories taken from the diary and others sources of Mr. Müller’s answers to prayer.

Palmer, B. M., Theology of Prayer. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1990. 352 pp.

**Phelps, Austin, The Still Hour. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, 1974. 91 pp.

*Watson, Thomas, The Lord’s Prayer. London: Banner of Truth, 1965. 332 pp. One of the volumes of Watson’s famous trilogy.

Whyte, Alexander, Lord Teach Us to Pray. London: Hodder & Stoughton, n.d. 292 pp.

Printed Sermons and Practical Works The sermons of C. H. Spurgeon and the Puritans are of the

highest order, and are listed below: Adams, Thomas, The Works of Thomas Adams. Eureka, CA:

Tanski Publications, 1998. 3 Vols. Bridge, William, The Works of the Reverend William Bridge.

Beaver Falls, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, reprint of 1845 ed. 5 Vols.

*Cummings, Asa, Compiler, The Complete Works of Edward Payson. Harrisonburg, VA: Sprinkle Publications, 1987. 3 Vols. Payson was a practical pastoral and spiritual writer at the end of the first Great Awakening.

*Davies, Samuel, Sermons of the Rev. Samuel Davies. Pittsburgh, PA: Soli Deo Gloria Publications, 1993. 3 Vols. “The most eloquent preacher the American continent has produced.” D. M. Lloyd–Jones.

192

*Edwards, Jonathan, The Works of Jonathan Edwards. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth, 1974. 2 Vols. Edwards was one of the greatest minds America has ever produced. His writings are well–worth perusing.

Flavel, John, The Works of John Flavel. London: Banner of Truth, 1968. 6 Vols. The writings, letters and sermons of a great and fervent Puritan.

*Gaebelein, Frank E., Ed., The Letters of Samuel Rutherford. Chicago: Moody Press, 1980. 480 pp. A classic volume. Letters from a Scottish Preacher who was exiled for the truth and communicated truth and exhortations through his correspondence.

*Goodwin, Thomas, The Works of Thomas Goodwin. Eureka, CA: Tanski Publications. Reprint of 1861 ed. 12 Vols. One of the great Puritan sets of practical theology and sermons and scriptural expositions.

Grossart, Alexander B., Ed., The Works of Richard Sibbes. Edinburgh: The Banner of Truth, 1976. 7 Vols. Sibbes was called “The Heavenly Sibbes” for his writings.

_______, The Works of Thomas Brooks. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1861 ed. 6 Vols. A practical Puritan author.

*Manton, Thomas, The Works of Thomas Manton. Vestavia Hills, AL: S.G.C.B. 22 Vols. One of the massive Puritan writings by one of the greatest of the Puritans.

*M’Millan, Samuel, The Complete Works of Thomas Boston. Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts Publishers, 1980. 12 Vols. Boston is well worth reading on any of the subjects he considers.

*Newton, John, The Works of John Newton. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1824 ed. 6 Vols. Newton, the author of Amazing Grace,” and a converted ex–slaver and Anglican preacher, corresponded with many and

193

his letters are often theological treatises which reveal a very astute and perceptive mind and grasp of Scripture.

*Nichols, James, Ed., Puritan Sermons 1659–1689: Being the Morning Exercise at Cripplegate. Wheaton: Richard Owen Roberts, 1981. 6 Vols. The cream of Puritan preaching. People would assembly early in the morning at Cripplegate and the Puritans would preach.

**Spurgeon, C. H., The Metropolitan Tabernacle Pulpit. Pasadena, TX: Pilgrim Publications, 1969—. 60 Vols. A treasure trove of the best in preaching. Spurgeon possessed an unction which lives even in his writings.

**_______, The New Park Street Pulpit. Pasadena, TX: Pilgrim Publications, 1975. 6 Vols.

Traill, Robert, The Works of Robert Traill. Edinburgh: Banner of Truth, reprint of 1810 ed. 4 Vols.

Sermon Outlines and Illustrations Almost all of these works have previously been

commented on under Commentaries. They are included here for their worth as sermonic material. *Exell, Joseph S., The Biblical Illustrator. Grand Rapids:

Baker Book House, 1963. 57 Vols. *Hall, Joseph, Contemplations on the Historical Passages of

the Old and New Testaments. Otisville, MI: Baptist Book Trust, 1976. 602 pp.

Lee, Robert, Handfuls on Purpose. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1969. 13 Vols. Practical sermon notes, outlines and illustrations.

*Simeon, Charles, Expository Outlines on the Whole Bible [Horae Homileticae]. Grand Rapids: Zondervan Publishing House, reprint of 1847 ed. 22 Vols. Straightforward expository notes and essays.

194

*Spence, H. D. M., and Excell, Joseph E., Eds., The Pulpit Commentary. Grand Rapids: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1961. 23 Vols.

*Whitecross, John, Instructive Anecdotes Illustrative of the Old and New Testaments. Birmingham, AL: SGCB, reprint of 1878 ed. 491 pp.

195

Appendix I Daily Determinations

Years ago the author wrote these Ten Daily Determinations after going through a series of debilitating trials, personal loss and health issues. He offers them to his Brethren in the Gospel ministry for their consideration. 1. The Triune, self–disclosing God of Scripture, loves you

with an everlasting love and has predestined all things. He is in the process of conforming you into the image of his Son. Thus, all things are working together for good, however they may appear in your experience—so nothing is ever really out of control. Do not be prone to impatience, complaint or frustration.

2. Read and meditate upon the Word of God daily for your own sake. It is the only objective truth and direction God has given.

3. God answers prayer. Be determined to pray daily, and to sanctify everything by this means. Take everything to God in prayer and not to others as complaint or frustration.

4. You are to love God supremely and be conscious of his attributes; especially his immanence, power, purpose and moral attributes. Seek to gain a true God–consciousness for the day. Be aware of the manifestations of indwelling sin and remaining corruption, and strive to be truly godly and morally pure in thought and action.

5. God has called you to the Gospel ministry. You are a servant, not a master. Scripturally, sanctify everything and subordinate it to this calling.

6. God has called you to be a pastor. Learn to love your people and do not resent them for their inability to see the issues, or their often thoughtless intrusion upon your time and studies. Remember, when you fail, you fail as a Christian, not as a pastor.

196

7. You are commanded by God to love your enemies and do good to all men; and as a servant of the Lord, to be gentle to all men. Do not dwell on the wrong your enemies have done or the hurt they have caused you, or become bitter or vindictive in your thoughts, attitude, words or actions.

8. Remember the reality of God’s purpose and Spirit, his ministry and his enabling grace as the dynamic in your life.

9. In a world cursed and condemned by the awful reality of sin, it is normal for things to go wrong—and some days for everything to go wrong. Remember that God is absolutely sovereign over all things—and when things do go wrong, God has a good and greater purpose in it.

10. This life is all you have in which to serve God. It is short. Make the best possible use of all the time God has given you. Also remember that he has commanded six days for labor and one for rest. Both are necessary to be obedient and consistent.

197

Appendix II Keep to the Work of God

Many years ago when undergoing a time of both misunderstanding and opposition an older minister sent this to the author for his encouragement. It is anonymous, but it has been passed along to many others with beneficial results:

Keep about your work that God has given you. Do not flinch because the lion roars; do not stop to stone the devil’s dogs; do not fool away your time chasing the devil’s rabbits. Do your work. Let liars lie, let corporations resolve, let the devil do his worst; but see to it that nothing hinders you from fulfilling the work that God has given you. He has not commanded you to get rich. He has never bidden you defend your character. He has not set you at work to contradict falsehood about yourself which Satan and his servants may start to peddle. If you do those things, you will do nothing else; you will be at work for yourself and not for the Lord. Keep at your work. Let your aim be steady. You may be assaulted, wronged, insulted, slandered, wounded and rejected; you may be abused by foes, forsaken by friends, and despised and rejected of men. But see to it with steadfast determination, with unfaltering zeal, that you pursue the great purpose of your life and object of your being until at last you can say, “I have finished the work which Thou gavest me to do.”

—Anonymous

199

Appendix III Faithfulness and Failure in the Ministry

“Which of the prophets have not your fathers persecuted? and they have slain them which showed before of the coming of the Just One’…” Acts 7:52

“And I thank Christ Jesus our Lord, who hath enabled me, for that he counted me faithful, putting me into the ministry.”

1 Timothy 1:12

“I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith.”

2 Timothy 4:752

There is something which every true, God–called minister fears within himself. It is not personal harm or danger. Moses pled with the Lord to send someone else to Egypt to stand before Pharaoh. He pled his unworthiness (Ex. 3:11) his own ignorance (Ex. 3:13–15), the unbelief of Israel (Ex. 4:1) and his speech defect or lack of eloquence (Ex. 4:10). The one thing—which was, perhaps, the most valid objection—was that he was a wanted man. It is noteworthy that Moses never pled his own safety. It was after his obedience and on his way into Egypt that the Lord revealed to him that those who sought his life were already dead (Ex. 4:19).

It is hopefully not the loss of reputation or income. What, then, is it? It is failure. It is failure to be and do what God has called the preacher to be and do. There are four considerations: first, many if not most of the men God called in the Bible were failures in and to their own generation. This was certainly true of the prophets whom God sent to Israel and Judah for a millennium. They were mostly rejected and even persecuted and murdered by God’s own professed people. Sadly, the true God–called preacher can expect little better from some of

52 A literal translation, taking into consideration the emph. position

of the words and the dramatic use of the perf. tense: “The good fight I have fought to the very last; my course I have fully and finally finished without slacking; the faith I have kept without faltering.”

200

God’s professed people today. Even the very Son of God was murdered by His own professed people!

Second, the preacher is not a failure if people do not follow his preaching, guidance and counsel—if he is faithful to the Word of God. They may refuse his message, rebut his counsel and slander his person, but if he is faithful to the Scriptures, he is not a failure, regardless of such refusals and rebuttals.

Third, the ministry must never be considered or viewed in terms of worldly success, but always in terms of faithfulness to the Word of God. Ministerial gifts may vary. Youth has its detriments and pitfalls, and old age its weakness and loss of vigor—but faithfulness to the Word of God is a beautiful characteristic in God’s eyes and knows no age limit!

Finally, if and when the preacher fails, he essentially fails as a Christian, not as a preacher. Real failure begins in the heart, as does every sin, and is only manifest when the Spirit of God leaves a man’s ministry and he fails and falls through his own sinfulness and failure to hold tenaciously to his Divine calling and its biblical priorities.

The words of John Bunyan, in his immortal Pilgrim’s Progress, as he describes the true man of God, are both true and profound:

Christian saw the picture of a very grave person hang upon the wall; and this was the fashion of it: it had its eyes lifted up to heaven, the best of books was in its hand, the law of Truth was written upon its lips, the world was behind its back; it stood as if it pleaded with men, and a crown of gold did hang over its head. May we see and pray over our weaknesses and seek to be,

as Robert Murray M’Cheyene expressed it to God in prayer, “O God! Make me as holy as a saved sinner can be!” May we

201

experience the unction of His Spirit, a deep and abiding sense of His love and the smile of His countenance!

203

Appendix IV Opening the Text: Verbal, Plenary Inspiration

a Necessary Implication “All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness: That the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished unto all good works.” 2 Tim. 3:16–17

The Bible is the inspired Word of God. Divine inspiration is both verbal [extending to the very choice of words, grammatical constructions and syntactical relationships in the original languages] and plenary [full or extending to every part]. This is the uniform witness of all orthodox Christianity. It is the essential presupposition of true Christianity from which all else derives. Apart from the authority of Scripture in its exactness, one is left with tradition, subjective experience or imagination, none of which are infallible or authoritative.

A necessary implication of verbal, plenary inspiration is that the preacher must open the text. This must be the inspired source through which he feeds his flock and evangelizes the unconverted. Preaching ought to indulge itself to a given degree when necessary in both exegesis and hermeneutics to open and explain the text and its meaning.

Yet this is rarely the case. Sadly, in most pulpits one might merely hold to inspired concepts, as one hears, not careful scriptural exposition, explanation and hermeneutical clarification, but mere general references and proof–texts thrown into the sermon—and often without substantial comment. The emphasis is on an outline, illustrations or the emotions rather than opening the inspired Word of God and expounding it as the basis for the message. The preacher is a prophet—God’s spokesman—one who declares the Word of God. Thus, he must seek to make this Word clear and understandable.

204

Homiletically, there are essentially two types of sermons: textual and topical, i.e. one either opens and expounds a given passage or finds a text to introduce a given subject. Either way, the text should be opened, i.e., exegeted, expounded and clarified or made plain. The sermon should flow from the text. Every text mentioned from the pulpit should be commented upon in some way so it suitably fits into the scheme of the message and the people may be fed and taught.

Further, a careful distinction ought to be made between interpretation and application. The failure to do so is one of the gravest faults of the pulpit ministry. The Christian ministry is an instructional ministry—didactic, evangelistic, polemic and apologetic. The minister’s task is not only to declare the gospel, but to educate the congregation. Sitting under a sound, well–rounded ministry in the ordinary church services should be a biblical and doctrinal education. If not, then there is necessarily a given amount of failure in the very nature of that ministry. Sitting under a godly, expository ministry for several years ought to approach the character of a seminary education.

What is the testimony of Scripture regarding opening or expounding the text? Moses was not only the first author of Scripture, he was also the first expository preacher. His orations in Deuteronomy were largely an exposition of the Moral Law. Was not this the personal occupation of the “blessed man” in Psa. 1:2? Consider David and his pondering the meaning and force of the Law (Psa. 119:9, 11, 18, 27). Take careful note of the studies and searching of Daniel in the prophecies of Jeremiah (Dan. 9:2).

Was this not the ancient method adopted by the scribes under Ezra during the Era of Restoration (Neh. 8:1–8)? They “caused the people to understand the law….they read in the book in the law of God distinctly, and gave the sense, and caused them to understand the reading.” The returning remnant from the Babylonian Captivity spoke Aramaic, an ancient Chaldean dialect. The Scriptures were written in Hebrew. The Scribes had to open or expound the text and give the sense so

205

the people could understand the Word of God exactly. They evidently engaged in both exegesis, or what the text said, and hermeneutics, or what the text meant.

The exact meaning of Scripture is of the utmost importance. Our very salvation, doctrinal convictions, Christian experience and hope of eternity rest upon it! This is the essence of the time–worn truth that “the Bible is our sole rule of both faith and practice.” Thus, it behooves us to know it thoroughly.

This was the very approach our Lord took with the Lawyer (Lk. 10:25–26). “What is written in the Law? How readest thou?” This necessarily implies both a careful exegesis and also an interpretation of the text. The entire passage, which contains the “Parable of the Good Samaritan,” encompasses the whole of expository preaching, from the “What is written in the Law? How readest thou? To the “Go and do thou likewise!”

Did not our Lord do the same with his disciples (Matt. 13:52; Lk. 24:25–27, 32, 44–47)? He completely opened the Scriptures to their understanding, and his “text” was the entire Old Testament!

Note: Matt. 13:52 implies both an instructional ministry and a progression in that ministry. Lk. 24:27 [diermh,neusen], unfold the meaning, expound. v. 32 [dih,noigen h`mi/n ta.j grafa,j] to unfold the sense completely. v. 45 [to,te dih,noixen auvtw/n to.n nou/n tou/ sunie,nai ta.j grafa,j] to open the thought–process completely to comprehend the meaning of the Scriptures.

What a great, enlightening sermon that must have been—and no one complained about its depth or length!

Was not the Apostle concerned with an exact exegesis of the text (e.g., Gen. 12:1–3; 22:18; Rom. 1:17; 3:9–18; 4:3,7–9, 13, 16–18; Gal. 3:16)? He took the Abrahamic Covenant in its essence (Gen. 22:18), even to the use of the singular reading in the Hebrew and showed that it referred, not to the “seed of Abraham” in the plural, i.e., the Israelitish people, but in the singular; it referred to the Lord Jesus Christ (Gal. 3:16). Did not the Apostle urge Timothy in the strongest language to do a

206

careful exegesis and exposition of the very text of Scripture in 2 Timothy 2:15?

This was also the inspired, customary model of the Apostle Paul (Acts 17:2–3). This is a graphic illustration of inspired preaching. It ought to be studied closely. This was Paul’s customary method of reaching out to the Jews in the synagogue ministry. The Jews knew their Scriptures, yet were blind to the saving truth contained therein. This the Apostle carefully laid out before his critical audience through a careful exegesis and interpretation of the text. What an example to modern preachers who must stand and declare the Word of God to unbelievers and often to those who have been mistaught and need exact instruction and correction!

Some objection might be made against this pervasive principle by appealing to such passages as Acts 17:22–34 and Paul’s address to the Areopagus at Athens. In the greater context of v. 16–34 this address, the first recorded confrontation between Christianity and Greek philosophy, Paul quoted not one passage of Scripture. The answer is that he had been preaching “Jesus and the resurrection,” i.e., the gospel, for several weeks in the synagogue and on a daily basis in the agora.53

This address, a cumulative and summary statement in the form of a Christian Theistic World–and–Life View, was meant to put “Jesus and the resurrection” in their proper historical and redemptive context. Every statement he made was thoroughly grounded in Scriptural truth, although such was not explicitly stated. This was not Paul “seeking to play the philosopher” and

53 Cf. Acts 17:18. “Jesus” is masculine [to.n VIhsou/n] and

“resurrection” is feminine [th.n avna,stasin]. These philosophers thought Paul was preaching a male “god” and a female “goddess,” “Anastasia.” Their polytheistic presuppositions completely obscured the truth of the Gospel. Paul thus set forth the truth in his address before the Aeropagus.

207

failing, but Paul at his best, exhibiting all of the God–given gifts and graces before the philosophical Council at Athens!

Others may object by stating that exegetical and expository preaching would be “over their people’s heads.” The fault lies with the preacher who does not systematically instruct his people in the Word of God. The people will grow in grace, knowledge and spiritual appetite if the preacher himself grows and progresses in his studies, and his studies then develop and enrich his ministry. Rich expository preaching develops the spiritual appetite of God’s people. Remaining limited to spiritual “milk” is a picture of spiritual degeneration, not one of spiritual advancement (Heb. 5:10–14).

The preacher who opens the text will be constantly educated in the Scriptures himself and in corresponding spiritual growth and knowledge. Such a preaching ministry will have at its disposal an infinite store of truth and an inexhaustible room for the growth of the hearers if the text of Scripture is always opened. One should be constantly edified and educated under the ministry.

Conversely, ministers who do not habitually open the text deprive themselves and their hearers of spiritual understanding and growth. One may sit under such a deprived ministry for years and learn very little. May we strive to open the text and seek to make the meaning plain for our hearers. Did not our Lord command, not only to “feed my lambs,” but also to “feed my sheep”?

209

Appendix V Why Study The Original Languages

of Scripture? “Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.” 2 Timothy 2:15

This appendix has been added to provide a stimulus for the study of the original languages. There is simply no substitute for a working knowledge of Greek and Hebrew. The perusing of this appendix may provoke some to engage in such a study.

The Prejudice of Modern Religion Most Evangelical and Fundamentalist Christians see no

reason for taking the time, making the effort, or disciplining themselves to study the Scriptures in their Original Languages. Such study, we are often told, is too time–consuming. Our time and efforts could be better spent in some evangelistic, ecclesiastical or church–related social activity. After all, we are to be interested in souls and people. Most simply believe that serious language or Bible study is unnecessary.

Many strongly hold that the King James Version is completely adequate for any Christian, evangelist, preacher or pastor. Others think that with all the modern translations and versions in the English language, the study of Greek or Hebrew would simply be “re–inventing the wheel.” Still others think that it is wasting time that ought to be spent “soul–winning,” reducing the calling and task of the believer to personal evangelism.

Some among the traditionally Reformed groups also deprecate the necessity for a working knowledge of Greek and Hebrew. These believe that, as we possess the great Creeds and Confessions, which are based on scriptural exegesis and sound theology, we do not need to carefully examine the Scriptures through an exegesis of the Original Languages.

Such thinking—or rather, non–thinking—has helped to produce the relatively weak, ignorant, inconsistent and worldly

210

state of present Christianity. Evangelicalism, which prides itself in being identified with the Bible, is relatively ignorant of the very Bible which is supposed to characterize its very existence and distinctives.

Modern Fundamentalism, which prides itself in “Believing the whole Bible and not a Bible full of holes,” suffers, at times, from an astounding ignorance of the truth of Scripture and a failure to consistently apply it. Reformed tradition has a tendency at certain points to resort to the Creeds and Confessions rather than directly to the Scriptures, and thus suffers by erecting a barrier between itself and the Holy Word of God.

It needs to be stated at the outset that we do not deprecate the English Bible. It is rather the inadequacies of the English language—or any secondary language—that is our concern. No version of a translation—however close it seeks to equate the original—will suffice. It is simply impossible—and in this impossibility lies the critical area which makes a study of the original languages a perpetual necessity.

The Original Languages and Divine Inspiration It is common for beginning or relatively uneducated Bible

students to believe that a study of the original languages of Scriptures is unnecessary. The truth is, that the nuances and intricacies of the original languages can never be transferred through a translation or version, and to the extent that such elements of the language, grammar and syntax are not transferred or in some way obscured, they are lost to the student limited to his English Bible. Doctrine depends on Divine revelation, and Divine revelation depends on language, and language depends on grammar and syntax, and grammar and syntax are considered only by careful exegesis in the original language. The grammar and syntax of a secondary language is not inspired!

There is a direct relationship among verbal, plenary inspiration, a study of the original language, biblical exegesis and interpretation. Divine inspiration presupposes the inspiration of the very grammar, syntax, nuances and idioms of the original

211

language. To discount biblical exegesis in the original language is to necessarily, though, perhaps inadvertently, deprecate Divine inspiration itself.

The Necessity of and Basis for an Accurate Study of The Bible

Reasons for a Study of the Original Languages Why should Christians, study the Scriptures in the original

languages? We suggest the following reasons: first, God evidently had his reasons for giving and inscripturating his Divine revelation in Hebrew, Aramaic and Greek. These reasons have not changed with time. To deprecate the study of these languages as an essential part of biblical studies is to corrupt the reality and force of Divine inspiration, disregard the most essential elements of Divine revelation, neglect the very language and text in which God has revealed himself, and fail to maintain a proper basis for interpretation and application.

Second, every human being, converted or unconverted, is a sinner, and as such suffers to a given degree from the noetic effects of sin.54 Access to and some knowledge of the original languages help to offset one’s natural misunderstanding of the inscripturated Word of God.

Third, spiritual illumination—the possession of every true believer (1 Cor. 2:9–16; 1 Jn. 2:20, 27)—is not infallible, i.e., is not equivalent to inspiration. Neither is such spiritual illumination static. It may regress through refusal to believe certain aspects of truth or apply such to the life (Heb. 5:11–

54 “Noetic” derives from the noun nouj/ “mind” [the seat of reflective

consciousness, perception, understanding, judging or determining], and the corresponding verb noe,w “to think, understand, perceive, judge, intelligently determine.” The noetic effects of sin refer to the effects of the Fall [apostasy] upon the mind or intellectual ability of man as a sinner. Cf. Mk. 12:24; Rom. 1:18–20; 8:7–8, 26; 1 Cor. 2:14; 8:2; Eph. 4:17–19; Heb. 5:11–14.

212

14).55 Great and godly Christians have been greatly mistaken because of their ignorance, presuppositions, bias, traditional teaching, or limitation to the English Bible.

Fourth, the Bible is our exclusive and inclusive textbook for both faith and life (2 Tim. 3:16–17). As most Confessions of Faith state or strongly infer, the Scriptures are our sole rule of both faith and practice. They are our one objective standard and touchstone for doctrinal truth and for practical application. Everything else—our presuppositions, experience, tradition, speculation, emotions—is ultimately subjective and relative.

Fifth, according to the Scriptures, we are to give the utmost diligence to be approved or well–pleasing to God as skilled craftsmen who are able to correctly and skillfully handle [exposit, interpret and expound] the Word of Truth (2 Tim. 2:15).

Sixth, our primary obligation in the study, interpretation and exposition of the Scriptures is God–ward. Consistent hermeneutics, or the interpretation of the Word of God, is seriously crippled, if not outright impossible, to any given degree without and apart from the original languages.

There is absolutely no substitute for a knowledge of the original languages. No translation or version can equal the original languages of Scripture.

There are three major reasons: first, a translation or version is necessarily in the grammar and idiom of the secondary language, and thus loses the inspired grammatical and syntactical constructions, nuances and emphases of the original language—and both doctrinal and practical truth often hinge on such. One must realize and remember that the grammar and syntax of text of the original languages are

55 Note gego,nate…gego,nate… “ye have become and continue to

be dull of hearing…and have become and continue to be such…” Both verbs (v. 11 and 12) are perf., and evidently emph. a regression to a lesser state of spiritual perception.

213

Divinely inspired56 (Matt. 5:17–18; 2 Tim. 3:16–17;57 2 Pet. 1:21)—that of any secondary language is not. Unless a translation or version is framed on the often inexplicable and ever foreign constructions and idioms of the original, it is necessarily to a given degree a paraphrase at best. Even the so–called “word–for–word translation” found in a Greek or Hebrew interlinear miserably fails to convey the grammar, syntax, nuances and idioms of the original. The English language by comparison is relatively bankrupt of expression as compared to either the Greek or the Hebrew. Thus, one may give an exegesis of the text in the original language, but only an exposition of the text in a translation or version.58

Second, our English Bible is not a translation, but a version of a translation, and so adheres much more to the secondary language with its peculiarities and limitations than to the original. This accounts for the continued publications of various “versions” of the Bible in the English language. Were any one of these versions the full, final word, others would not be necessary.

Third, translation necessarily involves a given amount of interpretation and accommodation, and these are unavoidably

56 The orthodox doctrine of Divine inspiration is technically

concerned only with the “autograph manuscripts,” or the original copies of Scripture. Thus the Scriptures in the original languages, as they have been providentially [Divinely] preserved, are in the form [language, grammar, syntax] given by God.

57 “All scripture is given by inspiration of God…” pa/sa grafh. qeo,pneustoj… Lit: “every [particle, aspect, nuance] of Scripture is God–breathed…” This necessarily includes every aspect of grammar and syntax.

58 Exegesis means to bring out of the text the meaning, nuances, idioms of the original language. An exposition is akin to an analysis of the text either grammatically or doctrinally. An exegesis in a secondary language tends to misunderstanding and error, as it ignorantly or knowingly assumes the inspiration of the grammar and syntax of the secondary language

214

colored by some degree of subjective misunderstanding, and also cultural, historical and doctrinal presuppositions.

Even great and godly men have erred greatly in their attempts to understand the Scriptures, largely because they did not have access to the Scriptures in the original languages. This is evident in the writings of the Church Fathers and other early Christian writers who were largely limited to the Old Latin translation and the later and more influential Latin Vulgate Version.59 An absence of the knowledge of the original languages ultimately became a void filled with speculation, superstition, tradition, allegorization—and thus a corrupt theology, church, worship, religion and society. Such error is sadly evident today in many of the devotional works and commentaries for readers limited to the English language.

The Church of Rome grievously erred for over a millennium in giving a unique, divinely–inspired status to the Latin Vulgate—a version of a translation. Many modern Fundamentalists and Evangelicals are little different—a mentality which we may refer to as “the infallibility of ignorance.” The idea that the exclusive use of the King James Version—a version of a translation—is sufficient, is relatively recent among evangelical Christians.60

This attitude, based largely on emotions and prejudice—not rational, historical or linguistic arguments, or an orthodox view of Divine inspiration—arose in the late 1800s and early 1900s as an anti–intellectual reaction to Rationalistic Biblical Criticism and “Modernism.” This was accompanied by a disdain for the ancient, so–called “dead” languages and the rise of modern humanistic or secularized, “progressive” education which emphasized experience over educational discipline and rote learning.

59 An example of misinterpretation: the Latin Vulgate by Jerome

(c. 406) interpreted “repentance” by “penance.” 60 The Church of Rome has held the Latin Vulgate (c. 406)—a

version of a translation—to be Divinely and fully inspired for centuries.

215

Further, the “Bible School” movement was designed to replace theological seminaries with their required study of the original languages. Because corruption had entered through Rationalistic Biblical Criticism, it was believed that men could be adequately prepared for the gospel ministry and kept from the influence of error through the study of the English Bible alone. All biblical scholarship became suspect. Before this era, a study of the original languages was considered vital to the ministry, and any lack in this area was thought to be a serious hindrance.

Men called to the gospel ministry, above all others, need to be well–versed in the Scriptures—and there is no substitute for the ability to work through the text in the very languages given by God. The minister who is bereft of such skill is seriously crippled in his Divine calling, yea, such is inexcusable in this day and age when an abundance of tools and opportunities are available for such study.61

Hermeneutics and Theology are sacred sciences: they are organized areas of study which rest upon certain principles and strive for certain conclusions. As sacred sciences, they must, as any science, rest upon original sources for their authority, data and materials. For Christianity, for Christian Theology, for the Christian ministry, for the individual believer, the ultimate source is the inscripturated Word of God, and to delve into the Word of God fully and accurately, one needs a knowledge of the original languages.

Not only has the text of the English Bible at times furthered misunderstanding, but many professing Christians fail even to come to terms with the truth clearly taught in the

61 Computer language programs put the Greek and Hebrew within

the reach of the average pastor with little preparation. It is possible with some programs, such as BibleWorks, to exegete the text in either Greek or Hebrew with a minimal amount of preparation in either language. Cf. Bibleworks. by Hermeneutika (www.bibleworks.com).

216

Scriptures, in whatever language it is taught. Eisegesis62 is a viral infection of the religious mind. Such is the natural opposition of man to biblical truth that even the clear, consistent teaching of Scripture is often denied, circumvented or modified, and humanistic assumptions are read into the Scriptures. This is certainly true of such glorious truths as the sovereignty of God, Divine election, predestination, the covenant nature of the atonement and kindred truths. A study of the original languages emphasizes the relation between the text and its doctrine, and so enforces truth as no translation or version can.

Not only heretical teachers and cults, but many others—including well–meaning evangelical Christians—often err in basing their theological assumptions, doctrinal teaching and practical application on the text of the English Bible. No doctrine or practice can be made to stand upon the grammar or syntax of a secondary language alone, i.e., upon a translation or a version of a translation, without departing from the Word of God to a given extent and at times falling into error and even outright heresy. Divine inspiration only pertains to the text [grammar and syntax] of the original. Yet many base their beliefs on the grammar of the English Bible.

Note: The English Bible is the Word of God as long as it coincides with the meaning of the original languages. The grammar or ambiguities of the English language may cause one to misunderstand the meaning. Further, using the rules of English grammar to explain the original languages has lead to grievous error and heresy.

Examples of Inadequate Translation Translations and versions in any secondary language are

necessarily filled with inadequate translations or interpretations of the original. This derives from several sources, including such

62 Eisegesis means to read into the text something that is not

there. It is the opposite of exegesis, which means to extract the meaning from the original.

217

things as the necessity of keeping the wording as brief as possible to avoid becoming a general paraphrase of the original; using various additional words of explanation, which are often necessary to transfer the full connotation; word–order, and other devices of expression lacking in the secondary language. The following are taken by way of very general example:

1. The Hebrew concept of time, as expressed in its two “tenses”—perfect and imperfect—is that of either completed or incomplete action. Cf. Psa. 1:1, from the Hebrew, reads, “Oh (Interjection) the [complete] blessedness of the man who has never walked (perf.) in the counsel of the ungodly, nor in the way of sinners (emph. pos.) has ever stood (perf.), nor in the assembly of the scornful (emph. pos.) has ever sat!”(perf.) The use of the perfect tense (completed action) and the emphatic position of words give this statement much greater force.

2. The Greek has the idea of a punctiliar [an event]63 or linear [a process] action, or a combination of both. Often such concepts are not or cannot adequately be transferred to a secondary language, e.g., Jn. 2:19–21. The Jews’ retort to our Lord’s claim that he would raise this temple [of his body] in three days was that “forty and six years was this temple in the building!” Exactly what was emphasized in their retort?64

63 The aorist or punctiliar tense, views something without

reference to its progress or time, i.e., usually, as an event or as an action considered as a while.

64 tessera,konta kai. e]x e;tesin oivkodomh,qh o nao.j outoj. The words “forty and six years was in building” are emphatic by position, before the subject, “this temple.” One would expect the imperf. tense to be used, stressing the length of time as process, or, perhaps a periphrastic const. to emphasize duration, but the ptc. is aor. pass., which signifies punctiliar action, an event, or views the whole time of forty–six years as a single block of time. The Jews’ retort was to take the whole long duration of the temple’s construction and push it in our Lord’s face as one huge, ponderous fact or lump of time.

218

3. The Hebrew language has seven verbal “stems,” Qal and Niph’al or simple active and passive (or reflexive), Pi’el and Pu’al, intensive active and passive, Hiph’il and Hoph’al, causative active and passive, and Hithpael, the intensive reflexive. The nuances and force of these various verbal distinctions are often necessarily omitted in translation. E.g., Ex. 32:19, “…and Moses’ anger waxed hot, and he cast the tables out of his hands, and brake them beneath the mount.” The word “brake” is Pi’el [active intensive], and is literally, “utterly dashed them to pieces!”65 The full force of Moses’ intense action as expressed in the Hebrew is lacking in the English language and therefore in the bare translation of the facts. Another example may be taken from 2 Sam. 11:4, “And David sent messengers, and took her; and she came in unto him, and he lay with her; for she was purified from her uncleanness: and she returned unto her house.” The sense is probably that “she cleansed herself” (Hithpa’el, intens. reflex. ptc.)66 after their illicit sexual act, which had made them ceremonially unclean until evening (Lev. 15:16–18). They kept the “letter of the Law,” but blatantly committed adultery!

4. At times, participles are translated as verbs and verbs as participles, shifting the force of a given statement in the secondary language, e.g., Matt. 28:19 and the command of the “Great Commission” to “Go…”—a “command”

65 rBEïv;y>w: (wayeshaber). Pi’el imperf. with Waw consec. 66 2 Sam. 11:4, Ht'_a'm.Jumi tv,D,Þq;t.mi ayhiîw>. This probably

referred to the law of the “seed of copulation” [male sperm] and not to menstrual uncleanness, from which she had previously bathed when David first saw her.

219

which is simply not there.67 Quite often through brevity of language compound words are inadequately translated, e.g., Rom. 1:18, “holding [habitually suppressing] the truth in unrighteousness.”68

5. The Greek of the New Testament has four past tenses—aorist, imperfect, perfect and pluperfect—each distinctly used in conveying Divine truth, e.g., Jn. 8:7. The Jews who brought the woman taken in adultery kept taunting our Lord repeatedly with, “But you—what do you say?! “But you—what do you say?!,” etc.69 E.g., Jn. 19:30, “It is finished!”70 The publican in the parable of Lk. 18:9–14 continually smote his breast, repeating the words, “God

67 See Exegesis of Matt. 28:18-20. The same is true of Mk. 16:15,

poreuqe,ntej [aor. pass. ptc.] eivj to.n ko,smon a[panta khru,xate [aor, imp. vb.] to. euvagge,lion pa,sh| th/| kti,seiÅ Lit: “Having gone into all the world, preach the gospel to every creature!” The force is on the verb “preach.” That Christians are to “go” is presupposed by the ptc.

68 th.n avlh,qeian evn avdiki,a| kateco,ntwn, “the truth in unrighteousness [emphatically] habitually suppressing.” kateco,ntwn is a pres. ptc., from e;cw, to hold and kata., down, and so “to constantly hold down or suppress.”

69 Jn. 8:5 “But what sayest thou?” su. ou=n ti, le,geijÈ Note the emph. pers. pron. “you.” Jn. 8:7, “they continued asking him.” evpe,menon evrwtw/ntej auvto,n, (a periphrastic const. comprised of an imperf. vb. and a pres. ptc.), i.e., “they persisted in [repeatedly ] asking him.” Further note that if she were taken in the very act, then the man also, according to Mosaic law, would have been brought. Perhaps they themselves were guilty of this very sin (as the context implies), as this was clearly a set–up intended to publicly embarrass our Lord.

70 Jn. 19:30, tete,lestai. perf., stressing in the fullest sense the fulfillment of the promises, types and shadow, and the completion of our Lord’s redemptive work, which would then stand forever. The perfect tense denotes something that is done in an event and then continues on in a finished state. The culminative perfect denotes that which comes to culmination and then exists in a completed state. Both are applicable here. How could anyone think that this was a cry of defeat and not of victory?

220

be merciful to me the sinner!”71 In Gal. 3:24, the verb is in the perfect tense, and ought to be translated, “…the law ‘has become and continues to be’ our pedagogue unto Christ…”72 In Acts 17:23, Paul makes reference to “an ancient altar with its ‘faded inscription,’” which had stood as a witness to their sense of the Divine nature.73

6. The Greek also uses periphrastic expressions to emphasize various actions. These are usually a verb and a participle combined for giving a certain emphasis.74 Cf. Matt. 16:19, and the use of the periphrastic fut. perf., “…whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall have been already bound in heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall have already been loosed in heaven.”75 Such characteristic linguistic nuances are all but missing in the English language, or omitted through brevity, and therefore often missing in an English translation or version of the Scriptures. Such misunderstanding gave Peter papal power in the teaching of the Romish Church.

7. The original languages have an abundance of synonyms which are often brought into the English Bible without their necessary distinctions, lessening the force and clarity of the text in the secondary language. For example, the Hebrew has several words for “man,” each emphasizing some aspect of humanity in its strength, weakness,

71 …avllV e;tupten to. sth/qoj auvtou/ le,gwn… An imperf. verb with a

pres. temporal ptc., connoting a repetitive or continual action. 72 …o no,moj paidagwgo.j hmw/n ge,gonen eivj Cristo,n… 73 Acts 17:23, eu-ron kai. bwmo.n evn w-| evpege,grapto\ VAgnw,stw|

qew/|Å the pluperf. tense denotes a period of time in the past. 74 E.g., Acts 2:42, +Hsan de. proskarterou/ntej… The combination

of an imperf. verb and pres. ptc, “And they were continuing steadfastly [obstinately, without slacking]…”

75 Matt. 16:19, kai. o] eva.n dh,sh|j evpi. th/j gh/j e;stai dedeme,non evn toi/j ouvranoi/j( kai. o] eva.n lu,sh|j evpi. th/j gh/j e;stai lelume,non evn toi/j ouvranoi/jÅ

221

mortality, relationship with others, etc. The Greek New Testament has two different terms for “love,” seven for “servant,” six for “power,” three for “knowledge” and at least two for “form.” These all have both doctrinal and practical nuances and often hermeneutical implications which are somewhat nebulous without recourse to the original language.

8. An example of the failure to mark distinctions between synonyms is the statement of Paul in the English version of Gal. 1:6–7, “I marvel that ye are so soon removed from him that called you into the grace of Christ unto another gospel: Which is not another; but there be some that trouble you, and would pervert the gospel of Christ.” Some have lessened Paul’s very stringent warning, saying that “It really wasn’t ‘another’ gospel,” taking the words “which is not another” as a diminishing comment. The very opposite is true, as not only noted by the context, which imprecates damnation upon those who preach “another gospel,” but in the very terms used, i.e., “…another gospel [of an altogether different kind], which is not [at all] another [gospel of the same kind]…!”76

9. The Hebrew and Greek languages have various devices for expressing emphasis. The Hebrew, for instance, reserves a special place for the emphatic imperative, e.g., Gen. 39:7, “…his master’s wife cast her eyes upon Joseph; and she said, ‘Lie with me!’” The verb “lie” (a euphemism for sexual intercourse) is in the emphatic imperative. Both the Hebrew text and the Septuagint show the full emphasis, as they do Joseph’s inherent moral recoil and emphatic response.

Gen. 37:9. yM!u! hb'îk.vi. Qal. emph. imp. “Lie with me!” The LXX reads: ...koimh,qhti met v evvmou/. koimh,qhti is aor. imp. evmou/ (emph. pron.) “Sleep with me!” Both the Heb. and Gk. are in the imp.—the Heb. in the emph. imp., and

76 Gal. 1:6–7, …eivj e[teron euvagge,lion(o] ouvk e;stin a;llo…

222

the Gk. in the aor. imp., both connoting a determined and urgent entreaty. Gen. 39:9, “…how then can I do this great wickedness, and sin against God?” Heb: ~yhi(l{ale( ytiaj'Þx'w> taZOëh; ‘hl'doG>h; h['Ûr'h' hf,ø[/a,( %yae’w> “…how then can I do [the] evil [the] great [the] this and sin against God?!” LXX, pw/j poih,sw to. r`h/ma to. ponhro.n tou/to [this thing, this evil—this!] kai. a`marth,somai evnanti,on [contrary, opposed to] tou/ qeou/.

10. The Hebrew infinitive absolute is usually reserved for intensifying the verb or making it emphatic.77 The participle in Hebrew is reserved for continuity of action without intermission, making it more continuous than the imperfect. The Hebrew makes great use of independent [emphatic pers. prons.] E.g., Gen. 3:7, Eve became fixated with the fruit as a means of obtaining wisdom. The Hebrew attaches an independent [emph.] pronoun to the noun “something to be desired [greatly coveted]…”78

10. The Greek possesses two imperatives, present and aorist. The English does not differentiate and so the English Bible almost always fails to give the full connotation.

The pres. imp. commands “keep on doing something” (Matt. 7:7, Aivtei/te…zhtei/te…krou,ete… “Keep on asking, keep on seeking, keep on knocking…”) that has already been reality. The aorist imperative commands the

77 E.g., Ex. 20:8, the Fourth Commandment: The first command,

“Remember,” is an inf. absol.; the second, “to keep it holy,” is a Pi’el inf. const. This is grammatically the strongest Commandment of the Decalogue! The Fifth Commandment, to honor one’s parents, th eother positive command, is in the Pi’el imp., and the eight negative Commandments are all framed in the imperf. with the neg. alo, giving the force of a perpetual prohibition.

78 Gen. 3:6, aWhå-hw"a]t;( ykiów>, The emph. pers. pron aWhå– joined by Maqqeph to the word for emph., implying that Eve was completely absorbed with the fruit as a means to wisdom. aWhå a common pron. in Books of Moses. Fem. form occ. only 11 times.

223

commencement of an action with a sense of urgency and determination. 2 Tim. 2:15, “Study,” spou,dason, aor. imp. i.e., give the utmost diligence!”

Consider the present imperative of prohibition, which commands the cessation of an action in progress, and is to be translated, “Stop…!” E.g., Eph. 4:30, “Stop grieving the Spirit of God…!” Col. 3:9, “Stop lying to one another…!” E.g., Matt. 7:7, “Keep on asking…keep on seeking…keep on knocking…”79 E.g., Matt. 28:19, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations…” The command to “Go” is non–existent, being a participle and not a verb of command. The very nature of Christianity implies a missionary imperative. The command is rather “with a sense of urgency and with all determination, make disciples!”80 E.g., of the aorist imperative in 2 Tim. 4:2, 5. There are eight aor. imps., each denoting an urgent, determinate action. The only pres. imp. in this list is “watch thou in all things…” The same holds true for the present and aorist prohibitions. The present imperative of prohibition means to stop an action already in progress, e.g., Phil. 4:6, “Be careful for nothing…” This denotes “Stop being anxious about even one thing!”—and even this translation fails to take into account the emphasis of word–order.81 The aorist subjunctive of prohibition means “do not even begin to,” e.g., Matt. 3:9, “And think not to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our father…” The force

79 Matt. 7:7, Aivtei/te kai. doqh,setai umi/n( zhtei/te kai. eurh,sete(

krou,ete kai. avnoigh,setai umi/n\ 80 poreuqe,ntej ou=n maqhteu,sate, “Having gone, make disciples…!”

This is not an imperatival ptc. Some think it is a circumstantial ptc. which would be coincident with the main vb (?).

81 mhde.n merimna/te… Lit: “About even one thing, stop being anxious!”

224

of John the Baptist’s argument is, “Do not even let it enter your mind!” Do not even begin to think to say!”82

11. The Hebrew often uses repetition for emphasis, e.g., Isa. 26:3, where “perfect peace” is the interpretation of the repetitive word for “peace.”83

12. In Hebrew, the infinite absolute, derives from the same root as the finite verb, and occurring before it, serves to intensify the verbal idea, Gen. 2:17, which is literally “dying thou shalt die!”84 Cf. also Gen. 3:4, Satan’s vehement denial of the Divine, perpetual prohibition, “you shall absolutely not die!”85 This was the exact negative counterpart to God’s original positive statement, “in the day thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.”

13. There are various forms of emphatic particles and other constructions in both Hebrew and Greek, which are often not translated, and thus their force is lost to the reader of a secondary language.86 E.g., the emph. part. an"å, which occurs twice as “beseech” in Jonah 1:14, “And they said,

82 kai. mh. do,xhte le,gein evn eautoi/j\ pate,ra e;comen to.n VAbraa,mÅ

Lit: “And do not even begin to think to say within yourselves, A Father [emphatically] we have in Abraham!”

83 ~Alv' ~Alv', or lit: “peace, peace.” 84 E.g., Gen. 2:17, “…in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt

surely die.” tWm)T' tAm, “dying thou shalt die!” tAm, the inf. absol. of the same root as the vb., and occurring immediately before tWm)T' is used for emph.

85 Gen. 3:4, !Wt)muT. tAmß–al{), the inf. absol. is used as in God’s positive statement, but made even more emph. by the use of the neg. alo before the inf.

86 Cf. Psa. 1:2, 4, both of which contain a “but if” or exceptive const. (~aiî yKi). v. 2, “But if he has any delight at all, it is in the law of the LORD…” v. 4, “But if the wicked are like anything at all, they are like the chaff which the wind driveth away!” Cf. also the many me.n…de. consts. in Greek, “one the one hand, but on the other…”

225

We beseech thee, O LORD, we beseech thee, let us not perish for this man’s life!”87

14. English is not an inflected language, and therefore is limited in and by its word–order. In an inflected language (such as Hebrew and Greek), word–order is usually reserved for emphasis.

Note: An inflected language is formed on root words or word stems to which are added a pattern of endings [suffixes] or preformatives [prefixes] to denote various grammatical elements. Thus, words may occur in different order for emphasis without affecting the essential meaning.

In Hebrew, a Semitic language, the verb (in a verbal sentence) usually occurs first. If a word or phrase is placed before the verb, it is emphatic. E.g., Job. 1:21, “…The LORD gave and the LORD has taken away. Blessed be the name of the LORD.” In each statement, the name of Jehovah [Yahweh], or the “LORD” is placed first for emphasis. This is then a profound statement of Job’s faith.88 E.g., Gen. 3:10, Note the emphatic position of the direct object, “voice”: “And he said, Thy voice I heard in the garden…”89 E.g., Gen. 3:10–11. Note the present sense of Adam’s sinful consciousness of being naked before God, emphasized by the word–order and emphatic personal pron., “…because naked I am!” And God’s question, “Who told you that ‘naked you are?!’”

87 Jonah 1:14, > hZ<ëh; vyaiäh' ‘vp,n<’B. hd'ªb.anO an"å–la; ‘hw"hy> hN"Üa'

Wrªm.aYOw:. 88 %r")bom. hw"ßhy> ~veî yhi²y> xq"+l' hw"ßhyw: !t;ên" hw"åhy> , lit: “Jehovah

hath given, Jehovah hath taken, Jehovah’s name be blessed!” 89 Gen. 3:10, !G"+B; yTi[.m;Þv' ïl.qo–ta, rm,aYOw:, “Voice” a def. dir. obj,

placed before the verb for emphasis.

226

15. The Greek also uses word–order for emphasis. The usual word–order, however, is Subject–verb–Object. E.g., Jn. 3:16, which places emphasis on the verb, “For so loved God the world…”90

16. Another example from the Greek is found in Jn. 8:33–37: We be Abraham's seed, and were never in bondage to any man: how sayest thou, Ye shall be made free? Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whosoever committeth sin is the servant of sin. And the servant abideth not in the house for ever: but the Son abideth ever. 36 If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed. I know that ye are Abraham's seed; but ye seek to kill me, because my word hath no place in you.

That there was an exchange of words between our Lord and the Jews which must have been emotional is without doubt. The word–order and emphasis of v. 33 and 37 reveals it clearly in the original language and Greek text, “‘Seed of Abraham’ are we!” To which our Lord retorted, “I know that ‘Seed of Abraham’ are ye!”91 E.g., 2 Tim. 4:7, Paul’s epitaph: “The good fight I have fought [unfaltering right up to the very end], the course I have finished [unfaltering right up to the very end], the faith I have kept [unfaltering right up to the very end]!”92 A final example may be taken from 2 Cor. 9:7, “…for God loveth a cheerful giver.” Even this seemingly simple statement and truth cannot be adequately expressed in English! The word–order makes almost every part of this

90 Jn. 3:16, ou[twj ga.r hvga,phsen o qeo.j to.n ko,smon… 91 spe,rma VAbraa,m evsmen….Oi=da o[ti spe,rma VAbraa,m evste. The

whole passage is highly charged with emotion which the English language largely fails to communicate.

92 2 Tim. 4:7. to.n kalo.n avgw/na hvgw,nismai( to.n dro,mon tete,leka( th.n pi,stin teth,rhka. In each clause, the dir. obj. is place first for emph. Each vb. is perf., connoting a culminative action which leads up to a given point.

227

statement emphatic, with the adjective modifying the direct object placed first, the direct object next, and then the verb placed before the subject.93

17. Repeatedly, some slight nuance is necessarily left out of translation because of the inadequacy of the English language and idiom, and therefore the English version of the Bible. This means that various shades of expression are totally lacking for the English reader. For example, the personalities of Martha and Mary, the sisters of Lazarus, are contrasted in one being too busy with serving to listen, and the other sitting at our Lord’s feet intently listening (Lk. 10:38–42). Mary evidently had a more sensitive nature than Martha, who was more practical and active. This same distinction is preserved in the Greek text when the English reads the same in the statement from both sisters after the death of their beloved brother, Lazarus, “Lord if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died” (Jn. 11:21, 32). Although identical in the English, they are different in the original, revealing the grief of both but the heightened degree of sensitiveness and loss of Mary.94

18. Phraseology and clauses, such as contained in the various conditional sentences are vital to the understanding, and

93 ilaro.n [cheerful, hilarious] ga.r [for] do,thn [giver] avgapa/|

[loves] o qeo,j [God]Å 94 Martha said, ku,rie( eiv h=j w–de ouvk a'n avpe,qanen o avdelfo,j mou.

“Lord if you had been here had not died my brother!” The verb “had not died” is in the emph. pos. Mary said, ku,rie( eiv h=j w/de ouvk a;n mou avpe,qanen o avdelfo,jÅ “Lord, if you had been here, my would not have died [the] brother.” The word–order is awkward in English. Martha put the words “had not died” emphatically forward; Mary not only does the same, but puts the possessive “my” even before the emphatic position of the verb, revealing much more than Martha her personal sense of loss.

228

often fail in translation.95 Note the subtlety of Satan in the wilderness temptation, “Since you are the Son of God, command these stones to bread to become!” (Matt. 4:4).96 The temptation was not to prove to Satan that Jesus was the Son of God, that was already assumed. The temptation was to act independently, to fulfill a legitimate appetite or need, as our Lord had the power and prerogative to do so. This was, in principle, the same temptation that caused the fall of the First Adam—to act independently of God and his Word (Gen. 3:1–7).

19. Both Hebrew and Greek have two negatives, which are used in specific constructions.97 The English has but one. In the New Testament, these negatives imply either a positive or negative answer in rhetorical questions,98 and when used together [double negative], are emphatic.

E.g., Heb. 13:5, “I will never leave thee nor forsake thee.” ouv mh, se avnw/ ouvdV ouv mh, se evgkatali,pw. There are five negs. here in the occurrences of both ouv and mh. and the term ouvdV, and also an emph. word–order, and so, lit:

95 There are four types of conditional sentences in Greek, each

one containing an “if” clause [protasis] and a conclusion [apodosis]. The first assumes something to be true, the second, something to be false, the third is contingent [probable future action], and the fourth, less probable action. Each of these has a definite grammatical const.

96 Matt. 4:3, eiv uio.j ei= tou/ qeou/( eivpe. i[na oi li,qoi outoi a;rtoi ge,nwntaiÅ A first class cond. sent. assumes the condition to be true, and so ought to be translated “since you are…”

97 When used in commands, the Heb. negs. are alo with the imperf. to denote an absolute, abiding or perpetual command (see eight of the Ten Commandments), and la; to denote a command with immediate, but not necessarily abiding implications.

98 Nicodemus actually said, “A man cannot be born the second time old [emph.] being…he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb can he and be born? Of course not! pw/j du,natai a;nqrwpoj gennhqh/nai ge,rwn w;nÈ mh. du,natai eivj th.n koili,an th/j mhtro.j auvtou/ deu,teron eivselqei/n kai. gennhqh/naiÈ The neg. mh. implies a “No” answer.

229

“Never ever [by no means] you [emph.] will I ever [never] leave [I mean never by any means] nor will I ever [never ever] you forsake!”

20. Such seemingly simple things, as use of the definite article in both Hebrew and Greek, may be filled with nuances which are highly significant, yet untranslatable. The presence of the definite article in Greek stresses identity; its absence stresses quality or character, thus the English may insert the definite article when the Greek would omit it. E.g., Rom. 1:17, “For therein is the righteousness of God revealed…” This is anarthrous [absence of the definite article] in the Greek text, stressing the quality or character of Divine righteousness. It is inexplicable that some modern translations and versions insert the indefinite article “a,” completely obscuring the thought. By omitting the definite article, the stress is given to the truth that the focal–point of the gospel is on that very righteousness which God demands.99 The anarthrous use of the definite article with the emphatic word–order is significant in Jn. 4:24, there the correct translation would be “God is spirit,” referring to the nature or essence of God. Lit: “Spirit God is [as to his essence or nature]!”100

21. One or more words may occur between the definite article and its antecedent, marking them out in a descriptive manner which is untranslatable, but greatly significant.

99 dikaiosu,nh ga.r qeou/ evn auvtw/| avpokalu,ptetai evk pi,stewj eivj

pi,stin( kaqw.j ge,graptai\ o de. di,kaioj evk pi,stewj zh,setaiÅ Note further that the word “righteousness” is emphatic by position, the verb is in the perfect tense, denoting “stands revealed,” evk pi,stewj eivj pi,stin, means” by faith from start to finish,” and in the quotation from the Old Testament, evk pi,stewj is emphatic by position.

100 Jn. 4:24, pneu/ma o qeo,j… Our Lord emphasized the essence of God and then drew a good and necessary consequence that true worship derives from and corresponds to the essence of God, i.e., it must also be in spirit and in truth.

230

E.g., Jude 3, “…the faith which was once delivered unto the saints.”101 E.g., Rom. 10:3, 6, “…God’s righteousness….the righteousness which is of faith…” Here the terms are held between the definite article and the noun [its antecedent] in a close syntactical unit which is more definite and forceful than the English can convey.102

22. The Greek has some idioms or figures of speech which bear close scrutiny. One is Chiasmus [cross], in which the first and third phrases correspond and the second and fourth, e.g., 1 Pet. 3:7, which construes knowledge and weaker vessel, and giving honor with being heirs together: “Likewise, ye husbands, dwell with them according to knowledge, as unto the weaker vessel, and giving honour unto the wife, as being heirs together of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hindered.”103

23. There are a host of nuances denoted by participles, the use of case, number and gender, word–order, phraseology, conditional sentences, etc., which can never be reproduced in translation. These have been termed “untranslatable riches,” and are such—a wealth of linguistic meaning which must remain with the original

101 th/| a[pax paradoqei,sh| toi/j agi,oij pi,steiÅ The def art. th/| is

construed with pi,stei. The words gathered between are emphatically descriptive of this kind of faith. It is the faith [doctrinal content] unique to Christianity, which was one time (a[pax, once–for–all) delivered to Christians. In English we would hyphenate all into one word as a single grammatical unit or term, i.e., “the–‘once–for–all–delivered–unto–the–saints’–faith.”

102 Rom. 10:3, th.n tou/ qeou/ dikaiosu,nhn, “the ‘of–God’ righteousness.” Rom. 10:6, h…evk pi,stewj dikaiosu,nh, “the ‘out–of–faith’ righteousness.”

103 1 Pet. 3:7 Oi a;ndrej omoi,wj( sunoikou/ntej kata. gnw/sin wj avsqeneste,rw| skeu,ei tw/| gunaikei,w|( avpone,montej timh.n wj kai. sugklhrono,moij ca,ritoj zwh/j eivj to. mh. evgko,ptesqai ta.j proseuca.j umw/nÅ

231

languages. Some may be rather insignificant, but many are very significant, and failing to understand such may have great hermeneutical and doctrinal consequences.

24. Take, for example, “number,” i.e., singular or plural. These may well change the significance and thus the interpretation of a given statement: such seemingly minor issues as number [singular or plural] often have great significance, e.g., Lk. 14:16–24, and the Parable of the Great Supper. The context has the Lord of the supper speaking to his servant to go out and compel people to come to the feast, then he states in v. 24, “For I say unto you, That none of those men which were bidden shall taste of my supper.” But the word “you” is plural.104 It is no longer the Lord who made the Great Supper speaking to his servant, but our Lord applying his parable to those who were sitting and listening at that moment. E.g., Lk. 22:31, “And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not…” The first “you” is plural; the second is singular. Satan desire to have all the disciples to sift them as wheat, but he has to single our Simon Peter, and our Lord specifically prays for him.105

Examples of Mistranslation and Misinterpretation Based on the Latin Language

The early centuries of Christianity witnessed the transition from Greek to Latin as the language of Christianity and of Christian writings and theology (c. 200— ). Many of the Church Fathers were deficient in their knowledge of Greek and relied solely on the Latin Versions [Old Latin Version, Latin Vulgate]. Only a very few of the Church Fathers and other early Christian

104 Lk. 14:24, le,gw ga.r umi/n… 105 Lk. 22:31–32, Si,mwn Si,mwn( ivdou. o satana/j evxh|th,sato uma/j

(pl.)…Satan has desired to have all of you… evgw. de. evdeh,qhn peri. sou/ (sing.), but I have prayed concerning you…

232

writers had any knowledge of Hebrew at all. This meant the ascendancy of a secondary language, Latin, in the place of the original Hebrew and Greek, and also the universal use of a version of a translation for faith and practice. From this transition to the Latin came a variety of misunderstandings and mistranslations. Two will suffice for examples:

1. The biblical word and doctrine of “adoption,” which occurs fives times in our English Bible.106 The theological meaning of this term has been based on the Latin, adoptio, not the Greek. The doctrine of adoption, we are told, is that declarative act of God as our spiritual Father, simultaneous with justification, whereby he brings into his family and constitutes us as his children or sons. Thus, the ordo salutis [order of salvation] is Effectual Calling, Regeneration, Conversion, Justification, Adoption, Sanctification and Glorification. The Greco–Roman significance of adoption, however, dealt with legal status, and included not only those brought into the family, but also true, natural sons as well. The Greek is literally “placing as a son,” i.e., recognizing one as the legal heir to an estate and to the full rights and responsibilities of citizenship. This alone adequately explains Rom. 8:23, where our adoption is the future glorification of the body and final restoration of creation.107

2. The biblical and theological idea of justification. The Hebrew terms mean “to pronounce just or right.”

The Heb. root qdc is used in the Hiph’il (causative) qyDI’c.hi in the sense of declaring or pronouncing a person

106 Rom. 8:15 (uioqesi,aj), 8:23 (uioqesi,an), 9:4 (h uioqesi,a), Gal.

4:5 (th.n uioqesi,an) and Eph. 1:5 (uioqesi,an). 107 At the time of his majority, a young man was presented to the

city dignitaries and was dressed in his toga virilis, or manly garment. He was then given full citizenship rights and assumed full responsibility as the heir to the estate. This finds its parallel in our future glorification.

233

just or righteous, e.g., Dt. 25:1; Prov. 17:15. The LXX follows suit with dikaiw,swsin in Dt. 25:1 and o]j di,kaion kri,nei to.n a;dikon a;dikon de. to.n di,kaion avka,qartoj in Prov. 17:15.

The Greek terms can both mean either “to make righteous” or “to declare righteous.”

Note: The New Testament terms are: dikaio,w, “justify,” used forensically 30 times, e.g., Acts 13:39; Rom. 3:24, 28; 4:2, 5; 5:1, 9. di,kaioj, “just” or “righteous,” used forensically some 43 times, e.g., Matt. 9:13; Rom. 1:17; 3:10; 8:30; Jas. 5:16. dikaiwsu,nh, “righteousness,” used forensically over 40 times, e.g., Rom. 1:17; 4:3, 5–6, 9, 11, 13; 10:3–4, 10; 1 Cor. 1:30. dikai,wsij, “justification,” occ. twice, Rom. 4:25; 5:18. dikaio,w is used both in the LXX and in the New Testament. Leon Morris notes that Gk. “verbs ending in –o,w and referring to moral qualities have a declarative sense; they do not mean ‘to make—‘.” He then gives a series of examples.108

The Latin terms are justificare and justificatio, and may mean either “to pronounce just or righteous” or “to make just or righteous.” This ambiguity has resulted in the false teaching that justification is an infused righteousness [justitia infusa] rather than an imputed righteousness [justitia imputata]. This error began with the Latin Church Fathers, who missed the forensic nature of the biblical texts and usage, and this became the Romish doctrine which has combined and confused justification with sanctification. Because of this ambiguity, the meaning of justification must derive from the use of the biblical terms themselves, and not simply their etymology.

Note: Failure in this area has entered into such recent controversies as the “New Perspective on Paul” and the “Federal Vision” Theology which has turned to and infused righteousness and justification by both faith and

108 Leon Morris, New Testament Theology. Grand Rapids:

Academie Books, 1986, p. 70.

234

faithfulness, i.e., a mixture of grace and works. This is a radical break with Evangelical and Reformed Christianity and a turn toward Rome.

Exegesis, hermeneutics and theology are inseparably linked—and all begins with the reading of the text—its words, grammar and syntax.

Examples of Mistranslation and Misinterpretation Based on the English Language

The following examples are taken from varying degrees of misunderstanding or mistranslation of the Greek. The Old Testament Hebrew and the Septuagint [Greek Old Testament] are not referred to, although they form a distinct body of study in mistranslation and misinterpretation.109 Some are examples of grave doctrinal departures, others are less important, and some are simply illustrative of grammatical issues. The common element is that they rely on either the English language in general or the English grammar in particular. 1. The Roman Catholics hold the Latin Vulgate of Jerome

(406 AD)—the version of a translation of the Old Latin, which was itself a translation—to be inspired, as though it were the original language. The Mormons [“Latter–Day Saints”] publicly promote the King James Version of the Bible—and hold it—a version of a translation—to be inspired as the final authority. They have no concept of the nature or importance of the original languages of Scripture. Some Fundamentalists hold the King James Version of the Bible to be Divinely inspired as though it were the original

109 We take but one example from the Heb. of Ruth 3:15, “and she

went into the city,” the English Bible referring to Ruth. The text reads ry[i(h' aboßY"w:, 3 pers. masc. sing. referring to Boaz, i.e., “He went into the city.” The LXX is nebulous (kai. eivsh/lqen eivj th.n po,lin), perhaps taking “her” as the nearer possible antecedent? Boaz was in love and acted immediately, arriving before the elders had assembled at the city gate to sit in judgment on any transaction (Cf. Ruth 4:1–2ff).

235

language—a view which is utterly irrational—and thus see no need of or for a study of the original languages.

Note: The view known as “King James Only–ism” is characteristic of some within Evangelicalism and Fundamentalism. Many hold that the KJV was based on the Textus Receptus, and so is the only “pure” Bible. This view is both unhistorical and irrational, and based on ignorance. The Greek text of Erasmus (1516), a Roman Catholic,110 was an eclectic text comprised of various manuscripts gathered together uncritically to form almost enough to complete the New Testament. Erasmus himself translated the final verses of Revelation from Latin into Greek to complete the work. This eclectic text became the Stephanus Text of 1550, and was the text which served as a basis for the King James Version of 1611. This text was later edited again with emendations from Beza’s Greek text and in 1633 was described in its publication as “the text received by all,” hence the idea of Textus Receptus. The facts of history plainly reveal three issues: first, the so–called Textus Receptus is itself an eclectic text. It was the “critical text” of its day, i.e., the best which then contemporary scholarship could produce from the best available sources. It was not a single, mysterious, perpetual text which had been kept “pure” for many centuries. Second, when the Waldenses made their version in vernacular, the Romount Version in 1180, it was translated from the Latin Vulgate. They evidently did not possess the Greek mss. Which has supposedly been kept pure for centuries. Third, the so–called Textus Receptus, as an entity, did not exist until 1633, over twenty years after the King James Version was in print. To assert that the KJV was based on the Textus Receptus betrays an ignorance of historical facts and sequence. To say that there is a preserved text is one thing; to say that the text has been preserved is quite another.

110 That Desiderius Erasmus was a Romanist is only mentioned

because of some who believe that the KJV is “pure,” and all other versions have been tainted or corrupted by Romish writers and influences.

236

Whatever one’s belief in such matters, he must take into account the facts of history as well as the preservation of God’s Word. Even liberal critics such as Wescott and Hort have admitted that the true text does exist, has been presevered in the existing mss., and has been collated by the process of textual criticism. The text of the Greek New Testament, even by alleged liberal scholars, is about 99.99 percent restored.111 Whatever one’s views are on textual “families,” the Byzantine or Majority Text, or the eclectic, Critical Text, it should be well–thought through and ought to take into account textual, historical the theological issues. Often all the truth is not necessarily in one view or another. Pride, prejudice and irrationality make their way even into scholarly circles.

2. The Russelites [“Jehovah’s Witnesses”] mistranslate the final clause of John 1:1 as, “…and the word was a god,” denying the Deity of our Lord Jesus Christ.112 The rules of Greek grammar are misunderstood and thus misapplied, and the English rules of grammar are followed, inserting the indefinite article “a” and thus obscuring the opposite meaning of the Greek idiom [anarthrous use of the def. art.], which actually emphasizes the Deity of our Lord.

3. The Campbellites [“Church of Christ” Church] teach that water baptism is essential to salvation from Acts 2:38, “…repent and be baptized…” The two verbs are taken as equal or compound verbs according to the rules of English

111 See the following for the purity of the Greek text of the NT: B.

B. Warfield, Textual Criticism of the New Testament, pp. 12–14; H. S. Miller, General Biblical Introduction, p. 280; Geisler and Nix, A General Introduction to the Bible, p. 365–6.

112 The wording of the three independent clauses in John 1:1 are in reality, arguments for His eternity, equality and Deity. The final clause reads, kai. qeo.j h=n o lo,gojÅ The absence of the definite article before qeo.j, called the “anarthrous use,” in the Greek idiom stresses quality or character. The words are emphatic by position. The clause ought to be translated, “and the word as to his essence was [existed as] [emphatically] God.”

237

grammar, giving the argument that “repentance plus baptism equals salvation.” But the verbs are not equal in the Greek.113

4. The Pentecostal or Charismatic idea that the baptism of the Holy Spirit is expressed by speaking in “unknown tongues,” i.e., ecstatic utterances, is based on a word added by the English translators and so italicized. The idea is that of foreign languages, not an ecstatic non–linguistic, non–intelligent flow of syllables.114 It is not only dangerous, but irrational to base one’s doctrine on italicized words added by translators!

5. Italicized words are those added to the English text for clarification. However, sometimes added words, not in the Greek text, have been added in the English through a faulty interpretation—and not italicized, implying that they do occur in the original language. E.g., Hebrews 2:9, “…should taste death for every man.”115 The word “man” does not occur in the Greek—in any text or manuscript. The words “every one” [u`pe.r panto.j] must be interpreted by the context, and necessarily refer to the “many sons” of

113 The Eng. [KJV] of Acts 2:38 grammatically makes “Repent”

and “be baptized” compound verbs and thus equal—the classic argument of the Campbellites, but the Greek reads (Metanoh,sate( kai. baptisqh,tw e[kastoj umw/n). “Repent” is aor. imp. act. pl. “be baptized” is aor. pass imp. sing. ,i.e., “All of you with a sense of urgency and all determination, Repent!…and [then] let each one of you be baptized.” The former receives the emphasis and the latter is much less a command.

114 “Pentecostalism” is itself a misnomer, as Pentecost witnessed Spirit–filled men speaking distinctly in other, previously unlearned languages, which the hearers clearly understood. The Corinthian tongues were dubious in nature, and may have been ecstatic utterances. They were, of course, the least of the gifts in that era of temporary spiritual revelation. Those who do not make the necessary distinction between the tongues of Pentecost and Corinth greatly err.

115 Hebrew 2:9, upe.r panto.j geu,shtai qana,tou. Lit: on behalf of every one [sing.] he might taste [experience] death.

238

v. 10, “they who are sanctified” and the “brethren” of v. 11, “my brethren” of v. 12, “the children which God hath given me” of v. 12. Yet this has become a proof–text for arguing the universality of the atonement, an argument largely based on a non–existent word.

6. An example of misunderstood gender in Ruth 3:15. After Ruth and Boaz meet on the threshing floor, and she is laden down with grain, the KJV reads, “and she went into the city,” referring to Ruth. The verb, however, is masculine [aboßY"w:], referring to Boaz. He was in love, and acted immediately as the context reveals (4:1ff).

7. Temporal participles are subservient to the main verb. The English may translate a verb as a participle and a participle as a verb,116 thus shifting the whole force of a given statement, or fail to properly carry the relationship between a participle and a verb.117

8. At times, possibly because of a euphemism [phrasing something in a more pleasing or acceptable way, and

116 The Gk. of the New Testament abounds in the use of ptcs. A

ptc. is a verbal adjective, and so, if used with a temporal significance, is always subordinate to the main verb. Note in Heb. 1:1–2, “God…spake…hath spoken…in [his] son…” The first vb. in Eng., however is a ptc. in Gk., putting the stress upon the main vb. which occurs in v. 2, emph. the progressive nature, finality and uniqueness of the Divine revelation in the Lord Jesus Christ, (o qeo.j lalh,saj… evla,lhsen… evn uiw/|) i.e., “God…having spoken…spoke…in [his] son…” Note that the words “in son” use the loc. sense, and “son” is anarth., i.e., God spoke through the prophets, but in a unique and final way in the Lord Jesus Christ who is his “Son.” Our Lord was and is the unique revelation of God. It was an “in son” kind of revelation—a subtlety completely lost in the Eng.

117 E.g., Matt. 28:19 (poreuqe,ntej ou=n maqhteu,sate), “having gone, therefore, make disciples!.” Lk. 18:11 (staqei.j…proshu,ceto), “having taken his stance…began [and continued] to pray.” Acts 17:22 (Staqei.j de. ÎoÐ Pau/loj…e;fh), “then Paul, having taken his stand [assumed the stance of an orator with his hand outstretched, palm upward, to address the court]…said.”

239

avoiding harsh or offensive terms], some words may not be translated into English. Cf. Rom. 9:10, which reads in the KJV, “And not only this; but when Rebecca also had conceived by one, even by our father Isaac…” The word “one” in English seems to refer to Isaac. The full, correct translation, however, would be “…by one sexual act [or emission of sperm]…”118 The emphasis is on the minuteness of Divine predestination that in one emission of sperm. From Isaac, two nations and destinies were determined through the conception of the twins.

9. Does the Bible command that women wear “modest apparel” in 1 Tim. 2:9? Traditionally, this has been the great proof–text for such teaching. The command is rather for suitable apparel and modest behavior, i.e., the term “modest” is to be construed with “behavior” and not with clothing as the English Bible assumes.119 Modesty begins with one’s behavior, not with one’s dress. This strengthens rather than weakens the mandate.

10. Most Christian churches have women Sunday School or Bible teachers, never questioning the scriptural teaching of 1 Corinthians 14:34–35 or 1 Timothy 2: 8–15. Yet the Scriptures are very clear that men are to assume the leadership and women are to remain silent and be in submission. Some would interpret 1 Tim. 2:12 to mean simply that women should not teach men, but the Greek does not support this argument, forbidding to women a teaching position altogether in the context of the church.

Note: “But I suffer not a woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over the man, but to be in silence.” Note that the comma after “teach” is an attempt to equate the Greek,

118 Rom. 9:10, evx eno.j koi,thn. Lit: out of one sexual act [emission

of sperm]. 119 1 Tim. 2:9, “…~Wsau,twj Îkai.Ð gunai/kaj evn katastolh/| kosmi,w|

meta. aivdou/j kai. swfrosu,nhj…” “suitable or proper clothing,” katastolh/| kosmi,w, i.e., orderly. “with modesty and sound judgment [decency],” meta. aivdou/j kai. swfrosu,nhj refers to one’s behavior.

240

which teaches that: (1) the woman is not to be in a teaching position within the sphere of the church, (2) she is not to usurp authority over the man, and (3) She is to remain in silence. Note: dida,skein de. gunaiki. ouvk evpitre,pw ouvde. auvqentei/n avndro,j( avllV ei=nai evn h`suci,a|Å This ought to be literally translated: “But to teach [emph.], a woman [emph.] I do not allow [permit], nor to usurp authority over a man [be in a position of leadership or authority in the church], but [quite the opposite] to be in silence [quietness].”

Modern thinking, however, has replaced biblical teaching to such an extent that truth is ridiculed at the very thought that women should not teach in the sphere of the church. The compromise idea that a “Sunday School” is not part of a church and its ministry is utterly absurd. If “Sunday School” is not an essential part of the church’s ministry, then what church would be scriptural? The answer must be, the church that does not have a “Sunday School.” Such reasoning leads to absurdities. Whatever one’s view, it must be aligned to the Scriptures, and not simply based on tradition, religious politics or accommodation.

11. Another example of English punctuation obscuring the meaning of the text occurs in Eph. 4:11, where apostles, pastors, teachers, etc., are given by Christ “for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry…” The comma after “saints” ought to be omitted. Saints are to be equipped through the preaching and teaching ministry for the service of Christ.120

12. The translation or interpretation of certain words as “perfect” rather than “mature,” “complete,” “completely developed,” or “finished,” has led some to espouse a “Christian” or “‘sinless’ perfectionism.” Such teaching began with John Wesley as a rather relative “Christian

120 Eph. 4:12, pro.j to.n katartismo.n tw/n agi,wn eivj e;rgon

diakoni,aj… “for the equipping [outfitting] of the saints for [unto] the work of ministering or service.”

241

perfectionism” which was a complete dedication of love to Christ and later developed into the Oberlin or sinless perfectionism of Asa Mahan and Charles Finney, and then furthered in a modified form by A. B. Simpson.121 Some elements of modern evangelicalism retain a non–Pentecostal modified form of perfectionism as “The Higher Life” Movement and the “Keswick Movement.”

Note: The statements which may be construed to buttress the doctrine of perfectionism are listed after the following Greek terms or their cognates. All which refer to human beings in a spiritual sense ought to be translated as follows: (1) teleio,w, telei,wsij, teleio,thj, te,leioj, evpitele,w connote “coming to an end, and thus completion, being finished, mature, adult,” e.g., Matt. 5:48; 19:21; Jn. 17:23; 1 Cor. 2:6; 2 Cor. 12:9; Gal. 3:3; Eph. 4:13; Phil. 3:12, 15; Col. 1:28; 4:12; Heb. 5:9; 10:1; 11:40; 12:23; Jas. 1:4; 2:22; 3:2; 1 Jn. 4:17–18; (2) a;rtioj, katari,zw, katartismo,j kata,rtisij connote “to be fully–limbed, symmetrically developed, completed, outfitted,” e.g., Lk. 6:40; 2 Cor. 13:11; 2 Tim. 3:17; Heb. 13:21; 1 Pet. 5:10; (3) plhro,w means “to fill up” and so “to complete,” Rev. 3:2.

13. The words of our Lord to Mary Magdalene in John 20:17, “Touch me not…” have been alleged to mean that because he, as our Great High Priest, had not yet ascended to offer the sacrifice, she must not pollute him by any physical contact, are without sufficient foundation. This argument has been used to counter the seeming contradiction of Matthew 28:9, where the two Marys are described as having “held him by the feet and worshipped him.” Actually, the present imperative of prohibition ought to be

121 For a history of perfectionism and its distinctives, see B. B.

Warfield, Perfection and Perfectionism. Philadelphia: Presbyterian & Reformed Publishing Company, 1971. 464 pp.

242

translated, “Stop clinging to me” rather than “touch me not.”122

14. It is commonly thought and taught that the pronoun “it” in Romans 6:12 refers to “sin,” which is the subject of the sentence. “It,” however, refers to “body,” not because it is the nearer antecedent, but because it agrees grammatically in gender with “body.”

Note: Mh. ou=n basileue,tw h` a`marti,a evn tw/| qnhtw/| u`mw/n sw,mati eivj to. u`pakou,ein tai/j evpiqumi,aij auvtou/. “It” [auvtou/] is neut. sing., as is “body” [sw,mati]. “Sin” [h` a`marti,a] is fem. sing. The body is no longer the boss of the truly converted individual.

15. What does the word “which” refer to in Hebrews 12:14? Does it refer, as in English, to both “peace…and holiness” as compound direct objects, or to one or the other?123 Is a kind of pacifism included as a requirement “to see the Lord”? The Greek grammar is decisive.

16. Eph. 6:19, “…that I may open my mouth boldly…” is often used as a request for boldness in opening one’s mouth to proclaim the gospel. The word “boldly,” however, is not to be construed with opening one’s mouth, but rather with the following, “to make known the mystery of the gospel.” This may not be vitally important, but it is an example as to the influence of the English text and punctuation upon one’s theology and thus upon one’s thought and prayers.

Eph. 6:19, kai. u`pe.r evmou/ [and for me]( i[na moi doqh/| lo,goj [in order that to me might be given a word, utterance] evn avnoi,xei tou/ sto,mato,j mou [in the act of opening my mouth]( evn parrhsi,a| gnwri,sai [with

122 mh, mou a[ptou, pres. imp. of prohib. “Stop clinging to me!” It was

not out of fear of contamination as the Great High Priest sanctified to offer sacrifice, but as the Great High Priest who was not to be detained.

123 Eivrh,nhn diw,kete meta. pa,ntwn kai. to.n agiasmo,n( ouv cwri.j ouvdei.j o;yetai to.n ku,rion… The word “which” [ouv] is masc. sing., referring to “sanctification” [to.n agiasmo,n], not “peace” [Eivrh,nhn] which is fem. Holiness is the one great requirement for heaven.

243

boldness or unreservedness of speech to make known] to. musth,rion tou/ euvaggeli,ou…

17. The word “whosoever” in John 3:16 is non–existent—despite its being a focal–point for modern evangelism, which seeks to be as all–embracive as possible. The wording is actually intensely personal and emphasizes an intensely personal and persevering faith. The Greek is emphatically definite where the English is somewhat indefinite by evangelistic implication.

Note: John 3:16 is an epexegetical or explanatory statement appended to the preceding, v. 14–15. Our Lord approaches Nicodemus on the presuppositional level, destroying his religious presuppositions—physical descent from Abraham, circumcision and law–righteousness. Our Lord, taking the Old Testament reference to Moses and the serpent of brass (Numb. 21:4–9), prophesies of his own sacrificial death and emphasizes that one has eternal life through faith alone—an intensely personal, persevering faith. Note the parallel between v. 15 and 16 and the reading, i[na pa/j o` pisteu,wn eivj auvto.n, “in order that [a final clause] every single one without exception constantly or characterized as exercising faith [the singular relative participle o` pisteu,wn with pa/j] into him…” “To believe in[to]” [pisteu,wn eivj] was a technical expression of that culture and era that clearly denoted utter, unreserved commitment to someone of thing.

18. It is widely taught that believers need to “die to sin” in their experience. This is not only common to such traditions as the “Higher Life” movement, the Keswick [non–Pentecostal] holiness movement, and to many in the Evangelical tradition, it is also taught in some of the old Reformed and Baptist Catechisms:

The Westminster Shorter Catechism, followed by those of Keach and Spurgeon, reads: Q. 35. What is sanctification? Ans. Sanctification is the work of God’s free grace, whereby we are renewed in the whole man after the image of God, and are enabled more and more to die unto sin and live unto righteousness.

244

Such teaching is based on passages such as Romans 6:1–10; Galatians 5:24 and Ephesians 4:22–24, making dying to sin, or becoming “dead to sin” an experience to be sought by those who desire to become preeminently spiritual. This, however, is a teaching based on an inaccurate and inadequate translation of the Greek. Note the following: first, the words referring to “being dead” to sin in Rom. 6:1–10 are all in the aorist tense, denoting a past event, a punctiliar action, and ought to be translated “died,” not “dead.”

Note: Cf. Rom. 6:2, mh. ge,noitoÅ May it never be! oi[tinej avpeqa,nomen th/| a`marti,a|, such ones as we are (qualitative. pers. pron.) who died to sin, pw/j e;ti zh,somen evn auvth/|È How shall we live any longer in it?! Cf. aor. avpeqa,nomen “died.” (Every occ. of “dead” is aor., and should be so translated from v. 2–10). Every believer “died” to sin, but is not “dead” to sin. What is the difference? The language refers to a past act, not to a present state. It is neither a present state of experience nor an experience to be sought. It is rather the reality of our union with Christ. Believers “died” to the reigning power of sin. Cf. Rom. 3:9, pa,ntaj u`fV a`marti,an ei=nai (“all under sin[‘s dominion] are [as a state of existence]”).

The believer’s union with Christ has changed his relationship to sin. Second, this past event (denoted by the aorist tense) was our union with Christ in his death and resurrection–life at regeneration, which means for the believer that the reigning power of sin has been broken, and he now lives in the context of the resurrection–life and power of the Holy Spirit, necessitating a converted life (Romans chapter six, the entire passage).

Note: What exactly is the believer’s relation to sin if he “died to sin” and yet still sins? The necessary distinction must be made between living in sin (under its dominating or reigning power) and committing acts of sin. The believer no longer lives under the reigning power of sin, but he still commits acts of sin (Cf. Rom. 6:15, a`marth,swmen and 1 Jn. 2:1 i[na mh. a`ma,rthteÅ kai. eva,n tij a`ma,rth|… Both are aor., and so ref. to acts of sin).

245

Modern Fundamental and Evangelical Christianity, with their doctrine of the “carnal Christian” heresy, unwittingly deny the necessary and practical implications of the believer’s union with Christ.

Third, Romans 6:11 uses a different term, “corpse,” a noun, not a verb.124 Believers are to reckon themselves to be “corpses” with respect to sin, i.e., having already “died” by virtue of their union with Christ. We are to reckon ourselves to be, as it were “corpses” [totally, wholly unresponsive] to the solicitations of sin, which was once our ruling master but has now been dethroned. Note the remarks in the preceding paragraph, and also the context of the entire chapter. Fourth, the passages in Eph. 4:22–24 and Col. 3:9–10 are parallel, both containing the use of the aorist infinitive of result,125 i.e., believers have already put off the old man and put on the new by virtue of their union with Christ. Thus, both statements (Col. 3:9–10 being translated correctly in the English version) refer to a past event and present fact, not to an exhortation to be realized in one’s experience. Thus, a body of erroneous and widely–accepted

124 Rom. 6:11, umei/j logi,zesqe eautou.j Îei=naiÐ nekrou.j me.n th/|

amarti,a|… ou[twj kai. umei/j logi,zesqe eautou.j Îei=naiÐ nekrou.j me.n th/| amarti,a| zw/ntaj de. tw/| qew/| evn Cristw/| VIhsou/Å This statement, the first practical admonition or application in the Roman Epistle, declares that believers are to be totally unresponsive to their old master because they have been brought into union with Christ, which means a new sphere of life and activity. Sin, though no longer our ruling master, yet seeks to recruit, as it were, our members to wage a “guerilla warfare” against the reign of grace.

125 Eph. 4:22–24, avpoqe,sqai uma/j kata. th.n prote,ran avnastrofh.n to.n palaio.n a;nqrwpon…kai. evndu,sasqai to.n kaino.n a;nqrwpon… Col. 3:9–10, avpekdusa,menoi to.n palaio.n a;nqrwpon… kai. evndusa,menoi to.n ne,on… See John Murray, Principles of Conduct, pp. 202–221 for a thorough discussion of the use of the aor. inf. of result and also of the experiential aspects of the believer’s union with Christ.

246

teaching has arisen because it is based solely on the English text and grammar.

19. It is traditional to speak and sing about the “fiery trials” of our faith (1 Pet. 4:12). Part of the scriptural basis for this traditional saying is found in 1 Peter 1:7, and the words, “That the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though it be tried with fire, might be found unto praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ.” What does the pronoun “it” refer to? “faith” or “gold?” It refers to “gold,” not “faith”—although some trials are called “fiery” by Peter.126

20. An example of eisegesis—reading a foreign meaning into the text—is found in the idea of the “backslidden Christian.” It is commonly accepted by Christians of almost every doctrinal persuasion that a believer can “backslide,” i.e., slide or gradually slip back into former sinful ways or habits. The major proof–text for such a doctrine is Proverbs 14:14, “The backslider in heart shall be filled with his own ways…” The whole idea pictured by “backsliding” is erroneous. The term and its cognates occur seventeen times in Scripture, all in three books of the Old Testament: Proverbs (once), Jeremiah (twelve times) and Hosea (three times). With the possible exception of the statement in Proverbs, every instance refers to the rebellion and apostasy of Israel. The English term is an interpretation of four Hebrew terms and a variety of Greek terms in the LXX:

(1) The most common term [10 times] hb'ävum., “to turn back, apostatize” (Jer. 2:19 [LXX, h` avpostasi,a sou]; 3:6, 8, 11, 12; 5:6; 8:5; 14:7; Hos. 11:7; 14:4). (2) The next

126 i[na to. doki,mion umw/n th/j pi,stewj polutimo,teron crusi,ou

tou/ avpollume,nou dia. puro.j de. dokimazome,nou… “Faith” [th/j pi,stewj] is fem. sing.; “gold” [crusi,ou] is neut. sing. and the words “though it be tried” are also neut. sing. [tou/ avpollume,nou]. The grammatical gender determines the antecedent of the pronoun.

247

most common term [5 times] bb'Av, “back–turning, apostasy” (Jer. 3:14, 22 [LXX: evpistra,fhte ui`oi. evpistre,fontej]; 8:5; 31:22; 49:4). (3) hr'êreso, Qal. ptc., “characterized as rebellious or stubborn” (Hos. 4:16). (4) gWs, Qal. ptc., “a characteristic turning back, being recreant, proving faithless, apostate (Prov. 14:14).

The comprehensive picture is one of turning back, open rebellion, a refractory shoulder which throws off the yoke, and apostasy. The idea of sliding or skipping backwards, or the common preaching simile of a cow sliding back into a mud hole while trying to get out is based on a thought conjured from the English language. It is diametrically opposed to the idea of the Hebrew. While a Christian may be taken in sin, a mere professing believer may eventually apostatize, but it is highly questionable to import an Old Testament doctrine into the New Testament by a process of eisegesis. If “backsliding” is equated with apostasy, there is a marked correspondence (Heb. 3:12, where the term “departing” is avposth/nai, i.e., apostasy).

21. The Greek has its share of idiomatic expressions. One is the objective genitive, i.e., “when the noun in the genitive receives the action, being related as the object to the verbal idea contained in the noun modified.”127

Note: See Dana–Mantey, A Manual Grammar of the Greek New Testament, pp. 72–83. See also: A. T. Roberston, Shorter Grammar, pp. 224–232; A. T. Robertson, Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research, pp. 491–551; Blass–Debrunner, A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature, pp. 89–100; J. H. Moulton, Grammar of New Testament Greek, I, pp. 72–74; III, pp. 207, 210–212; IV, p. 84; C. F.D. Moule, An Idiom–Book of New Testament Greek, pp. 39–41; and

127 Dana–Mantey, Loc. cit., p. 78.

248

Stanley E. Porter, Idioms of the Greek New Testament, pp. 92–95.

E.g., “the preaching of Jesus Christ” [to. kh,rugma VIhsou/ Cristou/] (Rom. 16:25). It is not our Lord who is preaching, but rather the one being preached about. Mk. 11:22, “Have faith in God” [e;cete pi,stin qeou/], i.e., it is not God’s faith, but our faith in God, i.e., God is the object of our faith. E.g., Rom. 10:2, “have a zeal of God” [zh/lon qeou/], not God’s zeal, but the traditional religious zeal of the Jews. Cf. Rom. 3:3, “make the faith of God of none effect” [th.n pi,stin tou/ qeou/ katargh,sei], it is faith in God, not God’s faith, which is made of none effect. The importance of this idiomatic use is seen in such passages as: Rom. 3:22; Gal. 2:16, 20; 3:22; Eph. 3:12; Phil. 3:9. In each of these passages, the KJV reads, “…the faith of Christ.” The correct translation of the objective genitive is “faith in Christ.” From a misunderstanding [ignorance] of the obj. gen., has derived the irrational idea that one is saved “by Christ’s faith.” Aside from being a denial of a recognized idiom, such would have a profound effect on the Deity of our Lord (a “lesser deity”?). If Mk. 11:22, an objective genitive, is translated, “Have faith in God,” rather than “Have God’s faith,” then why not these other passages referring to Christ? It would also work great confusion concerning our justification by faith and other major doctrines.

Testimonies from the past concerning the importance of studying the original languages128

Striving for a practical working knowledge or even a basic acquaintance with the Greek New Testament and some knowledge of the Hebrew may indeed be the single most

128 Notes: (1) Italics or bold print have not been used, except as

they might be used by the authors themselves, as the entire quotations should be read and contemplated. (2) In some cases, the exact location of the quoted material is unknown.

249

important and significant effort of your Christian life and experience. It will open to you the very Word of God, and not merely a version of a translation. It will enable you to meet with the triune God in his Word without a translator or an interpreter. It will enable you to experience the very conviction, fervency, emotion, and force of the truth that the very first readers experienced. It will determine your whole approach to the study of the Scriptures. It will give consistency, depth, maturity and discernment to your perspective of doctrine, theology and Christian experience. It will largely determine what books you will purchase, and what you will read. It will necessarily change your life in the context of its truth. It will make you a stronger, and a more intelligent and consistent Christian because the vital force of the truth you study will necessarily transform your life through the Spirit and grace of God.

Martin Luther Martin Luther (1483–1546) was the German leader of the

Protestant Reformation, who, by the study of the Scriptures in their original languages, found the grace of God and the freedom from sin that only comes by that grace. On this ground, he became convinced that reading Greek and Hebrew was one of the greatest privileges and responsibilities of the Reformation preacher, so as to preserve a pure gospel.

Whoso is armed with the Text, the same is a right Pastor, and my best advice and counsel is, that we draw water out of the true Fountain; that is, diligently to read in the Bible. He is a learned Divine that is well–grounded in the Text; for one text and sentence out of the Bible is of far more esteem and value than many writings and glosses, which neither are strong, sound, nor armour of proof.

Few arguments for the importance of biblical languages are clearer than Luther’s 1524 treatise, “To the Councilmen of All Cities in Germany That They Establish and Maintain Christian Schools.” The following is an excerpt from this work.

And let us be sure of this we will not long preserve the gospel without the languages. The languages are the sheath in which this sword of the Spirit is contained; they are the

250

casket in which this jewel is enshrined; they are the vessel in which this wine is held; they are the larder in which this food is stored; and, as the gospel itself points out, they are the baskets in which are kept these loaves and fishes and fragments. If through our neglect we let the languages go (which God forbid!), we shall…lose the gospel…

Experience too has proved this and still gives evidence of it. For as soon as the languages declined to the vanishing point, after the apostolic age, the gospel and faith and Christianity itself declined more and more…On the other hand, now that the languages have been revived, they are bringing with them so bright a light and accomplishing such great things that the whole world stands amazed and has to acknowledge that we have the gospel just as pure and undefiled as the apostles had it, that it has been wholly restored to its original purity, far beyond what it was in the days of St. Jerome and St. Augustine…

Yes, you say, but many of the fathers were saved and even became teachers without the languages. That is true. But how do you account for the fact that they so often erred in the Scriptures?…Even St. Augustine himself is obliged to confess…that a Christian teacher who is to expound the Scriptures must know Greek and Hebrew in addition to Latin. Otherwise, it is impossible to avoid constant stumbling; indeed, there are plenty of problems to work out even when one is well versed in the languages.

There is a vast difference therefore between a simple preacher of the faith and a person who expounds Scripture, or, as St. Paul puts it, a prophet. A simple preacher (it is true) has so many clear passages and texts available through translations that he can know and teach Christ, lead a holy life, and preach to others. But when it comes to interpreting Scripture, and working with it on your own, and disputing with those who cite it incorrectly, he is unequal to the task; that cannot be done without languages.

Now there must always be such prophets in the Christian church who can dig into Scripture, expound it, and carry on disputations. A saintly life and right doctrine are not enough. Hence languages are absolutely and altogether necessary in the Christian church, as are the prophets or interpreters; although it is not necessary that every Christian or every preacher be such a prophet, as St. Paul points out in I Corinthians 12 and Ephesians 4…

251

Since it becomes Christians then to make good use of the Holy Scriptures as their one and only book and it is a sin and a shame not to know our own book or to understand the speech and words of our God, it is a still greater sin and loss that we do not study languages, especially in these days when God is offering and giving us men and books and every facility and inducement to this study, and desires his Bible to be an open book.

0 how happy the dear fathers would have been if they had had our opportunity to study the languages and come thus prepared to the Holy Scriptures! What great toil and effort it cost them to gather up a few crumbs, while we with half the labor—yes, almost without any labor at all—can acquire the whole loaf! 0 how their effort puts our indolence to shame! Yes, how sternly God will judge our lethargy and ingratitude!

Here belongs also what St. Paul calls for in I Corinthians 14, namely, that in the Christian church all teachings must be judged. For this a knowledge of the language is needful above all else. The preacher or teacher can expound the Bible from beginning to end as he pleases, accurately or inaccurately, if there is no one there to judge whether he is doing it right or wrong. But in order to judge, one must have a knowledge of the languages; it cannot be done in any other way.

Therefore, although faith and the gospel may indeed be proclaimed by simple preachers without a knowledge of languages, such preaching is flat and tame; people finally become weary and bored with it, and it falls to the ground. But where the preacher is versed in the languages, there is a freshness and vigor in his preaching, Scripture is treated in its entirety, and faith finds itself constantly renewed by a continual variety of words and illustrations. Hence, Psalm 129 likens such scriptural studies to a hunt, saying to the deer God opens the dense forests; and Psalm 1 likens them to a tree with a plentiful supply of water, whose leaves are always green.129

129 “To the Councilmen of All Cities in Germany That They

Establish and Maintain Christian Schools,” in Luther’s Works, ed. W. Bran and H. Lehman (Philadelphia: Muhlenberg Press, 1962), pp. 357–366. Quoted in part from Gary D. Pratico and Miles V. Van Pelt, Basics of Biblical Hebrew, pp. 118–120.

252

Ulrich Zwingli Ulrich Zwingli, an older contemporary of Luther, and the

leader of the Swiss Reformation, was said to have memorized the entire Greek New Testament. It was his strong conviction that the Scriptures form the sole authority of the Christian’s life, and thus emphasized their study in the original languages. In his day, Latin was the official academic, ecclesiastical and diplomatic language, thus he emphasized Latin among the languages to be mastered. His comments are, however, still pertinent for this day. The following is from his treatise, On the Education of Youth.

Once a young man is instructed in the solid virtue which is formed by faith, it follows that he will regulate himself and richly adorn himself from within: for only he whose whole life is ordered will find it easy to give help and counsel to others.

But a man cannot rightly order his own soul unless he exercises himself day and night in the Word of God. He can do that most readily if he is well versed in such languages as Hebrew and Greek, for a right understanding of the Old Testament is difficult without one, and a right understanding of the New Testament is equally difficult without the other.

But we are instructing those who have already learned the rudiments, and everywhere Latin has the priority. In these circumstances I do not think that Latin should be altogether neglected. For an understanding of the Holy Scripture it is of less value than Hebrew and Greek, but for other purposes it is just as useful. And it often happens that we have to do the business of Christ amongst those who speak Latin. No Christian should use these languages simply for his own profit or pleasure: for languages are gifts of the Holy Ghost.

After Latin, we should apply ourselves to Greek. We should do this for the sake of the New Testament, as I have said already. And if I may say so, to the best of my knowledge the Greeks have always handled the doctrine of Christ better than the Latins. For that reason, we should always direct our young men to that source. But in respect of Greek as well as Latin we should take care to garrison our souls with innocence and faith, for in these tongues are many things which we learn only to our hurt: wantonness, ambition, violence, cunning, vain philosophy and the like. But the soul…can safely steer past all these…

253

I put Hebrew last because Latin is in general use and Greek follows conveniently. Otherwise, I would willingly have given Hebrew precedence, for in many places even amongst the Greeks those who are ignorant of Hebrew forms of speech have great difficulty in attempting to draw out the true sense of Scripture…

If a man would penetrate to the heavenly wisdom, with which no earthly wisdom ought rightly to be considered, let alone compared, it is with such arms that he must be equipped. And even then he must still approach with a humble and thirsting spirit.130

Herman Witsius Herman Witsius, a seventeenth century Dutch scholar and

theologian wrote: Let him apply himself diligently to the acquisition of

different languages, and especially to those which God has distinguished by making them the channels of conveyance for His heavenly oracles, that he may understand God when He speaks, as it were, in His own language, that he who acts as the interpreter of God and hears the word at His mouth, may not require an interpreter for himself.131

John Owen John Owen was one of the greatest of the Puritan writers and

preachers. He was also Vice Chancellor of Christ’s College, Oxford, during the Cromwellian Era.

There is in the originals of the Scripture a peculiar emphasis of words and expressions, and in them an especial energy, to intimate and insinuate the sense of the Holy Ghost unto the minds of men, which cannot be traduced into other languages by translations, so as to obtain the same power and efficacy.132 …a great help for the investigation of truth is the diligent

study of the Holy Scriptures in those languages in which they

130 Quoted in part from Gary D. Pratico and Miles V. Van Pelt, Ibid,

pp.135–136. 131 Herman Witsius, The Economy of the Divine Covenants

between God and Man. 132 John Owen, Works IV, p. 270.

254

were written by the Holy Spirit. Not only is this the only well from which we can draw the original force and meaning of the words and phrases of Divine utterance, but also those languages (especially the Hebrew) possess a weight of their own—a vividness which brings to the understanding fine shades of meaning with a power which cannot survive the passage into another tongue.133

C. H. Spurgeon C. H. Spurgeon was one of the greatest and most widely

used preachers ever called and gifted by God. His attainments were largely through self–effort, yet he personally studied the Scriptures in the original languages.

A man to comment well should be able to read the Bible in the original. Every minister should aim at a tolerable proficiency both in the Hebrew and the Greek. These two languages will give him a library at a small expense, an inexhaustible thesaurus, a mine of spiritual wealth. Really, the effort of acquiring a language is not so prodigious that brethren of moderate abilities should so frequently shrink from the attempt. A minister ought to attain enough of these tongues to be at least able to make out a passage by the aid of a lexicon, so as to be sure he is not misrepresenting the Spirit of God in his discoursings, but is, as nearly as he can judge, giving forth what the Lord intended to reveal by the language employed. Such knowledge would prevent his founding doctrines upon expressions in our version when nothing at all analogous is to be found in the inspired original.134

J. M. Reu John Michael Reu was a professor of Homiletics at Capital

Seminary, and noted the great importance of the original languages as a basis for preaching.

If the preacher, owing to defective preparation, has no Hebrew, he may find a…stopgap…As for the preacher

133 John Owen, Biblical Theology, p. 701. 134 C. H. Spurgeon, Commenting and Commentaries, pp. 24–25.

255

incapable of using the Greek New Testament, he will have difficulty to prove his right to exist.135

Thomas Murphy Thomas Murphy, a nineteenth century pastor and author of a

volume on Pastoral Theology, devotes a chapter to “The Pastor in the Study,” and in this chapter, a section on “The Study of Hebrew and Greek.” His comments are worthwhile:

It is to be feared that most pastors, as soon as they leave the theological school and enter upon the hard work of the ministry, drop the study of the original languages. At the very time when they are ready to enjoy the reading of the sacred word in the tongues in which it was first written, and to profit by it, and to go on improving in the exercise, they lay it aside, in very many cases to be taken up no more. By so doing, they lose, in a great measure, the advantages of an important study of the previous years. The commencement of one’s ministry is the time, and the only time, for averting this danger. The knowledge already acquired should be carefully kept up. It should be increased until the sacred languages could be read with ease and pleasure. Some plan for persevering in this study should be adopted at the beginning.

It need not take much time. Want of time arising from the pressure of other duties is generally the great obstacle. But there need not be many hours spent in it. One hour a week devoted to the Hebrew and one to the Greek will serve to keep up that knowledge of them already attained, and even to make a little progress….The knowledge which is at first fresh is easily retained, and then, if ever so little is added to it from week to week, it will gradually grow into a grand attainment in years. The systematic study may be very much aided by the careful examination in the original of each text with its context which is taken up for sermon or lecture. Some ministers keep up their knowledge of the Hebrew and Greek fairly in this way.

The slowness of the progress, and the imperfect knowledge of these languages already attained, very often at first discourage from attempting further effort. It is so tedious to search out the interpretation of a passage, there is so little satisfaction in the operation, and there is such a mountain to be overcome before the task will be much easier, that it is

135 J. M. Reu, Homiletics, p. 340.

256

frequently given up in despair. But is it not much if, even with difficulty, a passage can be traced back into the very language in which it was written by men inspired of God? And if present difficulties should be ever so great and present improvement ever so slow, yet what will not steady progress at length achieve? What will not an hour a week, of even the slowest advance, amount to in ten years? The rule should be to keep up what has been already attained, and aim after some improvement, no matter how little.

The advantages…of being acquainted with the original languages of the Scriptures are very great. 1. It is not an exaggeration to say that the Bible can be better

understood through the aid of this knowledge than it can possibly be without it….

2. We get nearer to the mind of the Spirit in this way. Every version must necessarily be a remove from it….

3. Out of all the possible languages of the world these were the ones which were providentially chosen for conveying the will of God to man….

4. It must be an unspeakable pleasure to get at the very terms which were written by inspired pens, the very sounds that were uttered by Jehovah, and heard from his lips by his highly–favored servants….

5. To be skilled in these languages gives one an independence in interpreting the Scriptures and an authority in expounding them which cannot be too highly valued….

6. Some of the best modern commentaries on the Scriptures cannot be used to full advantage without a knowledge of these languages…. How much it is regretted by multitudes of older pastors that

in the beginning of their ministry they did not undertake and rigidly pursue this study! ….They feel the great want at every turn in their studies, and mourn that they had not understood it an earlier day and provided against it.136

136 Thomas Murphy, Pastoral Theology: The Pastor in the Various

Duties of His Office, pp. 129–134.

257

B. B. Warfield Benjamin Breckenridge Warfield was a professor at

Princeton Seminary, continuing the legacy of Archibald Alexander and Charles Hodge.

Extremes meet. Pietist and Rationalist have ever hunted in couples and dragged down their quarry together. They may differ as to why they deem theology mere lumber, and would not have the prospective minister waste his time in acquiring it. The one loves God so much, and the other loves him so little, that he does not care to know him. But they agree that it is not worthwhile to learn to know him.

The simple English Bible seems to the one sufficient equipment for the minister, because in the fervor of his religious enthusiasm, it seems to him enough for the renovating of the world, just to lisp its precious words to man. It seems to the other all the theological equipment a minister needs, because in his view the less theology the better. He considers him ill employed in poring over Hebrew and Greek pages, endeavoring to extract their real meaning—for what does it matter what their real meaning is?…If the minister is simply an advance agent of modern culture, a kind of University–Extension lecturer, whose whole function it is to “elevate the masses” and “improve the social organism”—why, of course art and literature should take the place of Greek and Hebrew, and “sociology” the place of Theology in our seminary curriculum.

If the whole function of the minister is “inspirational” rather than “instructional,” and his work is finished when the religious nature of man is roused to action, and the religious emotions are set surging, with only a very vague notion of the objects to which the awakened religious affections should turn, or the ends to which the religious activities, once set in motion, should be directed—why, then, no doubt we may dispense with all serious study of Scripture…

But, if the minister is the mouth–piece of the Most High, charged with a message to deliver, to expound and enforce; standing in the name of God before men, to make known to them who and what this God is, and what his purposes of grace are, and what is his will for his people—then the whole aspect of things is changed….No second–hand knowledge of the revelation of God for the salvation of a ruined world can suffice the needs of a ministry whose function it is to convey

258

this revelation to men, commend it to their acceptance and apply it in detail to their needs…137

Kenneth Wuest Kenneth Wuest was professor of Greek at Moody Bible

Institute and the author of several volumes on Greek studies. He noted that

The simple application of the rules of Greek grammar and syntax will often lead to the discovery of some tremendous truth which would be passed by unnoticed in the use of the English translation…138

Questions that are answered in hours of wading through commentaries, can often be answered in five minutes by recourse to a Greek lexicon.139

A. T. Robertson A. T. Robertson was professor of New Testament Greek at

Louisville Seminary and author of several massive, practical works on New Testament Greek.

There is nothing like the Greek New Testament to rejuvenate the world, which came out of the Dark Ages with the Greek Testament in its hand. Erasmus wrote in the preface to his Greek Testament about his own thrill of delight: “These holy pages will summon up the living image of His mind. They will give you Christ Himself, talking, healing, dying, rising, the whole Christ in a word; they will give Him to you in an intimacy so close that He would be less visible to you if He stood before your eyes.”

The lexicon may point the way to life…Grammar is a means of grace…

…the Greek Testament….There is no sphere of study where one is repaid more quickly for all the toil expended.…the real New Testament is the Greek New Testament. The English is simply a translation of the New Testament, not the actual New Testament.…there is much

137 B. B. Warfield, Shorter Writings, I, pp. 371–372. 138 Kenneth Wuest, The Practical Use of the Greek New

Testament, p. 39 139 Ibid., p. 96.

259

that cannot be translated. It is not possible to reproduce the delicate turns of thought, the nuances of language, in translation. The freshness of the strawberry cannot be preserved in any extract.…

It is possible for one to teach himself the elements of Greek so as to get a great deal of benefit from the study of the Greek New Testament.…One does not have to be a gifted linguist to follow a course of study like this. It requires only a half hour a day and the determination to stick to it steadily, and one will win out and be glad of it all his life.

The trouble with all translations is that one’s mind does not pause long enough over a passage to get the full benefit of the truth contained in it. The Greek compels one to pause over each word long enough for it to fertilize the mind with its rich and fructifying energy. The very words of the English become so familiar that they slip through the mind too easily. One needs to know his English Bible just that way, much of it by heart, so that it will come readily to hand for comfort and for service. But the minute study called for by the Greek opens up unexpected treasures that surprise and delight the soul.140

Bernard Ramm The interpreter who interprets Scripture in his modern language is always working with a linguistic veil between himself and the original texts. And he never knows how thin or thick this veil is.141

Concluding Note There is no greater or more vital study for the Christian than

the inscripturated Word of God. To know God’s Word as thoroughly and intimately as possible, to know and love its doctrinal propositions, and to consistently apply it to one’s life by the grace of God—this is the core and substance of Christianity. Our love to and service for the Lord Jesus Christ, our faithfulness in every sphere of life, our joy in trial, our strength in temptation,

140 A. T. Robertson, Preface to A Grammar of the Greek New

Testament in the Light of Historical Research and The Minister and His Greek New Testament, pp. 15–21.

141 Bernard Ramm, Protestant Biblical Interpretation, p. 107.

260

and our glorious anticipation of future glory in the very presence of God, all hang upon our relationship to God’s Word.

A careful study of the Scriptures, seeking to develop some knowledge of and skill in the original languages, ought to become an integral part of the Christian’s practical experience. This is vital for the man who seeks to stand before his hearers and declare this Word with Divine authority and unction!